As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2020


Registration No. 333-235905

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

————————


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


————————

FULLCIRCLE REGISTRY, INC.[gaxy02092020forms1002.gif]

Galaxy Next Generation, Inc.

(Exact name of registrantRegistrant as specified in its charter)


————————

Nevada

8211

7389

87-065376161-1363026

(State or Other Jurisdictionother jurisdiction of Incorporation

or Organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification

Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

(IRS Employer Classification Code Number)

Identification No.)Number)


————————

161 Alpine Drive286 Big A Road

Shelbyville, Kentucky 40065Toccoa, Georgia 30577

(706) 391-5030

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)


————————

Matthew D. Watkins

Lynch, Cox, Gilman & Mahan, PSCGary LeCroy

500 W. Jefferson St.Chief Executive Officer and

Suite 2100Chairman of the Board of Directors

Louisville, Kentucky 40206Galaxy Next Generation, Inc.

(502) 589-4215286 Big A Road

Toccoa, Georgia 30577

(706) 391-5030

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

————————

Copies to:


Leslie Marlow, Esq.

Hank Gracin, Esq.

Patrick J. Egan, Esq.
Gracin & Marlow, LLP

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, New York 10174

(212) 907-6457

————————

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:public: As soon as practicalpracticable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.effective date of this registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box: xbox.þ


If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an Offeringoffering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act pleaseof 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same Offering. ooffering.¨

-i-

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same Offering. ooffering.¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.¨


Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.Act of 1934.


 

Large accelerated filer

  £[ ]

Accelerated filer

  £[ ]

Non- acceleratedNon-accelerated filer

£  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)þ

Smaller reporting company

  Sþ

 [ ]

Emerging growth company

[ ]




If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. []

i-ii-



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of each class of securities

to be registered

 

Amount to be

Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Security

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price

 

Amount of 

Registration Fee (1)  

 

Preferred Class B Stock, $.001 par value per share

 

 

1,000,000

 

$

 

 

 

1.00

 

$

1,000,000

 

$

39.30

 

Title of each class of securities to be registered

 

Amount to be
Registered(1)

 

 

Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price
Per
Share(2)

 

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price

 

 

Amount of
Registration
Fee(3)(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, issuable upon conversion of a secured convertible debenture

 

4,000,000

 

 

$

0.225

 

 

$

900,000

 

 

$

116.82

 

(1)

EstimatedIncludes such indeterminate number of additional shares of common stock issuable by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or other similar transaction, including, but not limited to, as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in the convertible debenture.

(2)

Pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, pursuant to Rule 457 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on the proposed Offeringmaximum offering price per share is $0.225, which is the closing sale price of the shares of common stock.stock on January 8, 2020 as reported on the OTCQB Venture Market.

(3)

Calculated by multiplying the estimated aggregate offering price of securities to be registered by 0.00012980.

(4)

Previously paid.


The registrantRegistrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrantRegistrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until thisthe Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


-iii-



ii




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. WeThe selling stockholder may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.


SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED MARCH 10, 2020

PROSPECTUS

4,000,0000 Shares of Common Stock

[gaxy02092020forms1002.gif]

This prospectus relates to the offering and resale of up to 4,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of our common stock, par value $0.0001 (the “common stock”) that are issuable upon conversion of a certain amended and restated secured convertible debenture, dated as of November 25, 2019 (the “Convertible Debenture”) entered into by and between us and the selling stockholder named in the section of this prospectus entitled “Selling Stockholder” (the “Selling Stockholder”).  The Convertible Debenture was issued to the Selling Stockholder in a private placement transaction that we consummated on or about November 25, 2019 (the “Private Placement”).  See the section of this prospectus entitled “The Private Placement” for a description of the Private Placement, and the section of this prospectus entitled “Selling Stockholder” for additional information regarding the Selling Stockholder.

We are not selling any Shares in this offering. We, therefore, will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholder.

The Selling Stockholder may sell the Shares described in this prospectus in a number of different ways and at varying prices. The prices at which the Selling Stockholder may sell the Shares in this offering will be determined by the prevailing market price for the shares of our common stock or in negotiated transactions. See “Plan of Distribution” for more information about how the Selling Stockholder may sell the Shares being registered pursuant to this prospectus. The Selling Stockholder may be deemed an “underwriter” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Selling Stockholder has informed us that it does not currently have any agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Shares.

We have agreed to pay the expenses of the registration of the shares of our common stock offered and sold under the registration statement by the Selling Stockholder. The Selling Stockholder will pay any underwriting discounts, commissions and transfer taxes applicable to the shares of common stock sold by it.

Our common stock issued is traded on the OTCQB under the symbol “GAXY”. On March 9, 2020 the last reported sale price of our common stock on the OTCQB was $0.012.


PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

[fullcircles1063008002.gif]




        Insurance & Financial Services____





161 Alpine Drive

Shelbyville, KY 40065



1,000,000 SHARES OF CLASS B PREFERRED STOCK











(Subject to Completion, dated June 30, 2008)


This Prospectus was issued on ____________, 2008.



iii




1,000,000 SHARES

FullCircle Registry, Inc.

CLASS B PREFERRED STOCK

No public market exists for our preferred shares. The Offering price will be $1.00 per share, and shares will be sold in blocks of 50,000 shares each.

Each share of class B preferred stock will be convertible, upon the expiration of two years following their issuance, to ten shares of class A common stock.  Holders of class B preferred stock will be entitled to vote on corporate matters.  Each share of class B preferred stock will be entitled to ten votes.  Each share of class B preferred stock will pay a $.02 dividend annually until such time as it is converted into class A common stock.

Investing in the class B preferred stockour securities involves various risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.13 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

 

PRICE $1.00 PER SHARE

Price to
Public

Underwriting
Discounts
and
Commissions

Proceeds to
Company

Per Share

$1.00

$   -0-       

$1.00   

Total

$1,000,000.00    

$   -0-       

$1,000,000.00    

TheNeither the Securities and Exchange Commission andnor any state securities regulators have notcommission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectusprospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the sharesdate of class B preferred stock to purchasers upon approvalthis prospectus is _______, 2020

Table of the Offering within ninety (90) days of the investor’s subscription.Contents



1



[fullcircles1063008004.gif]TABLE OF CONTENTS


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

2

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

2

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

3

THE OFFERING

9

RISK FACTORS

10

USE OF PROCEEDS

26

DIVIDEND POLICY

26

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

27

THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT

27

SELLING STOCKHOLDER

28

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

29

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

31

BUSINESS

52

MANAGEMENT

60

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

62

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

62

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

64

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

64

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

67

   DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES WE ARE OFFERING

Page

69

Prospectus SummaryDESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

70

3LEGAL MATTERS

89

EXPERTS

90

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

90

   DISCLOSURE OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES

91

Risk FactorsGALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7

Dilution

12

Use of Proceeds

13

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

13

Determination of Value of Class B Preferred Stock

16

Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

16

Dividend Policy

17

Our Business

17

Industry Overview and Competition

22

Our Management

23

Compensation of Officers and Directors

24

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

25

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

25

Legal Proceedings

26

Legal Matters

26

Experts

26

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants

26

Where You Can Find More Information

26

Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

F-1-104


The registration statement containing this prospectus, including the exhibits to the registration statement, provides additional information about us and the common stock offered under this prospectus. The registration statement, including the exhibits, can be read on our website and the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Information contained in, and that can be accessed through, our web sitewww.galaxynext.us shall not be deemed to be part of this prospectus or incorporated herein by reference and should not be relied upon by any prospective investors for the purposes of determining whether to purchase the Shares offered hereunder. 

-1-

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains, in addition to historical information, certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that includes information relating to future events, future financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation and availability of resources. Such forward-looking statements include those that express plans, anticipation, intent, contingency, goals, targets or future development and/or otherwise are not statements of historical fact. These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and projections about future events and they are subject to risks and uncertainties known and unknown that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology, such as “may,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “potential” and similar expressions. Accordingly, these statements involve estimates, assumptions and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in them. Any forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the factors discussed throughout this prospectus or incorporated herein by reference.

You should rely only onread this prospectus and the documents we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus (the “Prospectus”). We have not authorizedor any other person to provide you with additional or different information. This Prospectusprospectus supplement is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of those documents.

Risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be different from those expressed or implied in our written or oral forward-looking statements may be found in this Prospectus, butprospectus under the heading “Risk Factors”.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information, except to the extent required by applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which factors will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of the information may have changed since that date. Market data and industry statistics used throughoutpresented in this Prospectus are based on independent industry publications, reportsprospectus particularly our forward-looking statements, by market research firmsthese cautionary statements.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and other publishedstatistical data made by independent sources. Some dataparties and by us relating to market size and growth and other information is also based ondata about our good faith estimates, which are derivedindustry. We obtained the industry and market data in this prospectus from our review of internalown research as well as from industry and general publications, surveys and independent sources. Althoughstudies conducted by third parties. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations and contains projections and estimates of the future performance of the industries in which we operate that are subject to a high degree of uncertainty, including those discussed in “Risk Factors.” We caution you not to give undue weight to such projections, assumptions and estimates. Further, industry and general publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that these sourcespublications, studies and surveys are credible,reliable, we have not independently verified the data or information obtainedcontained in them. In addition, while we believe that the results and estimates from the se sources. Accordingly, investors shouldour internal research are reliable, such results and estimates have not place undue reliance on this information. By including such market data and information, we do not undertake a duty to provide such data in the future or to update such data when such data is updated.been verified by any independent source.



-2-

2



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


Company Overview

We are a manufacturer and distributor of interactive learning technologies and enhanced audio solutions. We develop both hardware and software that allows the presenter and participant to engage in a fully collaborative instructional environment. We also develop award winning classroom audio solutions and school PA and Intercom products, creating a full line card offering for classrooms to our channel partners. Our products include our own private-label interactive touch screen panel as well as numerous other national and international branded peripheral and communication devices. New technologies like our own touchscreen panels are sold along with renowned brands such as Google Chromebooks, Microsoft Surface Tablets, Lenovo and Acer computers, Verizon WiFi and more. We provide a multitude of services to our customers, including installation, training, and maintenance.

Our current distribution channel consists of 30 resellers across the United States who primarily sell our product within the commercial and educational market. While we do not control where our resellers focus their efforts, based on experience, the kindergarten through 12th grade education market is the largest customer base for the product, comprising nearly 90% of all purchases. In addition, we possess our own resell channel that sells directly to the Southeast region of the United States.

We believe the market space for interactive technology in the classroom is a perpetual highway of business opportunity. Public and private school systems are in a continuous race to modernize their learning environments. Our goal is to be an early provider of the best and most modern technology available.

We are striving to become the leader in the market for interactive flat panel technology, associated software and peripheral devices for classrooms. Our goal is to provide an intuitive system to enhance the learning environment and create easy to use technology for the teacher, increasing student engagement and achievement. Our products are developed and backed by a management team with more than 30 combined years in the classroom technology space.

On June 22, 2018, we consummated a reverse triangular merger whereby Galaxy merged with and into FullCircle Registry, Inc.’s (FLCR) newly formed subsidiary, Galaxy MS, Inc. (Galaxy MS or Merger Sub), which was formed specifically for the transaction. Under the terms of the merger, Galaxy’s shareholders transferred all their outstanding shares of common stock to Galaxy MS, in return for FLCR’s Series C Preferred Shares, which were equivalent to approximately 3,065,000,000 shares of the common stock of FLCR on a pre-reverse stock split basis. This represents approximately 89% of the outstanding common stock of FLCR, with the remaining 11% of common stock distributed as follows: (a) an ownership interest of seven percent (7%) to the holders of common stock, pro rata; and (b) four percent (4%) of the common stock to the holders of convertible debt, pro rata. FLCR is an over-the-counter public company traded under the stock symbol FLCR. FLCR owns Georgetown 14 Cinemas, a fourteen-theater movie complex located on approximately seven acres in Indianapolis, Indiana. Prior to the merger, its sole business and source of revenue was from the operation of the theater, and as part of the merger agreement, the parties have the right to spinout the theater to the prior shareholders of FLCR. Effective February 6, 2019, we sold our interest in our theater to focus our resources in its technology operations.

Recent Developments

This summary highlights information contained elsewherePurchase of Concepts and Solutions

On September 4, 2019, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Interlock Concepts, Inc. (“Concepts”) and Ehlert Solutions Group, Inc. (“Solutions”).  Under the stock purchase agreement, we acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of both Concepts and Solutions. The purchase price for the acquisition was 1,350,000 shares of our common stock and we issued to Concepts and Solutions three notes payable in the aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000. The notes payable issued to the seller are subject to adjustment based on the achievement of certain future gross revenues and successful completion of certain pre-acquisition withholding tax issues of Concepts and Solutions.

-3-

Solutions and Concepts are Utah-based audio design and manufacturing companies creating innovative products that provide fundamental tools for building notification systems primarily to K-12 education market customers located primarily in the north and north-west United States. Solutions and Concepts’ products and services allow institutions access to intercom, scheduling, and notification systems with improved ease of use.  The products provide an open architecture solution to customers which allows the products to be used in both existing and new environments.  Intercom, public announcement (PA), bell and control solutions are easily added and integrated within the open architecture design and software model.  These products combine elements over a common internet protocol (IP) network, which minimizes infrastructure requirements and reduces costs by combining systems.

Private Placement

Pursuant to the terms of a Securities Purchase Agreement, initially dated as of October 28, 2019 and amended and restated as of November 25, 2019 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”),we issued and sold the Convertible Debenture to the Selling Stockholder in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 that is convertible into shares of our common stock, which bears interest at the rate of 8.0% per annum that matures on November 25, 2020, which may be extended at the option of the Selling Stockholder in the event that, and for so long as, an Event of Default (as defined in the Convertible Debenture) will have occurred and be continuing on the maturity date. The Convertible Debenture was issued with a 7.0% original issue discount, resulting in net proceeds to us of $930,000. As part of the issuance of the Convertible Debenture, we issued to the Selling Stockholder 500,000 shares of common stock. See the section of this prospectus entitled “The Private Placement” for a more detailed description of this transaction.

Business Environment and does not contain allTrends

The educational technology market is currently experiencing substantial growth due to government mandates for improving the education results in the United States. Education, governments, corporations and individuals are recognizing the growing need to utilize technology for more effective delivery of information to educate end users. Today, most classrooms are equipped with some type of smart board technology but given the ever-changing nature of technology, previous investments are becoming obsolete. The industry has several hundred technology resellers, selling a variety of products, already selling into these entities directly. Our goal is to target the resellers to gain market share growth in the education technology market.

Opportunities and Plan of Operations

We believe that our products, both hardware and software, and the products we intend to develop as part of our extensive product road map, positions us to be one of the informationleading providers of interactive educational products. We believe that you should considerthe increase in making your investment decision. Before investingconsumer spending along with the ever-evolving increase in standards for curriculum are two driving focuses for the increase in the demand for interactive educational technology. Some additional factors that we believe will impact our opportunity include:

Significant resources are being devoted to primary and secondary education, both in the United States and abroad. As set forth in the Executive Office of the President, Council of Economic Advisers report, United States education expenditure (primary, secondary and post-secondary) has been estimated at approximately $1.3 trillion, with primary and secondary education accounting for close to half ($625 billion) of this spending. Global spending is approximated at roughly triple United States spending for primary and secondary education.

-4-

The demand for interactive flat panels is on the rise. With traditional interactive whiteboards having been in the market for more than fifteen years, many of these technologies are coming to a refresh period and are being replaced with the newer, more advanced interactive flat panels.

We intend to build upon our proven ability to produce and sell interactive classroom products. We have begun to implement the growth strategies described below and expect to continue to do so over the course of the next couple of upcoming years. In order to implement each goal pertaining to growth, we may need additional capital to implement each strategy, particularly in relation to the target acquisition(s) of complementary businesses or technologies.

We intend to grow our business by using the following methodology:

Capitalizing on market trends in the educational industry: We believe our long history of selling into the K-12 education market provides us with the expertise to continue to stay on the cutting edge of new product development and needs of the classroom teacher. We also believe our expertise in customer service and training positions us well for expected growth. We intend to build our core business by leveraging the strengths of our leadership and building out a solid team with experience and expertise in our class B preferred stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, includingmarket.

Expanding our audited consolidated financial statementsreseller channel sales: The educational technology industry is driven a lot by relationships. We intend to continue to grow and expand our resellers in strategic geographical regions so that we are able to leverage the related notesrelationships in the local school systems within those regions.

Growth through acquisitions: We believe that the interactive and collaborative classroom has many components and moving parts. We intend to stay on the information set forthcutting edge of new products by building out our product offerings and line card through strategic acquisitions. The acquisition(s) provides us with significant opportunities to grow our business by adding complementary products to provide a whole classroom G2 experience to our customers. We intend to pursue acquisitions that provide services within our current core product offerings, extend our geographic reach and expand our product offerings.

Further developing intellectual property: We intend to build upon our success in developing original software that we own and license to other brands, and distributors globally. When we develop an original software or application, we retain the copyright and patent of that content. We will create additional revenue streams from development fees, brand license fees, distribution license fees and ancillary sources.

Expanding our geographic presence: We believe that by expanding our physical presence into select domestic and international regions, we will be better able to attract and retain clients. With a physical presence in strategic locations around the US, we believe we can provide better customer service and offer local services and training resulting in an increase in revenue for those areas.

-5-

Corporate Information

We were formed on June 7, 2000 under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management's Discussion and Analysislaws of Financial Condition and Resultsthe State of Operations,” in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus. References in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,”Nevada under the “Company” and “FullCircle” refername Excel Publishing, Inc. On April 10, 2002, we merged with FullCircle Registry, Inc., with FullCircle Registry, Inc. surviving the merger.  In connection with the merger we changed our name from Excel Publishing, Inc to FullCircle Registry, Inc.  unless the context requires otherwise.


About Us


Our initial business began in 2000, with the formation of FullCircle Registry, Inc.  We were initially a technology-based business that provided emergency document and information retrieval services.  Our service included, providing customers with secure storage and immediate access to their critical medical records, legal documents (living wills, powers of attorney, “do not resuscitate” orders, etc.), and emergency contact information.  


In December 2006, our Directors unanimously consented that the Company should become an insurance agency. An application for a business entity licenseGalaxy CO was submitted to the Department of Insuranceorganized in the Commonwealthstate of Kentucky. Georgia in February 2017 while R & G Sales, Inc. (“R&G”) was organized in the state of Georgia in August 2004. Galaxy CO merged with R&G on March 16, 2018, with R&G becoming the surviving company. R&G subsequently changed its name to Galaxy Next Generation, Inc., which is incorporated in the State of Nevada.

On February 27, 2007,June 22, 2018, we consummated a business entity licensereverse triangular merger whereby we merged with and into FLCR’s newly formed subsidiary, which was formed specifically for Life and Health was issued to the Company. After March 1, 2007, appointment applications were submitted to various carriers and brokerage agencies.


Our Corporate Information

transaction (Galaxy MS). The merger resulted in Galaxy MS becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of FLCR.

Our principal executive offices are located at 161 Alpine Drive, Shelbyville, Kentucky, 40065286 Big A Road Toccoa, Georgia 30577, and our telephone number is (502) 410-4500.(706) 391-5030. Our website address is www.fullcircleregistry.com. Ourwww.galaxynext.us. Information contained in our website does not form part of the prospectus and is intended for informational purposes only.

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and to trademarks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the information contained therein® or connected thereto shallTM symbols, but such references are not be deemedintended to be incorporated into this Prospectusindicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the registration statementrights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Summary Risks

Our business and our ability to execute our business strategy are subject to a number of risks of which it forms a part. Our website will be immediately revised and updated upon receipt of funds to reflect our new business model.

Our Business and Strategy


In connection with this Offering, it is our plan to acquire, or otherwise merge with, small insurance agencies with a five-year exit plan as well as offer shares of FullCircle Registry, Inc. to these agency owners to give them the ability to exit their business with the potential to meet or exceed the value of their business and participate financially in the growth of the company.


Once the Agencies are acquired, we will begin the process of adding our products to their portfolios and services. We expect to receive additional income from our other core products. With our additional products, we expect to double the gross revenue with each new agency when the training is completed and new products are installed. In addition to the standard commissions, we will begin to experience higher commission rates because we will receive higher performance payout levels with each of our partner insurance companies.


We believe we are well positioned for significant growth and have a multi-faceted growth strategy that builds on our new client relationships, insurance products, brands and integral role in the insurance process. The number, diversity and sophistication of the insurance products available in the insurance marketplace have grown significantly in recent years. Our clients increasingly require sophisticated insurance planning services such as ours to support their complex needs.


We are developing our plans and infrastructure for our new agencies.  Initial plans for our FullCircle wheel of products and services that are in development are; ENC, Prescriptions, Life insurance, Health insurance (Group and Individual), Auto and Home insurance, and Medical Record Storage.  We have identified and engaged talent with expertise in all areas except Auto and Home Insurance. As our name, “FullCircle,” implies, we intend to become a full service, one-stop shop for all insurance and financial planning for our clients.



3



Growth Forecast


The five-year growth forecast assuming an average of $100k revenue agencies when acquired.


 

6 mos.

18 mos.

30 mos.

42 mos.

54 mos.

66 mos.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agencies

10

30

75

125

175

200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agency Gross Rev

$200K

$3.0M

$9.37M

$18.75M

$35M

$40M


Any financial projection discussion of FullCircle included in this Prospectus is based upon assumptions that we believe to be reasonable.  Even if the assumptions underlying its plans prove to be correct, there can be no assurance that FullCircle will not incur substantial operating losses in attaining its goals.  There can be no assurance that the objectives will be realized if any of the assumptions underlying its plans prove to be incorrect.  The Directors of FullCircle have studied, and are familiar with, the current insurance market; however, investorsyou should be aware that no independent market studiesof before you decide to buy our common stock; In particular, you should carefully consider following risks, which are discussed more fully in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus:

·we have been conducted by us regardingincurred losses for the proposed business plans, nor areyear ended June 30, 2019 and three month period ended June 30, 2018;

·we require substantial funds to expand our business;

·we may pursue acquisitions, joint ventures or other growth opportunities, which could present unforeseen integration obstacles or costs and could dilute our stockholders;  

·we may have difficulty in entering into and maintaining strategic alliances with third parties;

·we generate substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our interactive learning technology hardware and software products, and related installation, training, and maintenance services, and any such studies currently planned.significant reduction in sales of these products or services would materially harm our business;


-6-

Risks Affecting Us


Our·our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully describedseasonal fluctuations, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and adversely affect our working capital and liquidity throughout the year;

·our working capital requirements and cash flows are subject to fluctuation, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition;

·we operate in the section entitled “Risk Factors” below. Briefly,a highly competitive industry;

·if we have a limited history of operations as an insurance agency, have a history of operating losses, and may not achieve or maintain profitability. We are dependent upon the sale ofunable to continually enhance our products and services to generatedevelop, introduce and sell new technologies and products at competitive prices and in a significant percentage oftimely manner, our revenue. The insurance industry is a highly competitive market, and webusiness will be competing against companies that have much longer operating histories, more established brands and greater resources than harmed;

·we do. We rely on third party insurance companies in our marketing and selling of services toreceive a significant portion of our client base.


Offeringrevenues from a small number of customers and the loss of any one of these customers or failure to collect a receivable from them could adversely affect our operations and financial position;

 

Currently, ·we rely on highly skilled personnel, and, if we are unable to attract, retain or motivate qualified personnel, we may not be able to operate our business effectively;

·we use resellers and distributors to promote and sell our products;

·we are controlled by our management;

·our businesses are geographically concentrated and could be significantly affected by any adverse change in the regions in which we operate;

·our suppliers may not be able to always supply components or products to us on a timely basis and on favorable terms, and as a result, our dependency on third party suppliers has adversely affected our revenue and may continue to do so;

·our facilities and information systems and those of our key suppliers could be damaged as a result of disasters or unpredictable events, which could have one class of common stockan adverse effect on our business operations;

·increases in component costs, long lead times, supply shortages, and one class of preferred stock outstanding. Additional details regarding the capital structuresupply changes could disrupt our supply chain and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results;

·adverse changes in economic and political policies of the Company are contained elsewhere in this Prospectus and the attached Financial Statements.  As part of this Offering, we will issue one million (1,000,000) new shares of class B preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. After the Offering, we willChinese government could have one class of common stock and two classes of preferred stock. In this Prospectus, we refer to all of these actions together as the “Offering.” Except where otherwise noted, the description of the terms of our charter documents in this Prospectus reflects the terms of those documents as they will exist following the Offering. Except where otherwise noted in the historical data presented in the accompanying financial statements and elsewhere in this Prospectus, the Offering should have no dilutivea material adverse effect on the class A common stock.overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business;

 

In this Offering,·we face significant challenges growing our sales in foreign markets;

·decreases in, or stagnation of, spending or changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of schools, colleges, universities, other education providers or government agencies may have a material adverse effect on our revenue;

-7-

·if our products fail to comply with consumer product or environmental laws, it could materially affect our financial performance;

·defects in our products can be difficult to detect before shipment; If defects occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business;

·we may not be able to obtain patents or other intellectual property rights necessary to protect our proprietary technology and business;

·our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our technology or another aspect of our business infringes the intellectual property of others;

·if we are selling sharesunable to anticipate consumer preferences and successfully develop attractive products, we might not be able to maintain or increase our revenue or achieve profitability

·we may be unable to keep pace with changes in technology as our business and market strategy evolves;

·future sales of class B preferred stock, which will have ten votes per share. One of the features of the class B preferred stock will be that each share of class B preferred stock will be converted into ten shares of class Aour common stock no sooner than two years following this Offering. In addition, until such time as the class B preferred stock is converted to class A common stock, the class B preferred stock will yield an annual dividend equal to two percent (2%) of its initial purchase price, or $0.02 per share.

The Offering price for the Shareholders as noted in this document was determined arbitrarily by FullCircle based upon a number of factors.  The Offering price is based primarily on the amount of funds sought from this financing and the number of shares the Board is willing to issue in order to raise these funds.  Accordingly, there is no relationship between the Offeringcould adversely affect our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the assets, earningsale of equity or book value of FullCircle,convertible debt securities may dilute your ownership in us and may adversely affect the market value of the class A common stock, or any other recognized criteria of value.  As such, the Offering price does not necessarily indicate the current value of the shares and should not be regarded as an indication of any future market price of FullCircle’s class Aour common stock.



4



Offering Detailsstock;

 

·the market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to fluctuate and possibly decline significantly;

·certain provisions of Nevada law may have anti-takeover effects;

·we have no intention of declaring dividends in the foreseeable future;

·we may be exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and

·if our internal controls and accounting processes are insufficient, we may not detect in a timely manner misstatements that could occur in our financial statements in amounts that could be material.

-8-

THE OFFERING

Class B preferred stockIssuer:

Galaxy Next Generation, Inc., a Nevada corporation

Securities offered by usthe Selling Stockholder

Up to 1,000,0004,000,000 shares of our common stock

Voting Rights




Conversion toTotal Common Stock outstanding after this offering

The holders35,063,787 shares of class B preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share,common stock; assuming the shares offered in this offering are entitled to vote on corporate matters.  The total number of votes each share is entitled to cast is 10 votes per share.


At any time after the expirationissued upon conversion of the two year period following the date that a share of class B preferred stock is issued, the holder of such share may request, or FullCircle may require, that such class B preferred stock be converted into class A common stock at a conversion ratio of 10 shares of class A common stock for each one share of class B preferred stock.  convertible note.

 

Use of Proceedsproceeds

We estimate that the proceeds to us from this Offering will be approximately $1 million, less the costs of the offering, based on an assumed public Offering price of $1.00 per share. Management will have very broad discretion in the use of thenot receive any proceeds from the Offering.  The anticipated primary usessale of the Shares covered by this prospectus.   However, we may receive gross proceeds upon conversion of the Convertible Debenture for shares of our common stock by the net proceeds from the Offering will be used to fund the acquisition of target insurance agencies in accordance with our business plan and to fund immediate operating capital needs of FullCircle.Selling Stockholder.  See section “Use of Funds” for additional details.Proceeds”.  

Dividend Policy





Market for Preferred Stock

Until such time that a share of class B preferred stock is converted to class A common stock, each such share of class B preferred stock will yield a dividend of $.02 each year payable on the anniversary date of its issuance.


Until such time as a share of class B preferred stock is converted into class A common stock, the class B preferred stock may not be resold or traded to another person or entity.

Risk Factors

There are many risks involvedInvesting in purchasing class B preferred stockour securities involves a high degree of the Company.  Asrisk. For a prospective investor,discussion of factors to consider before deciding to invest in our securities, you should readcarefully review and consider the “Risk Factors” section of this Prospectus for a discussionprospectus beginning on page 13 of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our class B preferred stock.this prospectus.

-9-

Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this Prospectus:

gives effect to the Offering and is based on there being no shares of class B preferred stock and 71,796,906 shares of class A common stock outstanding as of June 11, 2008;

the Board has resolved to keep 10,000,000 shares of class A common stock reserved for issuance in furtherance of this Offering.


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables present our summary historical consolidated financial data for the periods presented and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

The historical financial information presented below may not be indicative of our future performance and does not necessarily reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had we operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented. Results for the three months ended March 31, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the entire year.



5



Statement of Operations Summary


 

 

(Unaudited)
For the Three Months
Ended March, 31

 

(Audited)
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

$

 32,578

$

1,772

$

67,303

$

25,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Sales

 

 21,645

 

705

 

46,319

 

9,007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, General & Administrative Expenses

 

 39,654

 

 38,108

 

108,706

 

362,606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Other Income (Expense)

 

 (11,695)

 

 (8,742)

 

5,925

 

6,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (Loss)

$

 (40,415)

$

 (45,783)

$

(81,797)

$

(339,955 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net basic and fully diluted earnings per share: (Loss)

$

0

$

0

$

0

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Balance Sheet Summary


 

 

For the Three Months Ended

 

For the Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,
2008

 

December 31,
2007

 

December 31,
2006

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Audited)

 

(Audited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

$

4,422

$

10,068

$

573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

 

4,422

 

10,068

 

573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

373,168

 

378,814

 

330,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

544,927

 

564,158

 

480,814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Long Term Liabilities

 

50,000

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

594,927

 

564,158

 

480,814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

$

373,168

$

378,814

$

330,431



6



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this Prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of Management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking st atements, including those factors discussed under the caption entitled “Risk Factors.” You should specifically consider the numerous risks outlined under “Risk Factors.”

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. We do not plan to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this Prospectus to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations.


RISK FACTORS

 

InvestingAn investment in our class B preferredcommon stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forthincluded in this Prospectusprospectus before decidingyou decide whether to invest in shares ofbuy our class B preferredcommon stock. If any of theThe following risks actually occur,may adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations would likely suffer. In such case,and operating results. As a result, the trading price of our class B preferredcommon stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you maycould lose allpart or partall of your investment. You should read the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” immediately following these riskAdditional risks, uncertainties and other factors for a discussion of what types of statements are forward-looking statements, as well as the significance of such statements in the context of this Prospectus.not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Business, Operations and Financial Condition


There isWe have incurred losses for the year ended June 30, 2019 and three month period ended June 30, 2018 and year ended March 31, 2018 and there can be no operational history of our Company in the new business area.assurance that we will generate net income


Our current business began in 2000For the year ended June 30, 2019 and the Company became public in 2002 with the formationthree month period ended June 30, 2018, we had a net loss of FullCircle Registry, Inc. Initially, we were solely a technology-based company providing emergency document$6,663,117 and information retrieval services. We provided these services directly to subscribers and also offered our services through strategic alliances with health care providers.


In September 2005, the Company entered into an agreement with AMPO II, Inc. to acquire 50% of AMPO II, Inc. AMPO is a holding company for prescription fulfillment and assistance programs and companies.   Since that time AMPO II ceased operations and the Company took possession of the AMPO II 60,000 name customer database.


Since the acquisition of that database our approach to the market has taken a different direction.$1,370,123, respectively.  In addition, tofor the database being the vehicle to launch our prescription services business, the database will also be a source of clients for our other products. We have not been a position to test this strategy.  We have learned from past experiences that the FullCircle Medical Records business, Emergency Medical ID Program and the Living Will Program are difficult sells as stand-alone products. Since the realization of this fact,six months ended December 31, 2019, we have searched for consumer-driven products with which our core product can be bundled asincurred an additional benefit.


ENC “Emergency Notification Company” is another wholly-owned product. ENC is a product being marketed through automotive Dealers and RV Dealers to provide connections to medical information and family if a medical emergency occurs away from home.  ENC is a new concept to the industry, but the core valuenet loss of this enterprise is the ability to generate leads. Each purchaser of the ENC product provides names and addresses of friends and family to be contacted in case of emergency, and in turn, these names provide a prospective customer database for our Auto Dealers and RV Dealers. The customer receives five years of emergency services coverage with the initial contract.



7



We have not established any revenues or operations that will prove financial stability under the new business model in the long term.$ 4,839,554. There can be no assurance that our losses will not continue in the future, even if our revenues and expenditures for the products and solutions we can realizesell and distribute increase. In addition, as of December 31, 2019, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $14,310,239 and negative working capital of approximately $5,800,000. These factors raise substantial doubt regarding our plans on the projected forecasts described in this Prospectus in orderability to reach sustainable or profitable operations.  Any material deviation from our forecasts could requirecontinue as a going concern.

Ourconsolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we seekwill continue as a going concern.

Our recurring losses from operations and net capital deficiency raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2019 and three month period ended June 30, 2018 and year ended March 31, 2018 do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty, and contemplate the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended June 30, 2019 and three month period ended June 30, 2018 and year ended March 31, 2018 included an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we cannot generate the required revenues and gross margin to achieve profitability or obtain additional capital.capital on acceptable terms, we will need to substantially revise our business plan or cease operations and an investor could suffer the loss of a significant portion or all of his investment in our company.

We have a limited operating history for which you can evaluate our business.

Prior to June 2018, our sole business and source of revenue was from the operation of the Georgetown 14 Cinemas, a fourteen-theater movie complex located on approximately seven acres in Indianapolis, Indiana. In June 2018, we commenced operations in the educational products industry. We have subsequently sold the Georgetown 14 Cinemas and now our operations are solely concentrated within the educational products industry. Therefore, we have a limited history of operations in our current line of business upon which investors can evaluate our business.

-10-

We require substantial funds to expand our business.

We will require substantial funds to purchase additional inventories and pay our accounts payable to our vendors, as well as to build our marketing and sales staff. If we do not succeed in raising additional funds on acceptable terms, we may be unable to expand our business and could default in payment of certain of our obligations. There can be no assurance that such capitalfinancing will be available atand that the equity interests of all of our stockholders would not be substantially diluted.

We have disclosed a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our accounting procedures which could adversely affect our ability to report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows accurately and on a timely basis.

In connection with our assessment of internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our disclosure controls and procedure. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable cost,possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. As a result of the deficiencies we have discovered, it is reasonably possible that internal controls over financial reporting may not have prevented or detected errors from occurring that could have been material, either individually or in the aggregate.

The Debenture we issued to the Selling Stockholder is secured by a security interest in all of our assets and our failure to comply with the terms and covenants of the Debenture could result in our loss of all of our assets.

The Debenture is secured by all of our assets. The Debenture contains both affirmative and negative covenants. Our obligations under the Debenture may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default in accordance with the terms of the Debenture, which includes customary events of default, including payment defaults, the inaccuracy of representations or warranties, cross-defaults related to material indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency related defaults, defaults relating to certain other matters. If we fail to comply with these covenants or if we fail to make certain payments under the secured loans when due, the Selling Stockholder could declare the Debenture in default. If we default on the Debenture, the Selling Stockholder has the right to seize our assets that secure the Debenture, which may force us to suspend all operations.

Our failure to fulfill all of our registration requirements in connection with the Debenture may cause us to suffer liquidated damages, which may be very costly.

Pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement that we entered into in connection with the Debenture, we are required to file a registration statement with respect to securities underlying the Debenture within a certain time period, have the registration statement declared effective within a certain time period and maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement. The failure to do so could result in the payment of liquidated damages by us, which could be significant. There can be no assurance as to when this registration statement will be declared effective or that it would not materially dilutewe will be able to maintain the investmenteffectiveness of investors in this Offering if it is obtained.


There is extensive competition in the insurance marketplace for the sale of insurance products.


The market for insurance products is highly competitive.  Our principal competitors in the insurance industry have significant financial resources which may enable them to attract more talent, initiate projects,any registration statement, and thus effect broad market distribution of insurance products.  Theretherefore there can be no assurance that we consistentlywill not incur damages with respect to such agreements.

-11-

We have pursued and may continue to pursue acquisitions, joint ventures or other growth opportunities, which could present unforeseen integration obstacles or costs and could dilute our stockholders. We may also face competition in our acquisition strategy, and such competition may limit our number of proposed acquisitions, joint ventures and other growth opportunities.

We recently acquired all of the equity of Interlock Concepts, Inc. and Ehlert Solutions Group, Inc. and have explored a wide range of proposed acquisitions, joint ventures and other growth ventures with other educational technology companies that have interests in related businesses or other strategic opportunities. The process of integrating any acquired business, including Interlock Concepts, Inc. and Ehlert Solutions Group, Inc., may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures and is itself risky. Any future acquisitions, joint ventures or other growth opportunities will be ablesubject to undertake projectsa number of challenges, including:

diversion of management time and resources as well as a shift of focus from operating the businesses to issues related to integration and administration, which could result in the potential disruption of our ongoing business;

the need to integrate each company’s accounting, management, information, human resources and other administrative systems to permit effective management, and the lack of control if such integration is delayed or not implemented;

the need to implement controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a larger public company at companies that prior to acquisition had lacked such controls, procedures and policies;

difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;

difficulties in managing operations in widely disparate time zones;

potential unknown liabilities associated with acquired businesses, including liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including violations of laws, rules and regulations, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities;

difficulty retaining key alliances on attractive terms with partners and suppliers;

declining employee morale and retention issues resulting from changes in compensation, or changes in management, reporting relationships, future prospects or the direction or culture of the business;

in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political, and regulatory risks associated with specific countries; and

in some cases, the need to transition operations, end-users, and customers onto our existing platforms.

-12-

Failure to manage expansion effectively may affect our success in executing our business plan and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any or all of our acquisitions, or may not realize them in the time frame expected. Future acquisitions or mergers may require us to issue additional equity securities, spend our cash, or incur debt, and amortization expenses related to intangible assets or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We may have difficulty in entering into and maintaining strategic alliances with third parties.

We have entered into and we may continue to enter into strategic alliances with third parties to gain access to new and innovative technologies and markets. These parties are often large, established companies. Negotiating and performing under these arrangements involves significant time and expense, and we may not have sufficient resources to devote to our strategic alliances, particularly those with companies that will prove profitablehave significantly greater financial and other resources than we do. The anticipated benefits of these arrangements may never materialize, and performing under these arrangements may adversely affect our results of operations.

We generate substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our interactive learning technology products and related services and any significant reduction in sales of these products or services would materially harm our business.

For the year ended June 30, 2019 and for the six months ended December 31, 2019, we generated approximately 69% and 100% of our revenue, respectively, from sales of our interactive learning technology hardware and software products, and related installation, training, and maintenance services. Any material decrease in the demand for our products and services would significantly reduce our revenue. If any of our competitors introduces attractive alternatives to usour products or services, we could experience a significant decrease in viewsales as customers migrate to those alternative products and services.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and adversely affect our working capital and liquidity throughout the year.

We expect quarterly fluctuations in our revenues and operating results to continue. These fluctuations could result in volatility and adversely affect our cash flow, working capital and liquidity. As our business grows, we expect these seasonal fluctuations may become more pronounced. Traditionally, the bulk of expenditures by school districts occur in the second and third calendar quarters after receipt of budget allocations. Because our revenues and operating results are driven largely by the purchasing cycles of the intense competitioneducational market and normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business sequential quarterly comparisons of our financial results may not provide an accurate assessment of our financial position.

Our working capital requirements and cash flows are subject to fluctuation, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

If we are unable to manage fluctuations in cash flow, our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.  Our working capital requirements and cash flows have historically been, and are expected to continue to be, encountered by ussubject to seasonal fluctuations, depending on a number of factors. Factors which could result in all significant phases offluctuations in our activities.working capital and cash flows include:


the quantity of product and service sales revenue achieved;

the margins achieved on sales of products and services;

the timing and collection of receivables;

the timing and size of inventory and related component purchases; and

the timing of payment on payables and accrued liabilities.

-13-

There is no assurance that this Offering will resultWe operate in sufficient capitalization of the Company.a highly competitive industry.


Following completionThe interactive learning technology industry in which we operate is highly competitive and characterized by frequent product introductions and rapid technological advances that have substantially increased the capabilities and use of this Offering,interactive projectors, interactive whiteboards, and microcomputer-based logging technologies and combinations of them. We face substantial competition from developers, manufacturers and distributors of interactive learning products and solutions, including interactive projectors, interactive whiteboards and microcomputer data logging products.

Many of these competitors have, and our potential competitors may have, significantly greater financial and other resources than we anticipate having enough cash necessarydo and have spent, and may continue to fund operations,spend, significant amounts of resources to try to enter or expand their presence in the market. These companies may manufacture and/or distribute new, disruptive or substitute products that compete for the pool of available funds that previously could have been spent on interactive displays and otherwise provide for our financial requirements to enable us to achieve our business plans; however, such funding may,associated products. In addition, low cost competitors have appeared in fact, prove to be inadequate. Accordingly, there can be no assurances that the funds available pursuant to this Offering will be sufficient to enable us to achieve our business objectives. Furthermore, if debt financing is required to maintain our operations, there can be no assurances that any such financing, or sufficient financing, will be available to us or, if available, that its terms will be favorable.


If we lose key outside suppliers of insurance products, weChina and other countries. We may not be able to provide our clients with the informationcompete effectively against these current and products they desire.

Our ability to sell our products is dependent upon the products of our carriers, specifically, Prudential, TransAmerica, AIG, Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield, John Hancock, Humana, etc. If the products of our carriers are unavailable on acceptable terms,future competitors. Increased competition or are not available at all, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Some insurance carriers may seek to decrease our fees for selling their products. If we are unable to negotiate acceptable arrangements with these carriers or find alternative sources, we may be required to find other qualified insurance carriers.

Some of our third-party carrierscompetitive pressures have other agents who are our competitors, increasing the risks noted above.

Any failure to ensure and protect the confidentiality of client data could adversely affect our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Many of our products exchange information with clients through a variety of media, including the Internet, software applications and dedicated transmission lines. We rely on a complex network of internal process and controls to protect the confidentiality of client data, such as client data that may be provided to us. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we experience difficulties in implementation of our internal controls, misappropriation of client data could occur. Such internal control inadequacies could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, under federal law, all insurance carriers are required to maintain HIPPA compliance policies and procedures.

Third parties may claim we infringe upon their intellectual property rights.

Third parties may claim we infringe upon their intellectual property rights. Businesses operating in the insurance and financial sectors, including our competitors and potential competitors, have in recent years increasingly pursued patent protection for their products and business methods. If any third parties were to obtain a patent on a methodology or product, we could be sued for infringement. Furthermore, there is always a risk that third parties will sue us for infringement or misappropriation of other intellectual property rights, such as trademarks, copyrights or trade secrets.  We have made and expect to continue making expenditures related to the use of technology and intellectual property rights as part of our strategy to manage this risk.

The impact of claims of intellectual property infringement could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.



8



Our clients pay us a fee based on the premiums of an insurance product and may seekcontinue to negotiate a lower feeresult in price reductions, reduced margins or may cease using our indices, which could limit the growthloss of or decrease our revenues from premium-based fees.

A large portionmarket share, any of our revenues are from premium-based fees. Though unlikely, our insurance carriers may seek to negotiate a lower premium-based fee for a variety of reasons. As the needs of our carriers change, they may request to pay us a lower premium-based fee, in which case our asset-based fees could dramatically decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.


Our business is dependent onSome of our clients continuingcustomers are required to investpurchase equipment by soliciting proposals from a number of sources and, in insurance products. Ifsome cases, are required to purchase from the lowest bidder. While we attempt to price our clients significantly reduce their investmentsproducts competitively based upon the relative features they offer, our competitors’ prices and other factors, we are often not the lowest bidder and in insurance products, our business, financial condition or resultssuch cases may lose sales. For example, we have observed sales of operations may be materially adversely affected.tablet computers by competitors to school districts in the U.S. whose technology budgets could otherwise have been used to purchase interactive displays.

 

The majority of our revenues come from the sale of insurance products. To the extent that our clients’ investment emphasis significantly changes from insurance products to equity, fixed income securities, or other investment strategies, the demand for our insurance products would likely decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, it is our intent to use excellent (A+) and superior (A++) rated insurance carriers, as those ratings are published from time to time by A.M. Best.  In addition, it is our intention to provide one-stop financial services to our clients, thus deterring any attraction to competitors.

We must continue to introduce new insurance products and product enhancements to address our clients’ changing needs, market changes and developments.

The market for our insurance products is characterized by shifting client demands and evolving market practices. Changed client demands, new market practices or new technologies can render existing products obsolete and unmarketable. As a result, our future success will continue to depend upon our ability to market new insurance products and product enhancements that address the future needs of our target markets and respond to market changes. We may not be successful in introducing and marketing new insurance products or product enhancements on a timely and cost effective basis, or at all, and our new insurance products and product enhancements may not adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace or achieve market acceptance. In addition, clients may delay purchases in anticipation of new insurance products or product enhancements.

A limited number of clients account for a material portion of our revenue. Cancellation of premiums by any of these clients could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If we fail to obtain a significant number of new clients or if our largest clients cancel their policies and we are unsuccessful in replacing those products, our business, financial condition or results of operation could be materially adversely affected.

Cancellation of policies of insurance or renegotiation of terms by a significant number of clients could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our primary commercial model is to procure new and recurring annual premiums for our insurance products. For most of our products, our clients may cancel their insurance at a specified period during the insured term. While we believe this practice supports our marketing efforts by allowing clients to buy insurance as needed without the requirement of a long-term commitment, the cancellation of insurance policies by a significant number of clients at any given time may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.


Increased competition in our industry may result in loss of market share, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We face significant competition for attracting and retaining our clients. Our competitors range in size from large companies with substantial resources to small, single-product businesses that are highly specialized. Our larger competitors may have access to more resources andCompetitors may be able to achieverespond to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements more effectively and faster than we can or devote greater economies of scale, and our competitors that are focused on a narrower product line may be more effective in devoting technical, marketing and financial resources to competethe development, promotion and sale of products than we can. Current and potential competitors may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with us. In addition, barriers to creating a single-purpose product may be low in many cases. The Internet as a distribution channel has allowed freethird parties, including through mergers or relatively inexpensive access to information sources, which has reduced barriers to entry even further. Low barriers to entry could lead to the emergence of new competitors. These competitive pressures may also result in fewer clients, fewer premiums, price reductions, and increased operating costs, such as for marketing, resulting in lower revenue, gross margins and operating income.



9



Our growth may place significant strain on our Management and other resources.

We must plan and manage our growth effectivelyacquisitions, to increase revenue and maintain profitability. Our growth has placed, and is expectedthe ability of their products to continue to place, significant demands on our personnel, management andaddress the needs of customers. If these interactive display competitors or other resources. We must continue to improve our operational, financial, management, legal and compliance processes and information systems to keep pace with the growth of our business. There can also be no assurance that, if we continue to grow internallysubstitute or by way of mergers, Management will be effective in attracting and retaining additional qualified personnel, expanding our physical facilities and informationalternative technology infrastructure, integrating acquired businesses or otherwise managing growth. Any failure to effectively manage growth or to effectively manage the businesscompetitors acquire significantly increased market share, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

ThereIf we are unable to continually enhance our products and to develop, introduce and sell new technologies and products at competitive prices and in a timely manner, our business will be harmed.

Our future success will depend upon our ability to enhance our products and to develop, introduce and sell new technologies and products offering enhanced performance and functionality at competitive prices and in a timely manner and market acceptance of any new products. If we are unable, for any reason, to enhance, develop, introduce and sell new products in a timely manner, or at all, in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements or otherwise, our business will be harmed.

The development of new technologies and products involves time, substantial costs and risks. Our ability to successfully develop new technologies will depend in large measure on our ability to maintain a technically skilled research and development staff and to adapt to technological changes and advances in the industry. The success of new product introductions depends on a number of factors, including timely and successful product development, market acceptance, the effective management of purchase commitments and inventory levels in line with anticipated product demand, the availability of components in appropriate quantities and costs to meet anticipated demand, the risk that new products may have quality or other defects and our ability to manage distribution and production issues related to new product introductions. If we are unsuccessful in selling the new products that we develop and introduce, or any future products that we may develop, we may carry obsolete inventory and have reduced available working capital for the development of other new technologies and products.

-14-

We receive a significant portion of our revenues from a small number of customers and the loss of any one of these customers or failure to collect a receivable from them could adversely affect our operations and financial position.

We have four customers that accounted for approximately 64% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2019 and four customers that accounted for approximately 79% of accounts receivable at June 30, 2019.  We have two customers that accounted for approximately 81% of total revenue for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and two customers that accounted for 78% of revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2018.

Receivables from our customers are not secured by any type of collateral and are subject to the risk of being uncollectible. Significant deterioration in the liquidity or financial position of any of our major customers or any group of our customers could have a material adverse impact on the collectability of our accounts receivable and our future operating results. Since we receive a significant portion of our revenues from a small number of customers, the loss of any one of these customers or failure to collect a receivable from them could adversely affect our operations and financial position.

We rely on highly skilled personnel, and, if we are unable to attract, retain or motivate qualified personnel, we may not be able to operate our business effectively.

If any of our employees leaves us, and we fail to effectively manage a transition to new personnel, or if we fail to attract and retain qualified and experienced professionals on acceptable terms, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Our success depends in large part on continued employment of senior management and key personnel who can effectively operate our business, as well as our ability to attract and retain skilled employees. Competition for highly skilled management, technical, research and development and other employees is considerable risk embeddedintense in growththe high-technology industry and we may not be able to attract or retain highly qualified personnel in the future. In making employment decisions, particularly in the high-technology industry, job candidates often consider the value of the equity awards they would receive in connection with their employment. Inasmuch as our products are installed in many states throughout the United States, our employment needs include the hiring of skilled installers in several states and we are subject to the employment laws of many states. Our long-term incentive programs may not be attractive enough or perform sufficiently to attract or retain qualified personnel.

Our success also depends on our having highly trained financial, technical, recruiting, sales and marketing personnel. We will need to continue to hire additional personnel as our business grows. A shortage in the number of people with these skills or our failure to attract them to our company could impede our ability to increase revenues from our existing products and services, ensure full compliance with federal and state regulations, or launch new product offerings and would have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

We depend on resellers and distributors to promote and sell our products and services.

We depend on our ability to establish and develop new relationships and to build on existing relationships with resellers and distributors through agency mergerswhom substantially all our sales are made. Our resellers and acquisitions,distributors are not our employees and therefore we have limited control over their practices. Industry and economic conditions have the potential to weaken the financial position of our resellers and distributors. These resellers and distributors also may determine to no longer sell our products and services, or may reduce efforts to sell our products and services, which maycould materially adversely affect our business, financial condition orand results of operations. Furthermore, if our resellers’ and distributors’ abilities to repay their credit obligations were to deteriorate and result in the write-down or write-off of such receivables, it would negatively affect our operating results and, if significant, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

-15-

A principal element

Because our resellers and most of our growth strategy is growth through mergers with independent third party insurance agencies. Any future mergers could presentdistributors are not contractually required to sell our products and services exclusively and may offer competing interactive display products and services, and often do not devote their full time promoting our products and services no assurance can be given that our resellers and distributors will act in a numbermanner that will promote the success of risks, including:our products and services. Factors that are largely within the control of those resellers and distributors but are important to the success of our products and services include:

 

 

incorrect assumptions regarding the future results of acquired operations or assets or expected cost reductions or other synergies expecteddegree to be realized as a result of acquiring operations or assets;

failure to integrate the operations or management of any acquired operations or assets successfullywhich our resellers and on a timely and cost effective basis;

failure to achieve assumed synergies;

insufficient knowledge of the operations and markets of acquired businesses;

increased debt;

dilution of your preferred stock;

turnover of key personnel;

diversion of Management’s attention from existing operations or other priorities; and

inability to secure, on terms we find acceptable, sufficient financing that may be required for any such merger, acquisition or investment.

In addition, if we are unsuccessful in completing mergers of other businesses, operations or assets or if such opportunities for expansion do not arise, our future growth, business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.


We are dependent on key personnel in our professional staff for their expertise. If we fail to attract and retain the necessary qualified personnel, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The development, maintenance and support of our clients is dependent upon the knowledge, experience and ability of our highly skilled, educated and trained employees. Accordingly, the success of our business depends to a significant extent upon the continued service of our executive officers and other key Management, research, sales and marketing, and other personnel. Although we do not believe that we are dependent upon any individual employee, the loss of a group of our key professional employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We believe our future success will also depend in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled managerial, sales and marketing and other personnel. Competition for such personnel nationwide is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting or retaining such personnel. If we fail to attract and retain the necessary qualified pers onnel our products may suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.



10



Catastrophic events could lead to interruptions in our operations, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our operations depend on our ability to protect our equipment and the information stored in our databases against fires, earthquakes and other natural disasters, as well as power losses, computer and telecommunications failures, technological breakdowns, unauthorized intrusions, terrorist attacks on sites where we or our clients are located, and other catastrophic events. We also depend on accessible office facilities for our employees in order for our operations to function appropriately. There is no assurance that the business continuity measures we have taken to reduce the risk of interruption in our operations caused by these events will be sufficient. Such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Although we currently estimate that the total cost of developing and implementing our business continuity measures will not have a material impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations, we cannot provide any assurance that our estimates regarding the timing and cost of implementing these measures will be accurate.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Class B Preferred Stock

Because holders of the shares of class A common stock will control the majority of the voting power of all classes of voting stock, you will not be able to determine the outcome of shareholder votes.

Our class A common stock will have one vote per share, and our class B preferred stock will generally have ten votes per share. Following this Offering, holders of shares of class A common stock will collectively control the majority of the combined voting power of all classes of voting stock. In addition, the holders of the class A common stock may seek to cause us to take courses of action that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment in us, but which might involve risks to holders of our class B preferred stock or adversely affect us or other investors, including you.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our class A common stock, the price of our class A common stock could decline.

The trading market for our class A common stock relies in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of our stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

The Offering price for the class B preferred stock is arbitrary.


The Offering price for the Shareholders as noted in this document was determined arbitrarily by FullCircle based upon a number of factors.  The Offering price is based primarily on the amount of funds sought from this financing and the number of shares the Board is willing to issue in order to raise these funds.  Accordingly, there is no relationship between the Offering price and the assets, earning or book value of FullCircle, the market value of the class A common stock, or any other recognized criteria of value.  As such, the Offering price does not necessarily indicate the current value of the shares and should not be regarded as an indication of any future market price of FullCircle’s class A common stock.


The market price of our class A common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for you.

The initial public Offering price for our class B preferred stock will be one dollar ($1.00) per share. This initial public Offering price may vary from the market price of our class A common stock after the Offering. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our class A common stock to fluctuate include:

fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by securities analysts;

failure of any ofdistributors actively promote our products to achieve or maintain market acceptance;

failure to produce or distribute our products;

changes in market valuations of similar companies;




11



success of competitive products;

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant products, contracts, acquisitions or strategic alliances;

regulatory developments in the U.S., foreign countries or both;and services;

 

 

 

 

the extent to which our resellers and distributors offer and promote competitive products and services; and

 

litigation involving

the quality of installation, training and other support services offered by our Company, our general industry or both;resellers and distributors.

 

In addition, if some of our competitors were to offer their products and services to resellers and distributors on more favorable terms than or have more products and services available to meet their needs, there may be pressure on us to reduce the price of our products and services, or those resellers and distributors may stop carrying our products and services or de-emphasize the sale of our products and services in favor of the products and services of these competitors.

We are controlled by our management.

Our management, Gary LeCroy, our Chief Executive Officer, President and Director, and Magen McGahee, our Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director, currently beneficially own a majority of our issued and outstanding common stock.  Consequently, management has the ability to influence control of the operations of our Company and, acting together, will have the ability to influence or control substantially all matters submitted to stockholders for approval, including:

·Election of our board of directors;

·Removal of directors;

·Amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws; and

·Adoption of measures that could delay or prevent a change in control or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination.

This concentration of ownership by itself may have the effect of impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business consolidation, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer for the common stock.

-16-

Our businesses are geographically concentrated and could be significantly affected by any adverse change in the regions in which we operate.

Historically, our business operations have been located primarily throughout the Southeast region of the United States. While we intend to expand our business to new geographic areas, we are still highly concentrated in the United States. Because we derived all of our total revenues on a consolidated basis for the year ended June 30, 2019 from our operations in the United States, our business is exposed to adverse regulatory and competitive changes, economic downturns and changes in political conditions in the United States. If we are unable to identify and successfully manage or mitigate these risks, our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We are dependent upon our key suppliers for the components used in our products. Our suppliers may not be able to always supply components or products to us on a timely basis and on favorable terms, and as a result, our dependency on third party suppliers has adversely affected our revenue and may continue to do so.

We are subject to disruptions in our operations if our sole or limited supply contract manufacturers decrease or stop production of components and products, or if such suppliers and contract manufacturers do not produce components and products of sufficient quantity. We do not manufacture any of the products we sell and distribute, and are dependent upon a limited number of suppliers for all products and components. We depend on obtaining adequate supplies of quality components on a timely basis with favorable terms, and some of those components, as well as certain complete products that we sell are provided to us by only one supplier or contract manufacturer. Alternative sources for our components are not always available. Approximately 60% of our products and components are manufactured overseas in China, so they have long lead times, and events such as local disruptions, natural disasters or political conflict may cause unexpected interruptions to the supply of our products or components.

We are currently subject to market prices for the components that we purchase, which are subject to fluctuation beyond our control. An increase in the price of components used in our products could result in an increase in costs to our customers and could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and demand for our products.

Interruptions in our ability to procure needed components for our systems, whether due to discontinuance by our suppliers, delays or failures in delivery, shortages caused by inadequate production capacity or unavailability, financial failure, manufacturing quality, or for other reasons, would adversely affect or limit our sales and growth. There is no assurance that we will continue to find qualified manufacturers on acceptable terms and, if we do, there can be no assurance that product quality will continue to be acceptable, which could lead to a loss of sales and revenues.

Our business is subject to the risks associated with doing business in China.

Since we rely on a third-party manufacturer located in China, our business is subject to the risks associated with doing business in China, including:

• adverse political and economic conditions, particularly those potentially negatively affecting the trade relationship between the United States and China;

• trade protection measures, such as tariff increases, and import and export licensing and control requirements;

• potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws;

• difficulties associated with the Chinese legal system, including increased costs and uncertainties associated with enforcing contractual obligations in China;

• historically lower protection of intellectual property rights;

• changes and volatility in currency exchange rates;

• unexpected or unfavorable changes in regulatory requirements; and

• difficulties in managing foreign relationships and operations generally.

-17-

These risks are likely to be exacerbated by our limited experience with our current products and manufacturing processes. If demand for our products materializes, we may have to invest additional resources to purchase materials, hire and train employees, and enhance our manufacturing processes. It may not be possible for us to manufacture our product at a cost or in quantities sufficient to make our product commercially viable. Any of these factors may affect our ability to manufacture our products and could reduce gross margins and profitability.

Reliance on third-party manufacturers and suppliers entails risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured the components for our products ourselves, including:

reliance on the third parties for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

the possible breach of the manufacturing agreements by the third parties because of factors beyond our control or the insolvency of any of these third parties or other financial difficulties, labor unrest, natural disasters or other factors adversely affecting their ability to conduct their business; and

possibility of termination or non-renewal of the agreements by the third parties, at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us, because of our breach of the manufacturing agreement or based on their own business priorities.

In addition, the recent outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus has caused a widespread health crisis in several districts in China resulting in temporary work stoppage sin many affected districts. Although our manufacturer’s facilities are not located in the affected districts, if the virus should spread to the districts in which our manufacturer’s facilities are located, we could experience delays in manufacturing and shipments of our clinical product, which could result in clinical trial delays.  If the third-party manufacturer were to experience any prolonged disruption for our manufacturing, we could be forced to seek additional third party manufacturing contracts outside of China, thereby increasing our manufacturing costs and negatively impacting our timelines.

If our contract manufacturer or its suppliers fail to deliver the required commercial quantities of our components required for our products  and, if approved, for commercial sale, on a timely basis and at commercially reasonable prices, and we are unable to find one or more replacement manufacturers or suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost, in substantially equivalent volumes and quality, and on a timely basis, we would likely be unable to meet demand for our products, and we would lose potential revenue. It may also take a significant period of time to establish an alternative source of supply for our components.

In the past the U.S. Government has imposed tariffs on products manufactured in China and imported into the United States causing the prices for such products to increase. This could cause customer demand for our products to decrease.

Although the components of our products that are manufactured in China are currently exempt from the tariffs on products manufactured in China, if the exemption were to no longer be available to such products, the imposition of tariffs on our products would most likely cause prices to rise, which would generally increase the price for our products, and which may cause a reduction in demand.

-18-

Our facilities and information systems and those of our key suppliers could be damaged as a result of disasters or unpredictable events, which could have an adverse effect on our business operations.

Our logistics are currently provided by our Toccoa, Georgia facility and multiple import and freight carriers throughout the United States. Our suppliers for original design manufacturing (“ODM”) and original equipment manufacturing (“OEM”) are located in the United States, China, and South Korea. If major disasters such as earthquakes, fires, floods, wars, terrorist attacks, computer viruses, transportation disasters or other events occur in any of these locations, or our information systems or communications network or those of any of our key component suppliers breaks down or operates improperly as a result of such events, our facilities or those of our key suppliers may be seriously damaged, and we may have to stop or delay production and shipment of our products. We may also incur expenses relating to such damages. If production or shipment of our products or components is stopped or delayed or if we incur any increased expenses as a result of damage to our facilities, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Increases in component costs, long lead times, supply shortages, and supply changes could disrupt our supply chain and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Meeting customer demand partially depends on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of components for our products. All of the components that go into the manufacturing of our products are sourced from a limited number of third-party suppliers. Our manufacturers generally purchase these components on our behalf, subject to certain approved supplier lists, and we do not have long-term arrangements with most of our component suppliers. We are therefore subject to the risk of shortages and long lead times in the supply of these components and the risk that our suppliers discontinue or modify components used in our products. In addition, the lead times associated with certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in design, quantities, and delivery schedules. We may in the future experience component shortages, and the predictability of the availability of these components may be limited. In the event of a component shortage or supply interruption from suppliers of these components, we may not be able to develop alternate sources in a timely manner. Developing alternate sources of supply for these components may be time-consuming, difficult, and costly and we may not be able to source these components on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, which may undermine our ability to fill our orders in a timely manner. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these parts or components, or the inability to obtain these parts or components from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, would harm our ability to meet our scheduled product deliveries to our customers.

Moreover, volatile economic conditions may make it more likely that our suppliers may be unable to timely deliver supplies, or at all, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to timely locate alternative suppliers of comparable quality at an acceptable price. Further, since the beginning of 2018, there has been increasing rhetoric, in some cases coupled with legislative or executive action, from several U.S. and foreign leaders regarding tariffs against foreign imports of certain materials. Several of the components that go into the manufacturing of our products are sourced internationally, including from China, where the United States has imposed tariffs on specified products imported there following the U.S. Trade Representative Section 301 Investigation. These tariffs have an impact on our component costs and have the potential to have an even greater impact depending on the outcome of the current trade negotiations, which have been protracted and recently resulted in increases in U.S. tariff rates on specified products from China. Increases in our component costs could have a material effect on our gross margins. The loss of a significant supplier, an increase in component costs, or delays or disruptions in the delivery of components, could adversely impact our ability to generate future revenue and earnings and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Adverse changes in economic and political policies of the Chinese government could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.

As a result of our reliance on third-party manufacturers and suppliers located in China, our results of operations, financial condition, and prospects are subject to a significant degree to economic, political, and legal developments in China.  China’s economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including with respect to the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate and control of foreign exchange, and allocation of resources.  While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth in the past 20 years, growth has been uneven across different regions and among various economic sectors of China.  The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic development and guide the allocation of resources.  Some of these measures benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may also have a negative effect on us.  For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations that are applicable to us.

-19-

Risks Related to our Industry and Regulations

Decreases in, or stagnation of, spending or changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of schools, colleges, universities, other education providers or government agencies may have a material adverse effect on our revenue.

Any additional decrease in, stagnation of or adverse change in national, federal, state, provincial or local funding for primary and secondary schools, colleges, universities, or other education providers or for government agencies that use our products could cause our current and prospective customers to further reduce their purchases of our products, which could cause us to lose additional revenue. Our customers include primary and secondary schools, colleges, universities, other education providers which depend heavily on government funding. Many federal, state, and local governments have limited fiscal capacity and have experienced recent declines in tax revenues. Many of those governments have reacted to the decreases in tax revenues and could continue to react to the decreases in tax revenues by cutting funding to educational institutions. If our products are not a high priority expenditure for such institutions, or if such institutions allocate expenditures to substitute or alternative technologies, we could lose revenue. In addition, a specific reduction in governmental funding support for products such as ours could also cause us to lose revenue.

If our products fail to comply with consumer product or environmental laws, it could materially affect our financial performance.

If our products do not meet applicable safety or regulatory standards, we could experience lost sales, diverted resources and increased costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our products are subject to environmental regulations in some jurisdictions in which we will do business, we are and will be required to comply with a variety of product safety, product testing and environmental regulations, including compliance with applicable laws and standards with respect to lead content and other child safety and environmental issues. Events that give rise to actual, potential or perceived product safety or environmental concerns could expose us to government enforcement action or private litigation and result in product recalls and other liabilities. In addition, negative consumer perceptions regarding the safety of our products could cause negative publicity and harm our reputation.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Technology

Defects in our products can be difficult to detect before shipment. If defects occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The occurrence of errors and defects in our products could result in loss of, or delay in, market acceptance of our products, including harm to our brand. Correcting such errors and failures in our products could require significant expenditure of capital by us. Our products are highly complex and sophisticated and, from time to time, have contained and may continue to contain design defects or software “bugs” or failures that are difficult to detect and correct in advance of shipping. In addition, we are rapidly developing and introducing new products, and new products may have higher rates of errors and defects than our established products. We have historically provided product warranties between one and five years, and the failure of our products to operate as described could give rise to warranty claims. The consequences of such errors, failures and other defects and claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and our reputation.

-20-

We may not be able to obtain patents or other intellectual property rights necessary to protect our proprietary technology and business.

Our commercial success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to develop new or improved technologies and products, and to obtain patents or other intellectual property rights or statutory protection for these technologies and products in the United States and other countries. We will seek to patent concepts, components, processes, designs and methods, and other inventions and technologies that we consider have commercial value or that will likely give us a technological advantage. Despite devoting resources to the research and development of proprietary technology, we may not be able to develop technology that is patentable or protectable. Patents may not be issued in connection with pending patent applications, and claims allowed may not be sufficient to allow them to use the inventions that they create exclusively. Furthermore, any patents issued could be challenged, re-examined, held invalid or unenforceable or circumvented and may not provide sufficient protection or a competitive advantage. In addition, despite efforts to protect and maintain patents, competitors and other third parties may be able to design around their patents or develop products similar to our products that are not within the scope of their patents. Finally, patents provide certain statutory protection only for a limited period of time that varies depending on the jurisdiction and type of patent. The statutory protection term of certain patents may expire and, thereafter, the underlying technology of such patents can be used by any third party including competitors.

Prosecution and protection of the rights sought in patent applications and patents can be costly and uncertain, often involve complex legal and factual issues and consume significant time and resources. In addition, the breadth of claims allowed in our patents, their enforceability and our ability to protect and maintain them cannot be predicted with any certainty. The laws of certain countries may not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Even if our patents are held to be valid and enforceable in a certain jurisdiction, any legal proceedings that we may initiate against third parties to enforce such patents will likely be expensive, take significant time and divert management’s attention from other business matters. We cannot assure that any of the issued patents or pending patent applications will provide any protectable, maintainable or enforceable rights or competitive advantages to us.

In addition to patents, we will rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other related laws and confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect, maintain and enforce our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights. However, our ability to protect our brands by registering certain trademarks may be limited. In addition, while we will generally enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, contract manufacturers, distributors and resellers and with others to attempt to limit access to and distribution of our proprietary and confidential information, it is possible that:

 

misappropriation of our proprietary and confidential information, including technology, will nevertheless occur;

 

additions

our confidentiality agreements will not be honored or departuresmay be rendered unenforceable;

third parties will independently develop equivalent, superior or competitive technology or products;

disputes will arise with our current or future strategic licensees, customers or others concerning the ownership, validity, enforceability, use, patentability or registrability of key personnel;intellectual property; or

unauthorized disclosure of our know-how, trade secrets or other proprietary or confidential information will occur.

-21-

We cannot assure that we will be successful in protecting, maintaining or enforcing our intellectual property rights. If we are unsuccessful in protecting, maintaining or enforcing our intellectual property rights, then our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected, which could

 

 

adversely affect our relationships with current or future distributors and resellers of our products;

 

investors’ general perception

adversely affect our reputation with customers;

be time-consuming and expensive to evaluate and defend;

cause product shipment delays or stoppages;

divert management’s attention and resources;

subject us to significant liabilities and damages;

require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements; or

require us to cease certain activities, including the sale of us, including any perception of misuse of sensitive information;products.

 

If it is determined that we have infringed, violated or are infringing or violating a patent or other intellectual property right of any other person or if we are found liable in respect of any other related claim, then, in addition to being liable for potentially substantial damages, we may be prohibited from developing, using, distributing, selling or commercializing certain of our technologies and products unless we obtain a license from the holder of the patent or other intellectual property right. We cannot assure that we will be able to obtain any such license on a timely basis or on commercially favorable terms, or that any such licenses will be available, or that workarounds will be feasible and cost-efficient. If we do not obtain such a license or find a cost-efficient workaround, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected and we could be required to cease related business operations in some markets and restructure our business to focus on our continuing operations in other markets.

-22-

Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our technology or another aspect of our business infringes the intellectual property of others.

The markets in which we will compete are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and trade secrets and also by litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement to extract settlements from companies like ours. Also, third parties may make infringement claims against us that relate to technology developed and owned by one of our suppliers for which our suppliers may or may not indemnify us. Even if we are indemnified against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable to uphold its contractual obligations, and determining the extent such of such obligations could require additional litigation. Claims of intellectual property infringement against us or our suppliers might require us to redesign our products, enter into costly settlements or license agreements, pay costly damage awards or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling our products or services. If we cannot or do not license the infringed intellectual property on reasonable terms or at all, or substitute similar intellectual property from another source, our revenue and operating results could be adversely impacted. Additionally, our customers and distributors may not purchase our offerings if they are concerned that they may infringe third party intellectual property rights. Responding to such claims, regardless of their merit, can be time consuming, costly to defend in litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, damage our reputation and cause us to incur significant expenses. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we are unable to anticipate consumer preferences and successfully develop attractive products, we might not be able to maintain or increase our revenue or achieve profitability

If we are unable to introduce new products or technologies in a timely manner or our new products or technologies are not accepted by our customers, our competitors may introduce more attractive products which would adversely impact our competitive position. Failure to respond in a timely manner to changing consumer preferences could lead to, among other things, lower revenues and excess inventory positions of outdated products. Our success depends on our ability to identify and originate product trends as well as to anticipate and react to change demands and preferences of customers in a timely manner.

We may be unable to keep pace with changes in technology as our business and market strategy evolves.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to respond successfully to technological change. We will need to respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to remain competitive. The need to respond to technological changes may require us to make substantial, unanticipated expenditures.

-23-

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Future sales of our common stock could adversely affect our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your ownership in us and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We intend, from time to time, to seek additional equity or debt financing to finance working capital requirements, continue our expansion, develop new products or make acquisitions or other investments. In addition, the Debenture is convertible into shares of our common stock. In addition, if our business plans change, general economic, financial or political conditions in our industry change, or other circumstances arise that have a material effect on our cash flow, the anticipated cash needs of our business, as well as our conclusions as to the adequacy of our available sources of capital, could change significantly. Any of these events or circumstances could result in significant additional funding needs, requiring us to raise additional capital. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity shares, preferred shares or debt securities, the terms of such securities could impose restrictions on our operations and would reduce the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders. If financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to expand our business or to develop new business at the rate desired and our results of operations may suffer.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to fluctuate and possibly decline significantly.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. Our financial performance, government regulatory action, tax laws and market conditions in general could have a significant impact on the future market price of our common stock. Investors may not be able to resell your shares at or above the current price due to a number of factors such as those listed under this “Risk Factors” section. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price of our stock include:

 

our operating and financial performance and prospects;

 

changes

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in general economic, industryour industry;

the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and market conditions; andour filings with the SEC;

the failure of analysts to cover our common stock;

-24-

 

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

announcements by us, our competitors or our vendors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

announcements by third parties or governmental entities of significant claims or proceedings against us;

new laws and governmental regulations, or other regulatory developments, applicable to our industry;

changes in general conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to such events;

changes in government spending levels on education;

changes in key personnel;

sales of common stock by us, members of our management team or our stockholders;

the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other dynamics.equity awards;

the volume of trading in our common stock; and

the realization of any risks described in this section under the caption “Risk Factors.”

 

In addition, if the market for stocks in our industry, orFurthermore, the stock market has recently experienced volatility that, in general, experiences a losssome cases, has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of investor confidence,particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the tradingmarket price of our class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.

-25-

In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could decline for reasons unrelatedhave a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

Certain Provisions of Nevada law may have anti-takeover effects.

Certain provisions of Nevada law applicable to our business, financial conditioncompany could also delay or results of operations. If anymake more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company, including Sections 78.411 through 78.444 of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to lawsuits that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend andNevada Revised Statutes, which prohibit a distraction to Management.


DILUTION


After completion of the Offering, the existing shareholders of class A common stock will own 100% of the total number of shares of class A common stock then outstanding. The purchasers of the shares offered hereby will own 100% of the total number of class B preferred shares then outstanding, for which they will have made a cash investment ofNevada corporation from engaging in any business combination with any “interested stockholder” (as defined in the aggregate up to $1,000,000, or $1.00 per Share.


Each share of class B preferred stock carries with it the right to convert into class A common stock of the Company at the rate of ten shares of class A common stock to one share of class B preferred stock.  The right to convert class B preferred stock into class A common stock arises upon the expiration ofstatute) for a period of two years following the date of their issuance.  At the time of the conversion of each share of class B preferred stock into ten shares of class A common stock, the then shareholders owning common stock will be diluted by up to 10,000,000 shares of class A common stock.


Until such time as the stock is converted to class A common stock, each share of class B preferred stock will carry with it the right to ten votes on all matters in which common stockunless certain conditions are met. In addition, our senior management is entitled to vote.  


In addition,certain payments upon liquidationa change in control and certain of the Company, each sharestock options and restricted shares we have granted provide for the acceleration of class B preferred stock will sharevesting in the proceedsevent of liquidation as if it had been converteda change in control of our company.

We have no intention of declaring dividends in the foreseeable future.

The decision to ten shares ofpay cash dividends on our common stock immediately priorrests with our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, unencumbered cash, capital requirements and financial condition. We do not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future, as we intend to the liquidation.


The class B preferreduse any excess cash to fund our operations. Investors in our common stock should not expect to receive dividend income on their investment, and investors will be paid a dividenddependent on the appreciation of $.02 per share per year. Until such time as the class B preferred stock is converted to class Aour common stock the class B preferred stock will not be entitled to participate in dividends declaredearn a return on class A common stock.their investment.



12



USE OF PROCEEDS

 

AssumingThis prospectus relates to Shares that may be offered and sold from time to time by the Selling Stockholder. We will not receive any proceeds upon the sale of Shares by the Selling Stockholder in this offering. However, we sell all 1,000,000 shares of class B preferred stock, we estimate that themay receive gross proceeds from this Offering will be approximately $1 million, less costs associated with this Offering, based on an assumed initial public Offering price of $1.00 per share. Proceeds from this Offering are expected to be used primarily to fund the acquisition of target insurance agencies in accordance with our business plan and to fund immediate operating capital needs of FullCircle. We anticipate that the funds will be spent as follows:


Agency mergers and expenses

35%

Retire notes

30%

New Management and staff expenses

20%

Web pages and marketing materials

5%

Operations, Call Center and Training Center

5%

Retire current operational liabilities

5%


The exact break downupon conversion of the useConvertible Debenture issued to the Selling Stockholder for cash.  See “Plan of the proceeds receivedDistribution” elsewhere in this Offering will change depending on the number of preferred class B shares sold and as the needs of the Company changes.  Management will have broad discretion in the use of funds raised through this Offering. A discussion of our business plan and growth strategy follows.prospectus for more information.


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Results of Operations for the Three Month Periods Ended March 31, 2008 and 2007


Revenue


Revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2008 were $32,578 with a cost of sales of $21,645 yielding a gross profit of $10,934 compared to $1,772 in revenues for the same period in 2007 with cost of sales of $705 yielding a gross profit of $1,067 for the same period in 2007


Operating expenses and selling, general and administrative costs during the current three-month period were $39.654 resulting in an operating loss of $28,720 compared to operating expenses of $38,108  for the three months ended March  31, 2007 resulting in an operating loss of $37,041 in the same period in 2007.  


Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2008 was $11,695 resulting in a net loss from continuing operations of $40,415.  For the three months ended March 31, 2007 the Company had interest expense of  $8,742 and recognized a net loss of $45,783.


Liquidity and Capital Resources


At March 31, 2008 the Company had total assets of $373,168 compared to total assets of $378,814 at December 31, 2007.  The Company had total assets consisting of $4,422 in cash, $0 in property and equipment, and $368,746 investment in the 60,000 name database.  Total assets at December 31, 2007 consisted of $10,068 in cash, $0 in property and equipment, and $368,746 in investment in our customer database.


At March 31, 2008, the Company had $594,927 in total liabilities.  Total liabilities include $63,004 in accounts payable, $58,360 in accrued interest, $0 in accrued expenses, $115,000 in notes payable, $308,563 in notes payable to related parties and $50,000 long-term notes payable-related parties.  Total liabilities at December 31, 2007 were $564,158 which were comprised of $71,271 in accounts payable, $49,065 in accrued interest, $20,259 in accrued expenses, $115,000 in notes payable and $308,563 note payable to related parties.



13



Net cash used by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2008 was $55,646 compared to $18,987 for the same period in 2007.    During the three months ended March 31, 2008, $0 was used for investments, and $50,000 was provided by financing activities.  For the same period in 2007 $0 was used for investments and $20,000 was provided by financing activities.


As of March 31, 2008 we had no capital commitments.  We are currently focused on increasing revenues from our operations and reducing debt through converting debentures and notes payable to common stock.  We may also seek funding from unencumbered securities purchases or from lenders offering favorable terms.  No assurance can be given that we will be able to obtain the total capital necessary to fund our new business plans.  In such an event, this may have a materially adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.


We are planning on applying for our preferred class B share Offering at the completion of this filing.  No assurance can be given that we will be successful with this Offering.


We require additional capital to supplement our anticipated revenues and fund our continuing operations. We have relied upon advances from officers and shareholders and we have issued stock to finance our operations to this point.


FullCircle currently owes $358,563 in notes payable to related parties, and other notes payable of $115,000. Our auditors have expressed concern that the Company has experienced losses from operations and negative cash flows from operations since inception. We have negative working capital and a capital deficiency at March 31, 2008. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.


Late in 2007 and early in 2008 insurance sales revenue began to come in as a result of our transition into the insurance business.  The accounting process; revenue recognition, cost of sales, gross profit and operating expenses will fluctuate as we continue to evolve as an insurance agency.


We have expended considerable time and expenses working life insurance policies and group health insurance policies that should begin to show additional revenues later in 2008.


Results of Operations for Years ending December 31, 2007 and 2006


Revenue


Revenues during the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 were $67,303 with cost of sales of $46,319 yielding a gross profit of $20,984 compared to $25,067 in revenues for the same period in 2006 with a cost of sales of $9,007 and a gross profit of $16,060.


Operating expenses and other costs during the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2007 were $108,706 resulting in an operating loss of $87,722 compared to the operating expenses of $362,606 for the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 with an operating loss of $346,546.


Interest expense for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 was $38,194 resulting in a net loss from continuing operations of $81,797.  By comparison, interest expense for the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $22,423 resulting in a net loss from continuing operations of $339,955.


Late in 2007 Insurance sales revenue began to come in as a result of our transition into the insurance business.  The accounting process; revenue recognition, cost of sales, gross profit and operating expenses will fluctuate as we continue to evolve as an insurance agency.


We have expended considerable time and expenses working life insurance policies and group health insurance policies that should begin to show revenues in 2008.


Liquidity and Capital Resources


As of December 31, 2007, the Company had assets in the amount of $378,814, compared to assets in the amount of $330,431 at December 31, 2006.  


On December 31, 2007, the Company had current assets consisting of $10,068 in cash, and $368,746 in a customer database that was assigned to us from AMPOII, Inc.



14



Total assets as of year-end December 31, 2006 consisted of $573 in cash, $11,112 in property and equipment, and $318,746 in investment in AMPO II.


On December 31, 2007, the Company had $564,158 in total liabilities.  Current liabilities included $71,270 in accounts payable, $49,065 in accrued interest, $20,259 in accrued expenses, and $423,563 in current note payable liabilities.  Current note payable liabilities include $115,000 in notes payable, and $308,563 in notes payable to related parties.  


By comparison, on December 31, 2006 the Company had $480,814 in total liabilities. On December 31, 2006 liabilities included $102,687 in accounts payable, $31,417 in accrued interest, $78,571 in accrued expenses, and $268,139 in current note payable liabilities. December 31, 2006 liabilities included $165,176 in notes payable, $102,963 in notes payable to a related party.


Net cash used by operating activities for the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2007 was $125,929 compared to $55,226 used in the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2006.  During the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2007, $0 was used by investing activities, and $135,424 was provided by financing activities.  For the same period in 2006, $80,176 was provided by financing activities, and $43,621 was used by investing activities.


During the twelve month period ending December 31, 2007, in an effort to secure additional operating capital, and to pay down accounts payable and notes payable, the Company borrowed $185,600, represented by promissory note agreements from major stockholders of the Company.  Each Note, together with interest accrued thereon at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, shall become due and payable in one lump sum on their anniversary dates in 2008 or 2009. The Notes were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  In addition two notes were issued to new investors on February 13, 2007 for $20,000 and were immediately converted into shares.


During the twelve month period ending December 31, 2007 the $10,000 balance of a $20,000 note written in 2006 was converted into shares and a note for $50,176 written on February 17, 2006, plus interest of $7,145 was paid.


From February 2003 through April 2003, the Company conducted a private placement of $600,000 in convertible debentures and warrants to buy 1,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  The debentures bear interest at 12% and mature one year from the date of issuance.  The debentures may be converted for either $0.75 per share or 50% of the average three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the 20 trading days before the conversion date, whichever is lower.  The warrants are exercisable until seven years from the date of issuance at a purchase price of $0.075.  In addition, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted in the event we issue common stock at a price below market, with the exception of any securities issued as of the date of the warrant.  The full principal amount of the convertible debentures is due upon default under the terms of convertible debentures.  The investors hold a security interest in substa ntially all of our assets, intellectual property and registration rights with respect to the shares underlying the debentures and warrants.  


During 2003, the Company negotiated to reduce these convertible debentures and warrants through issuances of common stock.  Through December 31, 2003 the Company continued to reduce notes payable, convertible debentures and associated interest.  During 2003, the Company issued stock for the conversion of debentures and related interest.  Through the twelve months ended December 31, 2004, we settled $203,015 in notes payable and $369,307 in convertible debentures through the issuance of stock.  In November 2003, the Company defaulted on the convertible debenture agreement and a new note was signed pursuant to a settlement agreement.  The balance of the new note was $345,533 at December 31, 2003 and was due in November 2004.  We settled the outstanding balance of the convertible debentures and warrants for $150,000 prior to November 2004 and have negotiated the retirement of the warrants.  They were cancelled in 2007.


Except as otherwise disclosed herein, as of December 31, 2007, the Company had no capital commitments.  We are currently focused on increasing revenues from our insurance agency operations and reducing debt through converting debentures and notes payable to common stock.  We may also seek funding from unencumbered securities purchases or from lenders offering favorable terms.  At this time, we have no contracts, agreements, or understandings for additional funding, nor can any assurance be given that we will be able to obtain this capital on acceptable terms, if at all.  In such an event, this may have a materially adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.  If the need arises, we may offer a private placement or attempt to obtain funding through the use of various types of short term funding, loans or working capital financing arrangements from financial institutions and or shareholders.



15



Factors That May Impact Future Results


At the time of this Offering, we had insufficient cash reserves and receivables necessary to meet forecast operating requirements. In the event we are unsuccessful in our efforts to raise additional funds, we will be required to significantly reduce cash outflows and, possibly, discontinue our operations. We need to raise immediate capital to continue our operations and implement our plans to respond to competitive pressures, or otherwise to respond to unanticipated requirements. Our failure to obtain immediate financing, or inability to obtain financing on acceptable terms, could require us to limit our plans, incur indebtedness that has high rates of interest or substantial restrictive covenants, issue equity securities that will dilute your holdings, or discontinue all or a portion of our remaining operations.


The current expansion of the Company’s business demands that significant financial resources be raised to fund capital expenditures, working capital needs, debt service and the cash flow deficits expected to be generated over then next nine months by operating losses.  Current cash balances and the realization of accounts receivable will not be sufficient to fund the Company’s current business plan beyond the next three months.  Consequently, the company is pursuing this Offering in the aggregate amount of up to $1,000,000 to fund the Company’s expansion needs.  


Management is currently negotiating with existing shareholders and other accredited investors in order to obtain working capital necessary to meet current and future obligations and commitments.  Management is confident that these efforts will produce financing to further the growth of the Company.  Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to raise additional capital on satisfactory terms or at all.  In the event that the Company is unable to obtain capital on acceptable terms or in sufficient amounts, the impact thereof would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, operating results, and financial condition as well as its ability to service debt requirements.  The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates


The Company’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon its financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.  The preparation of these financial statements may have required the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures.  On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, fixed assets, income taxes, contingencies and litigation.  The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of the Company’s judgments on the carrying value of assets and liabilities.  Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.


DETERMINATION OF VALUE OF CLASS B PREFERRED STOCK


The Offering price for the Shareholders as noted in this document was determined arbitrarily by FullCircle based upon a number of factors.  The Offering price is based primarily on the amount of funds sought from this financing and the number of shares the Board is willing to issue in order to raise these funds.  Accordingly, there is no relationship between the Offering price and the assets, earning or book value of FullCircle, the market value of the class A common stock, or any other recognized criteria of value.  As such, the Offering price does not necessarily indicate the current value of the shares and should not be regarded as an indication of any future market price of FullCircle’s class A common stock.


MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS


Our class A common stock is listed on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board under the Symbol “FLCR.”  However, there is currently no regular trading market or trading in the Company’s stock, and we cannot give an assurance that such a market will develop.  Our class B preferred stock will not be traded on any exchange and, therefore, will not have a symbol.



16



The following table sets forth the high and low bid quotations per share of our common stock for the periods indicated.


 

High

Low

Quarter End Close

2008

 

 

 

First Quarter

.05

.02

.05

Second Quarter

(as of June 11, 2008)

.05

.025

.05

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

First Quarter

.02

.009

.017

Second Quarter

.045

.011

.043

Third Quarter

.08

.03

.06

Fourth Quarter

.06

.02

.05

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

First Quarter

.06

.017

.03

Second Quarter

.07

.023

.035

Third Quarter

.035

.01

.012

Fourth Quarter

.03

.01

.014


The above quotations are as reported at www.aolfinance.com. These quotations do not represent actual transactions.


Transfer Agent


Our transfer agent is Interwest Transfer Co., Inc.  It is located at 1981 Murray Holladay Road, Suite 100, Salt Lake City, Utah 84117. The phone number is (801) 272-9294


DIVIDEND POLICY


Our class B preferred shares will yield a dividendWe have never declared nor paid any cash dividends on our C-Corporation common stock, and currently intend to retain all of $.02 per share.  Dividendsour cash and any earnings for use in our business and, therefore, do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends on preferred class Bour common stock will be paid annually followingat the yearly anniversarydiscretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.

-26-

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

The Selling Stockholder will determine at what price it may sell the offered Shares (if any), and such sales may be made at prevailing market prices, or at privately negotiated prices.

THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Pursuant to the terms of a Securities Purchase Agreement, initially dated as of October 28, 2019 and amended and restated as of November 25, 2019 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), we issued and sold the Convertible Debenture to YA II PN, LTD. (the “Selling Stockholder”) in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 that is convertible into shares of our common stock, which bears interest at the rate of 8.0% per annum and matures on November 25, 2020 (the “Maturity Date”), which date may be extended at the option of the Selling Stockholder in the event that, and for so long as, an Event of Default (as defined in the Convertible Debenture) will have occurred and be continuing on the Maturity Date.  The Convertible Debenture was issued with a 7.0% original issue discount, resulting in net proceeds to us of $930,000. As part of the issuance of such shares.the Convertible Debenture, we issued to the Selling Stockholder 500,000 shares of common stock.


The Convertible Debenture is secured by a security interest in all of our assets  and of each of our subsidiaries as evidenced by the security agreement dated as of October 29, 2019 and subject to the global guaranty agreement executed by each of our subsidiaries dated October 29, 2019.

We, anticipateat our option, have the right to redeem (a “Redemption”), in part or in whole, subject to certain notice requirements, outstanding principal and interest under the Convertible Debenture prior to the Maturity Date provided that as of the date of the Selling Stockholder’s receipt of a Redemption notice there is no Equity Conditions Failure (as defined in the Convertible Debenture).  We will pay an amount equal to the principal amount being redeemed plus a Redemption premium equal to 15% of the outstanding principal amount being redeemed plus outstanding and accrued interest.  Other than as specifically permitted by the Convertible Debenture, the Company may not prepay or redeem any portion of its outstanding principal amount without the prior written consent of the Selling Stockholder.

The Selling Stockholder has the right, subject to certain limitations, at any time to convert all or a portion of the Convertible Debenture, up to $250,000 of the outstanding and unpaid Conversion Amount (as defined below) in any 30 day calendar period, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock, below the Fixed Conversion Price, initially of $0.46 (subject to adjustment), provided however that the Selling Stockholder will not be limited to conversions in the aggregate of $250,000 for conversions at or above the Fixed Conversion Price.  The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of any Conversion Amount will be determined by dividing (x) such Conversion Amount by (y) the Fixed Conversion Price or (z) the Market Conversion Price, as applicable (the “Conversion Rate”).  The “Conversion Amount” means the portion of the principal and accrued interest to be converted, redeemed or otherwise with respect to which this determination is being made. The “Market Conversion Price” means, as of any conversion date or other date of determination, 75% of the lowest VWAP (as defined in the Convertible Debenture) of the common stock during the 10 Trading Days immediately preceding the Conversion Date. The Holder, together with any affiliate, will also be limited from beneficially owning more than 4.99% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such conversion or receipt of shares as payment of interest (potentially limiting the Holder’s conversion right).

-27-

The Convertible Debenture contains standard and customary events of default including, but not limited to, failure to make payments when due, failure to observe or perform covenants or agreements contained in the Convertible Debenture, the breach of any material representation or warranty contain therein, the bankruptcy or insolvency of us, failure to timely file a registration statement for the shares underlying the Convertible Debenture in a timely manner,  the suspension of trading of common stock, and a change of control of our Company’s future earnings,company. If any event of default occurs, subject to any cure period, the full principal amount, together with interest (including default interest of 15% per annum) and other amounts owing in respect thereof to the date of acceleration will become, at the Holder’s election, immediately due and payable in cash.

The conversion price of the Convertible Debenture is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of recapitalization events, stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations or similar events affecting our common stock and certain dilutive issuances.

Pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement entered into between us and the Selling Stockholder initially dated as of October 28, 2019 and amended and restated as of November 25, 2019, which was entered into in connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Convertible Debenture, we agreed to file a registration statement for the resale of the shares of common stock into which the Convertible Debenture may be converted within 45 days of the date of the agreement and to obtain effectiveness of the registration statement within 110 days of the date of the agreement. This registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, was filed by us in order to comply with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

SELLING STOCKHOLDER

This prospectus covers the possible resale by the Selling Stockholder identified below. The shares of common stock being offered by the Selling Stockholder are issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Debenture.  For additional information regarding the issuance of the Convertible Debenture, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Private Placement” above.  We are registering the shares of common stock in order to permit the Selling Stockholder to offer the shares for resale from time-to-time.  Except as otherwise noted and except for the ownership of the Convertible Debenture issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Selling Stockholder has not had any material relationship with us within the past three years.

The table below lists the Selling Stockholder and other information regarding the ownership of the shares of common stock by the Selling Stockholder.  The second column lists the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by the Selling Stockholder, based on its ownership of the Convertible Debenture, as of March 10, 2020, assuming conversion of the Convertible Debenture held by the Selling Stockholder on that date, without regard to any limitations on conversions or exercise.

The third column lists the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus by the Selling Stockholder.

In accordance with the terms of a registration rights agreement with the Selling Stockholder, this prospectus generally covers the resale of at least 4,000,000 shares of common stock issued or issuable to the Selling Stockholder pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement.Because the conversion price of the Convertible Debenture may be adjusted, the number of shares that will actually be issued may be more or less than the number of shares being offered by this prospectus.  The fourth column assumes the sale of all of the shares offered by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this prospectus.

-28-

Under the terms of the Convertible Debenture, a Selling Stockholder may not convert the Convertible Debenture to the extent such conversion or exercise would cause such Selling Stockholder, together with its affiliates, to beneficially own a number of shares of Common stock which would exceed 4.99% of our then outstanding shares of Common stock following such conversion or exercise, excluding for purposes of such determination shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Debenture which have not been converted.  The number of shares in the second column does not reflect this limitation.  The Selling Stockholder may sell all, some or none of their shares in this offering.  See “Plan of Distribution.”



Name of Selling Stockholder


Number of Shares Owned Prior to Offering

Maximum Number of Shares to be Sold Pursuant to this Prospectus


Number of Shares Owned After Offering

YA II PN, Ltd. (1)

 4,000,000

 4,000,000

-0-

(1) YAII PN, Ltd. is a Cayman Island exempt company.  YAII PN, Ltd. is managed by Yorkville Advisors Global, LP.  Investment decisions for Yorkville Advisors Global, LP are made by Mark Angelo. This amount includes 500,000 shares of common stock and 3,500,000 shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the convertible note; assuming a conversion of $0.2875 and without applying the 4.99% limit.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The Selling Stockholder of the common stock and any of its pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time-to-time, sell any or all of their shares of common stock on the OTCQB Venture Market or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions.  These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices.  A Selling Stockholder may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares:

·ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

·block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

·purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

·an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

·privately negotiated transactions;

-29-

·broker-dealers may agree with the Selling Stockholder to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

·through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

·a combination of any such methods of sale; or

·any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

The Selling Stockholder may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus.

Broker-dealers engaged by the Selling Stockholder may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the Selling Stockholder (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction not in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with FINRA Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with FINRA Rule 2121.  

In connection with the sale of the common stock or interests therein, the Selling Stockholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume.  The Selling Stockholder may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

The Selling Stockholder and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales.  In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act.  Each Selling Stockholder has informed us that it does not have any written or oral agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the common stock. In no event shall any broker-dealer receive fees, commissions and markups which, in the aggregate, would exceed eight percent (8%).

We are required to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by us incident to the registration of the shares.  We have agreed to indemnify the Selling Stockholder against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.  

-30-

Because the Selling Stockholder may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act, it will be retainedsubject to finance our growththe prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act including Rule 172 thereunder.  In addition, any securities covered by this prospectus which qualify for sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act may be sold under Rule 144 rather than under this prospectus.  There is no underwriter or coordinating broker acting in connection with the proposed sale of the resale shares by the Selling Stockholder.

We agreed to keep this prospectus effective until the earlier of (i) the date on which the shares may be resold by the Selling Stockholder without registration and that wewithout regard to any volume limitations by reason of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect or (ii) all of the shares have been sold pursuant to this prospectus or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect.  The resale shares will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states, the resale shares may not pay cash dividends on class Abe sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

Under applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, any person engaged in the distribution of the resale shares may not simultaneously engage in market making activities with respect to the common stock for the foreseeable future.applicable restricted period, as defined in Regulation M, prior to the commencement of the distribution.  In addition, the Selling Stockholder will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of shares of the common stock by the Selling Stockholder or any other person.  We will make copies of this prospectus available to the Selling Stockholder and have informed them of the need to deliver a copy of this prospectus to each purchaser at or prior to the time of the sale (including by compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act).


OUR BUSINESSMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSISOF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and plan of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus. All amounts in this report are in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise noted.

-31-

Overview

Since we complete a reverse triangular merger in June 2018, we have been a distributor of interactive learning technology hardware and software that allows the presenter and participant to engage in a fully collaborative instructional environment. Our products include our own private-label interactive touch screen panel as well as numerous other national and international branded peripheral and communication devices. New technologies like our own touchscreen panels are sold along with renowned brands such as Google Chromebooks, Microsoft Surface Tablets, Lenovo and Acer computers, Verizon WiFi and more. We provide a multitude of services to our customers, including installation, training, and maintenance.  Prior to the merger our sole revenue source was derived from FullCircle Entertainment, Inc. (“FLCR”) our subsidiary’s operation of a cinema complex in Indianapolis, Indiana, which was sold in February 2019. In September 2019, we acquired Interlock Concepts, Inc. (“Concepts”) and Ehlert Solutions Group, Inc. (“Solutions”).This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) includes a discussion of our operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019, for the year ended June 30, 2019 and the three month period ended June 30, 2018, and the year ended March 31, 2018.   The discussion of our operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019  includes the operations of Concepts and Solutions for a portion of such period but does not include the operations of the cinema complex in Indianapolis, Indiana, which is included in the discussion for the three and six months ended December 31, 2018 due to the sale of the cinema complex in February 2019. The discussion of the operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2018 and for the year ended June 30, 2019 and the three month period ended June 30, 2018 and year ended March 31, 2018 includes the operations of the cinema complex but does not include the operations of Concepts and Solutions since they were acquired subsequent to such periods. Accordingly, the results of operations reported for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the year ended June 30, 2019 and three months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended March 31, 2018, in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis are not comparable.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) includes a discussion of our operations for the three months ended September 30, 2019, which includes the operations of Concepts and Solutions but does not include the operations of the cinema complex in Indianapolis, Indiana, which is included in the discussion for the three months ended September 30, 2018 due to the sale of the cinema complex in February 2019.  The discussion of the operations for the three months ended September 30, 2018 does not include the operations of Concepts and Solutions since they were acquired subsequent to such quarter. Accordingly, the results of operations reported for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis are not comparable.

Recent Developments

HistoryPurchase of Concepts and Solutions


Our initial business began in 2000,On September 4, 2019, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Concepts and Solutions.  Under the formationstock purchase agreement, we acquired 100% of FullCircle Registry, Inc.  We were initially a technology-based business that provided emergency documentthe outstanding capital stock of both Concepts and information retrieval services.  Our service included, providing customers with secure storageSolutions. The purchase price for the acquisition was 1,350,000 shares of our common stock and immediate accesswe issued to their critical medical records, legal documents (living wills, powers of attorney, “do not resuscitate” orders, etc.),Concepts and emergency contact information.  The system was designed to allow medical personnel to quickly obtain critical information.  We provided these services directly to subscribers and through strategic alliances with health care providers.


In December 2006, our Directors unanimously consented that the Company should become an insurance agency. An application for a business entity license was submitted to the Department of InsuranceSolutions three notes payable in the Commonwealthaggregate principal amount of  Kentucky. On February 27, 2007, a business entity license for Life and Health was$3,000,000. The notes payable issued to the Company. After March 1, 2007, appointment applications were submittedseller are subject to various carriersadjustment based on the achievement of certain future gross revenues and brokerage agencies.successful completion of certain pre-acquisition withholding tax issues of Concepts and Solutions.



-32-

17


Solutions and Concepts are Utah-based audio design and manufacturing companies creating innovative products that provide fundamental tools for building notification systems primarily to K-12 education market customers located primarily in the north and north-west United States. Solutions and Concepts’ products and services allow institutions access to intercom, scheduling, and notification systems with improved ease of use.  The products provide an open architecture solution to customers which allows the products to be used in both existing and new environments.  Intercom, public announcement (PA), bell and control solutions are easily added and integrated within the open architecture design and software model.  These products combine elements over a common internet protocol (IP) network, which minimizes infrastructure requirements and reduces costs by combining systems.  


Our Growth  StrategyPrivate Placement


Independent Insurance Agency Acquisitions


Norman L. Frohreich, PresidentPursuant to the terms of a Securities Purchase Agreement, initially dated as of October 28, 2019 and CEO, has been retainedamended and restated as of November 25, 2019 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), we issued and sold the Convertible Debenture to formulate and direct the expansionSelling Stockholder in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 that is convertible into shares of our common stock, which bears interest at the rate of 8.0% per annum that matures on November 25, 2020, which may be extended at the option of the new insurance business modelinvestor in the event that, and for so long as, an Event of Default (as defined in the Convertible Debenture) will have occurred and be continuing on the maturity date. The Convertible Debenture was issued with a 7.0% original issue discount, resulting in net proceeds to us of $930,000. As part of the issuance of the Convertible Debenture, we issued to the investor 500,000 shares of common stock.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s Discussion and Analysis discusses our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the growthdisclosure of FullCircle Registry, Inc.  Itcontingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

-33-

We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Theatre Ticket Sales and Concessions

Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2019 are generated principally through admissions and concessions sales with proceeds received in cash or via credit card at the point of sale. Revenues from ticket sales and concessions ended on February 6, 2019 when this segment was sold.

Interactive Panels and Related Products

We derive revenue from the sale of interactive panels and other related products. Sales of these panels may also include optional equipment, accessories and services (installation, training and other services, including maintenance services and/or an extended warranty). Product sales and installation revenue are recognized when all of the following criteria have been met: (1) products have been shipped or customers have purchased and accepted title to the goods; service revenue for installation of products sold is Mr. Frohreich’s visionrecognized as the installation services are performed, (2) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (3) the price to emulate the H&R Blockcustomer is fixed, and Edward Jones business models(4) collectability is reasonably assured.

Product sales resulting from fixed-price contracts involve a signed contract for a fixed price or a binding purchase order to provide our interactive panels and launch an insurance agency merger planaccessories. Contract arrangements exclude a right of return for delivered items. Product sales resulting from fixed-price contracts are generated from multiple-element arrangements that require separate units of accounting and estimates regarding the fair value of individual elements. We have determined that our multiple-element arrangements that qualify as separate units of accounting are (1) product sales and (2) installation and related services. There is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for both the product sales and installation services and allocation of arrangement consideration for each of these units is based on their relative fair values. Each of these elements represent individual units of accounting, as the delivered item has value to a customer on a stand-alone basis. Our products can be sold on a stand-alone basis to customers which provides objective evidence of the fair value of the product portion of the multi-element contract, and thus represents our best estimate of selling price.

-34-

The fair value of installation services is separately calculated using expected costs of installation services. Many times the value of installation services is calculated using price quotations from subcontractors to us who perform installation services on a stand-alone basis.

We sell equipment with embedded software to customers. The embedded software is not sold separately and it is not a significant focus of our marketing effort. We do not provide post-contract customer support specific to the software or incur significant costs that are within the scope of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance on accounting for software to be leased or sold. Additionally, the functionality that the software provides is marketed as part of the overall product. The software embedded in rural America. Thus,the equipment is incidental to the equipment as a whole.

Deferred revenue consists of customer deposits and advance billings of our products where sales have not yet been recognized. Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in revenue in the accompanying statements of operations. Costs incurred by us associated with shipping and handling are included in cost of sales in the accompanying statements of operations. Sales are recorded net of sales returns and discounts, and sales are presented net of sales-related taxes.

Because of the nature and quality of our products, we plan to expandprovide for the business model to include markets outsideestimated costs of warranties at the greater Louisville area.


Ittime revenue is our plan to acquire, or otherwise merge with, small insurance agencies withrecognized for a five-year exit planperiod of five years after purchase as a secondary warranty. The manufacturer also provides a warranty against certain manufacturing and other defects. The accrued warranty costs are based primarily on historical experience of actual warranty claims as well as offer shares of FullCircle Registry, Inc. to these agency owners to give them the ability to exit their businesscurrent repair costs.

Stock Compensation

We record stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions set forth in ASC 718, Stock Compensation, using the modified prospective method.  ASC 718 requires companies to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based upon the grant date fair value of those awards.  We, from time to time, may issue common stock to acquire services or goods from non-employees.  Common stock issued to persons other than employees or directors are recorded on the basis of their fair value.

-35-

Business Combinations

We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. Under this method, acquired assets, including separately identifiable intangible assets, and any assumed liabilities are recorded at their acquisition date estimated fair value. The excess of purchase price over the fair value amounts assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed represents the goodwill amount resulting from the acquisition. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.

Concurrent with the acquisition of Concepts and Solutions on September 4, 2019, we applied pushdown accounting. Pushdown accounting refers to the use of the acquirer’s basis in the preparation of the acquiree’s separate financial statements as the new basis of accounting for the acquiree.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  Judgements regarding indicators of potential impairment are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business.

At each fiscal year-end, we perform an analysis of goodwill.  We may assess our goodwill for impairment initially using a qualitative approach to meet ordetermine whether conditions exist to indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If management concludes, based on its assessment of relevant events, facts and circumstances that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value is greater than its fair value, then a goodwill impairment charge is recognized for the amount in excess, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

If the fair value of their business and participate financially in the growth of the company.


The target model for an insurance agency acquisition is:


1.

Agency in a town with a population less than 40,000.


2.

Agency that has gross revenues of $50,000 to $150,000.


3.

Agency owner thatreporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is over the age of 55.


Our research suggests that these smaller agencies are not targets for acquisition by larger companies, and, therefore, their individual owners have limited options for an exit strategy.  


We are planning on moving cautiously initially. We have only 10 agencies targeted for purchase during the first six months after funding is available. We will need ample time to develop the infrastructure and to train the individuals to manage these agencies once acquired. We expect that some of the owners will continue to work and will phase out over time; others will want to exit immediately. We will haveconsidered to be flexibleimpaired and no further testing is required. If determined to movebe impaired, an impairment charge is recorded as needed as each situation emerges.a general and administrative expense within our consolidated statements of operations.


-36-

We have several strong licensed insurance industry veterans available

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are stated at the lower of cost or fair value. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from two to providefive years, representing the training and leadership for this task.  Initiallyperiod over which we expect to operatereceive future economic benefits from these assets.

Product Warranty

We generally warrant our product against certain manufacturing and other defects. These product warranties are provided for specific periods of time, depending on the nature of the product, the geographic location of its sales and other factors. The accrued warranty costs are based primarily on historical experience of actual warranty claims as well as current information on repair costs.

Derivative Liabilities

We generally do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow or market risks.  However, certain other financial instruments, such as warrants and embedded conversion features on convertible debt, are classified as derivative liabilities due to protection provisions within the agreements.  Such financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value using the Monte Carlo model and subsequently adjusted to fair value at the close of each reporting period.  We account for derivative instruments and debt instruments in justaccordance with ASC 815, ASU 2017-11, and associated pronouncements related to the classification and measurement of warrants and instruments with conversion features.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases. This ASU is intended to improve the reporting of leasing transactions to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information. This ASU will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, using a five state area: Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois, Ohiomodified retrospective approach. We adopted the standard on July 1, 2019 with no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.  

-37-

In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-08, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718). This ASU requires that an entity measure and Tennessee. Onceclassify share based payment awards granted to a customer by applying the modelguidance in Topic 718.  The amount recorded as a reduction of the transaction price is developedrequired to be measured on the basis of the grant-date fair value of the share-based payment award in accordance with Topic 718. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted the standard on July 1, 2019 with no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments. This ASU provides amendments to Topic 326 related to estimating and measuring credit losses. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted the standard on July 1, 2019 with no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurements. This ASU provides amendments on changes in unrealized gains and losses, the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements, and the narrative description of the measurement uncertainty that should be applied. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted the standard on July 1, 2019 with no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

-38-

Results of Operations for the Three and Six Months Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

Revenue

Total revenues recognized were $876,529 and $649,211 for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, an increase of 35%. Total revenues recognized were $1,501,426 and $1,368,630 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, an increase of 10%. Additionally, deferred revenue amounted to $585,572 and $247,007 as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively. Approximately 45% and 37% of the revenues during the three and six months ended December 31, 2018 included revenue from our entertainment segment which was sold in February 2019. Revenues during the three and six months ended December 2019 substantially consisted of revenues from sales of technology interactive panels and related products.  Revenues increased over the three and six months ended December 31, 2019 due to the increases in the customer base for interactive panels and related products as well as additional revenues received through Concepts and Solutions, which were acquired in September 2019, offset by decreases due to the fact that there was no entertainment revenue during the three and six months ended December 31, 2019 resulting from the sale of FLCE in February 2019. (See Purchase of Concepts and Solutions).

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit Summary

Our cost of sales was $492,105 and $401,654 for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, an increase of approximately 23%. Our cost of sales was $985,784 and $880,563 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, an increase of approximately 12%. Cost of sales for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019 consists primarily of manufacturing, freight, and installation costs. Approximately 23% and 19% of the cost of sales for the three and six months ended December 31, 2018 was related to costs associated with the entertainment segment. There are no significant overhead costs which impact cost of sales.  Cost of sales increased from the three and six months ended December 31, 2018 due to the related costs associated with higher revenues generated from technology and interactive panels offset by the fact that there was no cost of sales related to the entertainment segment during the three and six months ended December 31, 2019 due to the sale of FLCE. (See Purchase of Concepts and Solutions)

Our gross profit as a percentage of total revenues was 43% and 38% for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and 34% and 36% for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

-39-

General and Administrative

Total general and administrative expenses (including stock compensation expenses) were $2,485,361 and $1,502,176 for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, an increase of 65%. General and administrative expenses were $4,609,220 and $2,365,770 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively an increase of 95%.  General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and stock compensation expense, office rent, travel expense, amortization expense, and professional fees. Of this amount, $679,881 and $2,007,692 represent consulting fees and employee compensation paid through the issuance of stock, which did not impact cash, for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019, respectively. There was no stock compensation or stock issued for services during the three and six months ended December 31, 2018. Additionally, amortization of intangible assets for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019 totaled $268,000, which did not impact cash. There was no amortization of intangibles during the three and six months ended December 31, 2018. The increase in general and administrative expenses is directly related to our growth and the desire to take advantage of market opportunity. Additionally, general and administrative expenses increased due to acquisition expenses related to the purchase of Concepts and Solutions. (See Purchase of Concepts and Solutions).

Interest Expense

Interest expense amounted to $1,360,639 and $13,552 for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and $1,962,429 and $62,365 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The increase in interest expense was due to the increase in our debt.  During the three months and six months ended December 31, 2019, we amortized $156,456 and $216,724 of debt discounts to interest expense, respectively. No discounts were amortized to interest expense for the three month or six months ended December 31, 2018.

During the three and six months ended December 31, 2019, the Company amortized $579,920 and $808,853 of original issue debt discount on derivative instruments to interest accretion, respectively.  No debt discounts were amortized or accreted during the three and six months ended December 31, 2018.

Other Income (Expense)

The outstanding warrants and conversion features in convertible notes meet the definition of a derivative liability instrument because the exercise price of the warrants and the conversion rates are variable. As a result, the outstanding warrants and conversion features of the notes are recorded as a derivative liability at fair value and marked-to-market each period with the change in fair value charged or credited to income. A derivative liability of $671,312 and $1,025,944 is recorded at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019. A change in fair value of the derivative instruments was accreted by $1,219,289 and $2,022,257 during the three and six months ended December 31, 2019, respectively due to the change in our stock price. There were no outstanding derivative liability instruments during the three month or six months ended December 31, 2018, and therefore no change in fair value was recognized for that period. These amounts do not impact cash.

-40-

Net Loss for the Period

As a result of the foregoing, net loss incurred for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $2,822,207 and $1,254,797, respectively, an increase of 125%. Net loss incurred for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $4,839,554 and $1,886,250, respectively, an increase of 157%.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than commitments discussed in Note 10 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended three and six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Results of Operations for the Year Ended June 30, 2019 and Three Month Period ended June 30, 2018 and Year ended March 31, 2018

Technology:

Revenues recognized were $1,292,353 for the year ended June 30, 2019. Additionally, deferred revenue amounted to $247,007 as of June 30, 2019. Revenues increased from the three months ending June 30, 2018, because this was the first complete year of our current operations as a learning technology manufacturer.

Revenues recognized were $172,754 for the three months ended June 30, 2018. Additionally, deferred revenue amounted to $219,820 as of June 30, 2018. Revenues decreased from the year ended March 31, 2018 due to a combination of change in fiscal year-end and transitioning from a distributor of interactive panels to a manufacturer of interactive panels.

Revenues recognized were $2,319,488 for the year ended March 31, 2018, when the Company was primarily a distributor of interactive panels.

-41-

Theater:

Revenues were $589,705 for the period from July 1, 2018 through February 6, 2019. Revenues fluctuate based on attendance by customers which fluctuates based on viewing options, however, the increase as compared to the three months ending June 30, 2018 is because this was approximately an eight month period of operations.

Revenues were $34,946 for the period from acquisition on June 22, 2018 to June 30, 2018. Revenues fluctuate based on attendance by customers. Attendance at the theater fluctuates based on viewing options.

There were no revenues for the theater during the year ended March 31, 2018.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit Summary

Technology:

Our cost of revenue was $1,545,093 for the year ended June 30, 2019 consisting primarily of manufacturing, freight, warranty and installation costs. There are no significant overhead costs which impact cost of revenue.

Our gross margin percentage was -19.6% for the year ended June 30, 2019.

Our cost of revenue was $171,304 for the three months ended June 30, 2018 consisting primarily of manufacturing, freight, and installation costs. There are no significant overhead costs which impact cost of revenue. Our gross margin was -6% for the period ended June 30, 2018, excluding office supplies.

Our cost of revenue was $1,893,109 for the year ended March 31, 2018 consisting primarily of distribution, freight, and installation costs. There are no significant overhead costs which impact cost of revenue. Our gross margin was 19% for the year ended March 31, 2018, excluding office supplies.

-42-

Theater:

Our cost of revenue was $221,238 for the period from July 1, 2018 through February 6, 2019.  Cost of revenues represent film rental costs and concession food costs primarily.

Our gross margin percentage was 62.5% for the period from July 1, 2018 through February 6, 2019.

Our cost of revenue was $6,804 for the period from acquisition on June 22, 2018 to June 30, 2018. Cost of revenues represent film rental costs and concession food costs primarily. Our gross margin percentage was 81% for the period from acquisition on June 22, 2018 to June 30, 2018.

There were no costs of revenue for the theater during the year ended March 31, 2018.

Operating Expenses Summary

Technology

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses were $42,991 for the year ended June 30, 2019. Sales and marketing expenses were $30,614 for the three months ended June 30, 2018. Sales and marketing expenses were $41,883 for the year ended March 31, 2018. Such expenses consist primarily of advertising expenses and presentations at technology trade shows and are included in total general and administrative expenses. The Company is making efforts to develop new technology and to market that technology through advertising.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses were $5,408,917 for the year ended June 30, 2019 consisting primarily of salary expense, office rent, insurance premiums, and professional fees. Of this amount, $2,416,934 of consulting fees and employee compensation were paid through the issue of stock, which did not impact the Company's cash.

General and administrative expenses were $1,364,124 for the three months ended June 30, 2018, which include sales and marketing expenses of $30,614 and stock issued for compensation and services of $645,200.

General and administrative expenses were $1,574,808 for the year ended March 31, 2018, which include sales and marketing expenses of $41,883.

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salary expense, office rent, insurance premiums, and professional fees.

-43-

Interest Expense

Interest expenses amounted to $292,391 for the year ended June 30, 2019. During the year ended June 30, 2019, the Company amortized $89,279 of debt discounts to interest expense. Significant noncash transactions involving interest expense during the year ended June 30, 2019 included prepayment penalty interest of $134,461 due to the advance repayment of two convertible notes.

During the year ended June 30, 2019, the Company amortized $644,055 of original issue discount on derivative instruments to interest accretion.

Interest expense amounted to $9,458 for the three months ended June 30, 2018.

Interest expense amounted to $40,235 for the year ended March 31, 2018.

Other Income and Expense

The outstanding warrants and conversion features in convertible notes meet the definition of a derivative liability instrument because the exercise price of the warrants and the conversion rates are variable.  As a result, the outstanding warrants and conversion features of the notes are recorded as a derivative liability at fair value and marked-to-market each period with the changes in fair value charged or credited to income.  A derivative liability of $1,025,944 is recorded at June 30, 2019 and a change in fair value of the derivative warrant liability from inception to June 30, 2019 of $89,198 was incurred.  In addition, the initial fair value of the derivative instruments was accreted by $644,055 during the year ended June 30, 2019.  These amounts do not impact cash.

There were no expenses related to convertible notes payable and warrants during the three months ended June 30, 2018 and year ended March 31, 2018.

-44-

Net Loss for the Period

As a result of the foregoing, net loss incurred for the period ended June 30, 2019 was $6,629,669.

As a result of the foregoing, net loss incurred for the three months ended June 30, 2018 was $1,367,195.

As a result of the foregoing, net loss incurred for the year ended March 31, 2018 was $1,177,925

Theater

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses for the period from July 1, 2018 through February 6, 2019 was $427,620.

General and administrative expenses during the period from acquisition on June 22, 2018 to June 30, 2018 was $7,404. There were no general and administrative expenses for the theater during the year ended March 31, 2018. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salary expense, general overhead, depreciation and professional fees.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $41,460 for the period from July 1, 2018 through February 6, 2019. Interest expense was $23,666 for the period from acquisition on June 22, 2018 to June 30, 2018. There was no interest expense related to the theater during the year ended March 31, 2018. Interest expense is primarily related to the mortgage on the theater building.

-45-

Net Loss for the Period

As a result of the foregoing, net loss for the period from July 1, 2018 through February 6, 2019 was $33,448.

As a result of the foregoing, net loss for the period from acquisition on June 22, 2018 to June 30, 2018 was $2,928.

There was no net income or loss for the theater during the year ended March 31, 2018.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than office lease commitments discussed in Note 6 and commitments discussed in Note 7 to our audited financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2019, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2019.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since the merger in June 2018, our revenues generated from operations have been insufficient to support our operational activities and have been supplemented by the proceeds from the issuance of securities, including equity and debt issuances. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon management’s ability to raise capital from the sale of its equity and, ultimately, the achievement of operating revenues. If our revenues continue to be insufficient to support our operational activities, we expectintend to move intoraise additional capital through the sale of equity securities or borrowings from financial institutions and possibly from related and nonrelated parties who may in fact lend to us on reasonable terms. Management believes that its actions to secure additional funding will allow us to continue as a going concern. We currently do not have any committed sources of financing other regional officesthan our line of credit which has conditions to be met for use and which has little remaining availability. There is no guarantee we will be successful in raising capital and if so that we can service these agencies from a close proximity. We believe we can operate upwill be able to 25 agencies per regional office.do so on favorable terms.


-46-

Once the Agencies are acquired, we will begin the process

Our cash totaled $245,420 at December 31, 2019, as compared with $169,430 at June 30, 2019, an increase of adding our products to their portfolios and services. We expect to receive additional income from our other core products. With our additional products, we expect to double the gross revenue with each new agency when the training is completed and new products are installed. In addition to the standard commissions, we will begin to experience higher commission rates because we will receive higher performance payout levels with each$75,990. Net cash of our partner insurance companies.


For example, each insurance company provides higher compensation levels when higher policy revenue is achieved. At that point, we can afford to continue to pay generous amounts to individual agents and receive exceptional revenue on the difference.


Compensation$4,588,007 was used by operations for the sales peoplesix month period ended December 31, 2019. Net cash of $2,950,282 was provided from investing activities for the six month period ended December 31, 2019. Net cash of $1,713,715 was provided from financing activities for the six month period ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to proceeds from convertible notes payable.  

Our cash totaled $169,430 at June 30, 2019, as compared with $184,255 at June 30, 2018, a decrease of $14,825. Net cash of $3,907,348 was used by operations for the year ended June 30, 2019. Net cash of $3,892,523 was provided from financing activities which was primarily derived from proceeds from convertible notes payable and the issuance of common stock as part of the private placement.

Total liabilities totaled $8,979,465 and $6,572,214 as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively, of which current liabilities totaled $7,324,340 and $6,395,904 as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively, which primarily consists of a line of credit, convertible notes payable, related party notes payable, derivative liability, accrued expenses and accounts payable.

Our long-term liquidity requirements will depend on many factors, including the rate at which we grow our business and footprint in the agenciesindustries. To the extent that the funds generated from operations are insufficient to fund our activities in the long term, we may be required to raise additional funds through public or private financing. No assurance can be given that additional financing will be available or that, if it is available, it will be on a commission basis with the exceptionterms acceptable to us.

-47-

Our outstanding convertible debt as of clerical help, if needed. Preferably, we hope to find agents who can manage their own clerical functions.  Incentives will be provided for each agency manager to improve the revenuesDecember 31, 2019 and net profits. Compensation will also be provided for the overall performance of each profit center.


We expect to receive assistance from our major insurance company partners—many have already indicated they are aware of agent-owners who are looking for exit strategies. Research shows that the average age of the owners of the independent insurance agencies in our country is 53 years old.   Our information suggests that over 20% of the agencies nationally (over 125,000 agency owners) have no exit plan.  Like other businesses, the independent insurance agents of rural America are having a problem “selling” their books of business.  Many major insurance companies are beginning to acquire larger agencies but the smaller rural agencies are being passed over.  Our goal is to merge with hundreds of these agencies over the next several years.  We have been in contact with a number of agencies that are looking for an exit plan.



18



It is interesting to note thatJune 30, 2019 was as large banks continue to acquire small rural banks, brand new small banks emerge and grow rapidly. When financial needs are at issue, the personal relationships continue to drive business in rural America. People like to trust their financial matters with those who they see at the local high school ball games, their local Chamber of Commerce meetings or the Rotary club meetings.  


We believe we are well positioned for significant growth and have a multi-faceted growth strategy that builds on our new client relationships, insurance products, brands and integral role in the insurance process. The number, diversity and sophistication of the insurance products available in the insurance marketplace have grown significantly in recent years. Our clients increasingly require sophisticated insurance planning services such as ours to support their complex needs.


We are developing our plans and infrastructure for our new agencies.  Initial plans for our FullCircle wheel of products and services that are in development are; ENC, Prescriptions, Life insurance, Health insurance (Group and Individual), Auto and Home insurance, and Medical Record Storage.  We have identified and engaged talent with expertise in all areas except Auto and Home Insurance. As our name, “FullCircle,” implies, we intend to become a full service, one-stop shop for all insurance and financial planning for our clients.


We have selected two Vice Presidents to manage our Agency acquisition and Agency management functions.


Summary of Growth Strategy 


The principal elements of our growth strategy are:follows:

 

Convertible Notes Payable

 

December 31, 2019

 

June 30, 2019

On January 16, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $382,000 note was issued at a discount of $38,200 and bears interest at 12% per year. The Company issued 92,271 common shares to the investor. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $3 per share, beginning in June 2019. The note matured in July 2019 and was converted to equity.

 $                                         -

 $                             382,000

 

On February 22, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $200,000 note was issued at a discount of $20,000 and bears interest at 5% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $3 per share, beginning in August 2019. The note was paid in full by partial conversion to stock and proceeds from issuance of debt.

 -

 200,000

 

On March 28, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $225,000 note was issued at a discount of $20,000 and bears interest at 10% per year. The Company issued 25,000 common shares to the investor. Three draws of $56,250, $112,500, and $56,250 were borrowed under this note. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $3 per share, beginning in September 2019. The note has prepayment penalties ranging from 110% to 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid within 60 to 180 days from issuance. The note matures in three intervals in March 2020, June 2020, and November 2020.

 150,750

168,750

 

On April 1, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $225,000 note was issued at a discount of $25,000 and bears interest at 10% per year. The Company issued 25,000 shares to the investor. An initial draw of $100,000 was borrowed under this note. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in April 2020. The note has prepayment penalties ranging from 110% to 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid within 60 to 180 days from issuance. The note was paid in full by conversion to stock.

  -

112,500

 

On April 29, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $1,325,000 note was issued at a discount of $92,750 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $2.75 per share. The note matures in April 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the sum of the outstanding principal, plus accrued interest, plus defaulted interest, plus any additional principal, plus at the holder's option, any amounts owed to the holder pursuant to any other provision of the note. The note was paid in full with proceeds from issuance of debt and preferred stock.

  -

 1,325,000

-48-

On May 28, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $322,580 note was issued at a discount of $22,580 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $2.75 per share beginning in November 2019. The note matures in May 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.  The note was partially repaid by a combination of conversion to stock and cash.

 90,017

322,580

 

On June 18, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $366,120 note was issued at a discount of $27,120 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in May 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance. The note was partially repaid by conversion to stock.

 300,000

 366,120

 

On July 2, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $165,000 note was issued at a discount of $16,500 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in July 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

165,000

  -

 

On August 15, 2019, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $225,000 note was issued at a discount of $15,000 and bears interest at 6% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in August 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

225,000

 -

-49-

On August 6, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $220,000 note was issued at a discount of $20,000 and bears interest at 12% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in August 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

 220,000

 -

On August 29, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $234,726 note was issued at a discount of $16,376 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in August 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

Client Growth: 234,726

  -

On September 27, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $225,000 note was issued at a discount of $13,500 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) the lowest closing price during the preceding 10 trading days prior to the issue date of the note. The note matures in June 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 110% and 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

225,000

 -

On November 18, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $55,000 note was issued at a discount of $5,000 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of common stock during the 15 trading days prior to the issue date or (b) 70% of the lowest traded price for the common stock during the 15 trading days prior to conversion of the note. The note matures in November 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 115% and 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

 55,000

  -

On November 18, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $110,000 note was issued at a discount of $10,000 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of common stock during the 15 trading days prior to the issue date or (b) 70% of the lowest traded price for the common stock during the 15 trading days prior to conversion of the note. The note matures in November 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 115% and 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

110,000

 -

-50-

On December 11, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $220,430 note was issued at a discount of $15,430 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) $0.46 per share or (b) 75% of the lowest trading price of common stock during the 10 trading days prior to conversion beginning in June 2020. The note matures in December 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 120% and 130% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

220,430

  -

 

On November 25, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $1,000,000 note was issued at a discount of $70,000 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest up to $250,000 every 30-day calendar period are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $0.46 per share. The note matures in November 2020. The note has a redemption premium of 115% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before maturity.

1,000,000

  -

 

 

 

 

Total Convertible Notes Payable

 2,995,923

 2,876,950

 

Less: Unamortized original issue discounts

1,781,256

 752,126

 

Current Portion of Convertible Notes Payable

 1,214,667

 2,124,824

 

Long-term Portion of Convertible Notes Payable

 $                                         -

 $                                         -

-51-

BUSINESS

Business Overview

We are a manufacturer and distributor of interactive learning technologies and enhanced audio solutions. We develop both hardware and software that allows the presenter and participant to engage in a fully collaborative instructional environment. We also develop award winning classroom audio solutions and school PA and Intercom products, creating a full line card offering for classrooms to our channel partners. Our products include our own private-label interactive touch screen panel as well as numerous other national and international branded peripheral and communication devices. New technologies like our own touchscreen panels are sold along with renowned brands such as Google Chromebooks, Microsoft Surface Tablets, Lenovo and Acer computers, Verizon WiFi and more. We provide a multitude of services to our customers, including installation, training, and maintenance.

In 2017, we secured a contract with a large manufacturer of interactive flat panels that would allow for a new panel to be brought to the United States market, which far exceeds the current market expectations. These panels are fully connected displays that provide “tablet like” functionality for the classroom. Teachers and students can interact with content, simultaneously write and draw on the surface, or mirror classroom table activities in a fully engaged and collaborative environment. These panels are available in sizes ranging from 55” to 70” in the 1080P high definition range and from 75” to 98” for the 4K ultra high definition panel. The panels can be wall mounted in a static position or offered as either a fixed or mobile height adjustable option, all with built in speakers.

Our current distribution channel consists of 30 resellers across the United States who primarily sell our product within the commercial and educational market. While we do not control where our resellers focus their efforts, based on experience, the kindergarten through 12th grade education market is the largest customer base for the product, comprising nearly 90% of all purchases. In addition, we possess our own resell channel that sells directly to the Southeast region of the United States.

We believe the market space for interactive technology in the classroom is a perpetual highway of business opportunity. Public and private school systems are in a continuous race to modernize their learning environments. Our goal is to be an early provider of the best and most modern technology available.

-52-

We are striving to become the leader in the market for interactive flat panel technology, associated software and peripheral devices for classrooms. Our goal is to provide an intuitive system to enhance the learning environment and create easy to use technology for the teacher, increasing student engagement and achievement. Our products are developed and backed by a management team with more than 30 combined years in the classroom technology space.

On June 22, 2018, we consummated a reverse triangular merger whereby Galaxy merged with and into FullCircle Registry, Inc.’s (FLCR) newly formed subsidiary, Galaxy MS, Inc. (Galaxy MS or Merger Sub), which was formed specifically for the transaction. Under the terms of the merger, Galaxy’s shareholders transferred all their outstanding shares of common stock to Galaxy MS, in return for FLCR’s Series C Preferred Shares, which were equivalent to approximately 3,065,000,000 shares of the common stock of FLCR on a pre-reverse stock split basis. This represents approximately 89% of the outstanding common stock of FLCR, with the remaining 11% of common stock distributed as follows: (a) an ownership interest of seven percent (7%) to the holders of common stock, pro rata; and (b) four percent (4%) of the common stock to the holders of convertible debt, pro rata. FLCR is an over-the-counter public company traded under the stock symbol FLCR. FLCR owns Georgetown 14 Cinemas, a fourteen-theater movie complex located on approximately seven acres in Indianapolis, Indiana. Prior to the merger, its sole business and source of revenue was from the operation of the theater, and as part of the merger agreement, the parties have the right to spinout the theater to the prior shareholders of FLCR. Effective February 6, 2019, we sold our interest in the theater to focus its resources in its technology operations. This filing presents the full year of operations for the technology segment and approximately eight months of activity for the entertainment segment.

Recent Developments

Purchase of Concepts and Solutions

On September 4, 2019, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Concepts and Solutions.  Under the stock purchase agreement, we acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of both Concepts and Solutions. The purchase price for the acquisition was 1,350,000 shares of our common stock and we issued to Concepts and Solutions three notes payable in the aggregate principal amount of  $3,000,000. The notes payable issued to the seller are subject to adjustment based on the achievement of certain future gross revenues and successful completion of certain pre-acquisition withholding tax issues of Concepts and Solutions.

Solutions and Concepts are Utah-based audio design and manufacturing companies creating innovative products that provide fundamental tools for building notification systems primarily to K-12 education market customers located primarily in the north and north-west United States. Solutions and Concepts’ products and services allow institutions access to intercom, scheduling, and notification systems with improved ease of use.  The products provide an open architecture solution to customers which allows the products to be used in both existing and new environments.  Intercom, public announcement (PA), bell and control solutions are easily added and integrated within the open architecture design and software model.  These products combine elements over a common internet protocol (IP) network, which minimizes infrastructure requirements and reduces costs by combining systems.

-53-

Our Markets

The global education industry is undergoing a significant transition, as primary and secondary school districts, colleges and universities, as well as governments, corporations and individuals around the world are increasingly recognizing the importance of using technology to more effectively provide information to educate students and other users. In the United States, which is our primary market, we sell and distribute interactive educational products for K-12 to both public and private schools. The K-12 education sector represents one of the largest industry segments. The sector is comprised of approximately 15,600 public school districts across the 50 states and 132,000 public and private elementary and secondary schools. In addition to its size, the U.S. K-12 education market is highly decentralized and is characterized by complex content adoption processes. We believe this market structure underscores the importance of scale and industry relationships and the need for broad, diverse coverage across states, districts and schools. Even while we believe certain initiatives in the education sector, such as the Common Core State Standards, a set of shared math and literacy standards benchmarked to international standards, have increased standardization in K-12 education content, we believe significant state standard specific customization still exists, and we believe the need to address customization provides an ongoing need for companies in the sector to maintain relationships with individual state and district policymakers and expertise in state-varying academic standards.

According to “All Global Market Education & Learning”, an industry publication, the market for hardware products is growing due to increases in the use of interactive whiteboards and simulation-based learning hardware. Educational institutions have become more receptive to the implementation of hi-tech learning tools. The advent of technology in the classroom has enabled multi-modal training and varying curricula. In general, technology based tools help develop student performance when integrated with the curriculum. The constant progression of technology in education has helped educators to create classroom experiences that are interactive, developed and collaborative.

Business environment and trends

The educational technology market is currently experiencing substantial growth due to government mandates for improving the education results in the United States. Education, governments, corporations and individuals are recognizing the growing need to utilize technology for more effective delivery of information to educate end users. Today, most classrooms are equipped with some type of smart board technology but given the ever-changing nature of technology, previous investments are becoming obsolete. It is believed that 96% of United States classrooms have a need to update their technology.

There are approximately 132,000 primary and secondary schools and 7,000 higher education entities in the United States. The industry has several hundred technology resellers, selling a variety of products, already selling into these entities directly. Our goal is to target the resellers to gain market share growth in the education technology market.

-54-

Opportunities and plan of operations

We believe that our products, both hardware and software, and the products we intend to develop as part of our extensive product road map, positions us to be one of the leading providers of interactive educational products. We believe that the increase in consumer spending along with the ever-evolving increase in standards for curriculum are two driving focuses for the increase in the demand for interactive educational technology. Some additional factors that we believe will impact our opportunity include:

Significant resources are being devoted to primary and secondary education, both in the United States and abroad. As set forth in the Executive Office of the President, Council of Economic Advisers report, United States education expenditure (primary, secondary and post-secondary) has been estimated at approximately $1.3 trillion, with primary and secondary education accounting for close to half ($625 billion) of this spending. Global spending is approximated at roughly triple United States spending for primary and secondary education.

The United States primary and secondary market has always been a point of political debate and scrutiny. With American students ranking far behind other global students in international tests, the United States education system severely impairs the United States’ economic, military and diplomatic security as well as broader components of America’s global leadership.

The demand for interactive flat panels is on the rise. With traditional interactive whiteboards having been in the market for more than fifteen years, many of these technologies are coming to a refresh period and are being replaced with the newer, more advanced interactive flat panels.

-55-

We intend to build upon our proven ability to produce and sell interactive classroom products. We have begun to implement the growth strategies described below and expect to continue to do so over the course of the next couple of upcoming years. In order to implement each goal pertaining to growth, we may need additional capital to implement each strategy, particularly in relation to the target acquisition(s) of complementary businesses or technologies.

We intend to grow our business by using the following methodology:

Capitalizing on market trends in the educational industry: We believe our long history of selling into the K-12 education market provides us with the expertise to continue to stay on the cutting edge of new product development and needs of the classroom teacher. We also believe our expertise in customer service and training positions us well for expected growth. We intend to build our core business by leveraging the strengths of our leadership and building out a solid team with experience and expertise in our market.

Expanding our reseller channel sales: The educational technology industry is driven a lot by relationships. We intend to continue to grow and expand our resellers in strategic geographical regions so that we are able to leverage the relationships in the local school systems within those regions.

Growth through acquisitions: We believe that the interactive and collaborative classroom has many components and moving parts. We intend to stay on the cutting edge of new products by building out our product offerings and line card through strategic acquisitions. The acquisition(s) provides us with significant opportunities to grow our business by adding complementary products to provide a whole classroom G2 experience to our customers. We intend to pursue acquisitions that provide services within our current core product offerings, extend our geographic reach and expand our product offerings.

Further developing intellectual property: We intend to build upon our success in developing original software that we own and license to other brands, and distributors globally. When we develop an original software or application, we retain the copyright and patent of that content. We will create additional revenue streams from development fees, brand license fees, distribution license fees and ancillary sources.

Expanding our geographic presence: We believe that by expanding our physical presence into select domestic and international regions, we will be better able to attract and retain clients. With a physical presence in strategic locations around the US, we believe we can provide better customer service and offer local services and training resulting in an increase in revenue for those areas.

-56-

Our current products

G2SLIM Interactive Flat Panel Displays – Our G2SLIM series of interactive LED panels are available in six sizes – 55”, 65”, 70”, 75”, 86”, and 98”. Each offers 4K resolution that creates images suitable for a range of classroom sizes. They also include a slot for an optional integrated PC with Windows 10. All also include embedded Android computing capability for control, applications, and annotation. G2Slim Interactive LED panels utilize infrared touch tracking technology, offering 20 points of touch for simultaneous interaction of multiple users.

G2SLIM(a) Interactive Flat Panel Displays – Our G2SLIM(a) series of Interactive LED panels follow all the same feature set as the G2Slim series. The (a) series difference is its embedded audio, G2 Spoke system, which includes an amplifier, teacher microphone, student microphone and speaker bar for front of the room projected audio.

G2Spoke – Our G2Spoke audio system is a classroom audio amplification system that includes an audio amplifier, microphones, and speakers to enhance the audio in the classroom and improve the student’s ability to hear, therefore increasing engagement.

G2Multishare – Our G2Multishare software allows for devices in the classroom to wireless connect and present to the panel. The application will support sharing up to 9 simultaneous client devices to the IFPD. The teacher or student devices can be shared, and multiple platforms are supported including; Android, Chromebook, Windows, Mac, and iOS.

G2Overlay – G2Overlay is a control application that gives the user the ability to annotate on the Interactive Flat Panel no matter the input or source being presented. Overlay acts as a control center for the user to quickly access tools and change between apps on the IFPD screen.

G2Accessories – Our product line also includes an accessory portion. These accessories include optional integrated PCs, mobile stands, height adjustable wall mounts, and other cable and installation products.

Logistics and suppliers

Logistics is currently provided by our Toccoa, Georgia facility and multiple import and freight carriers throughout the US. These partners allow us to provide affordable freight routes and shorter delivery times to our customers. Our suppliers for ODM and OEM are located in the USA, China, and Korea.

-57-

On September 15, 2018, we signed an agreement with a company in China for the manufacturing of our SLIM series of interactive panels, a new product. The manufacturer agreed to manufacture, and we agreed to be the sole distributor of the interactive panels in the United States for a term of two years. The agreement includes a commitment by us to purchase $2 million of product during the first year beginning September 2018. If the minimum purchase is not met, the manufacturer can require us to establish a performance improvement plan, and the manufacturer has the right to terminate the agreement. The payment terms are 20% in advance, 30% after the product is ready to ship, and the remaining 50% 45 days after receipt. The manufacturer provides us with the product, including a three-year manufacturer’s warranty from the date of shipment. The agreement renews automatically in two year increments unless three months notice is given by either party.

Technical support and service

We currently have our technical support and service centers located in Toccoa, Georgia. Our technical support division is responsible for the repair and management of customer service cases.

Sales and marketing

Our sales force consists of two regional account managers in the United States. Our marketing team consists of one Director of Marketing and Brand Strategy. The marketing and sales team drive sales of the entire product line. We also go to market through an indirect channel and use traditional value­-added resellers. We support them and train them on the products. We currently have approximately 30 resellers.

Competition

The interactive education industry is highly competitive and has frequent product introductions and quick technological advances. With less barriers on the school technology entry, we face heated competition from other interactive panel developers, manufacturers and distributors. We compete with other developers, manufacturers and distributors of interactive panels and personal computer technologies, tablets, television screens, smart phones, such as Smart Technologies, Promethean, Boxlight Inc, Dell Computers, Samsung, Panasonic and ClearTouch.

Employees

As of March 6, 2020, we had approximately twelve employees, of whom two are executives, three employees are engaged in product development, engineering and research and development, two employees are engaged in sales and marketing, three employees are engaged in administrative and clerical services and two employees are engaged in service and training. In addition, approximately five individuals provide consulting services as independent contractors.

None of our employees are represented by labor organizations. We consider our relationship with our employees to be excellent.

-58-

Finances

We continue to grow and as such incurred a financial loss for the year due to operating cost and expenses. We have put a lot of effort into marketing and branding in this past fiscal year in an effort to grow our recognition within the educational technology industry. We monitor the financial liabilities very closely.

We have recently entered into an agreement with Maxim Group for investment banking services.

We know that additional capital is needed to grow the revenue at the rate the market is trending and hopes to bring additional investors and shareholders into our company. If we are successful in raising additional capital, those funds will be used for our expansion using a M&A strategy, as well as, internally by building out our sales force and improving its marketing efforts.

Property

We maintain the following operating facility:

Location

Description

Owned /Leased

Approx. Sq. Ft.

 

Increase products and services within our current client base.Many of our clients have received little or no insurance planning, and we believe there are substantial opportunities to cross sell our services.

Toccoa, Georgia

Corporate office

Leased

10,500

 

The lease on this property is with a family member of the majority shareholder. The term of the lease expires on December 31, 2021. The monthly lease payment is $1,500 plus maintenance and property taxes, as defined in the lease agreement. Rent expense for this lease, as well as other operating leases, totaled $18,000 and $5,150 for the year ended June 30, 2019.

In the opinion of our management, our property is adequate for its present needs. We do not anticipate difficulty in renewing the existing lease as it expires or in finding alternative facilities if necessary. We believe all of our assets are adequately covered by insurance.

-59-

Corporate Information

We were formed on June 7, 2000 under the laws of the State of Nevada under the name Excel Publishing, Inc. On April 10, 2002, we merged with FullCircle Registry, Inc., with FullCircle Registry, Inc. surviving the merger.  In connection with the merger we changed our name from Excel Publishing, Inc to FullCircle Registry, Inc.  

Galaxy Next Generation LTD CO. (“Galaxy CO”) was organized in the state of Georgia in February 2017 while R & G Sales, Inc. (“R&G”) was organized in the state of Georgia in August 2004. Galaxy CO merged with R&G on March 16, 2018, with R&G becoming the surviving company. R&G subsequently changed its name to Galaxy Next Generation, Inc., which is incorporated in the State of Nevada.

Our principal executive offices are located at 286 Big A Road Toccoa, Georgia 30577, and our telephone number is (706) 391-5030. Our website address iswww.galaxynext.us. Information contained in our website does not form part of the prospectus and is intended for informational purposes only.

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers, key employees and directors as of January 8, 2020.

Name

Age

Position(s)

Gary LeCroy

51

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Magen McGahee

34

Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer,

Secretary and Director

Carl R. Austin

80

Director

Gary LeCroy, Chief Executive Director, President and Director

Since the merger on June 22, 2018, Mr. LeCroy has served as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. LeCroy owned and operated R&G Sales, Inc. located in Toccoa, Georgia from 2004 to 2018. He served as CEO and sales director for that company which was involved in the sale and distribution of educational technology.  From November 2016 to until the merger on June 22, 2018, Mr. LeCroy served as CEO/Owner and Director of Galaxy Next Generation LTD CO. (“Galaxy CO”), a company engaged in the business of developing and selling presentation and educational technology.  In May 1988, Mr. LeCroy graduated with an Associate degree in business from Piedmont College in Demarest, Georgia.

We believe that Mr. LeCroy is qualified to serve as a member of our Board because of his extensive C-level and board level experience, his leadership skills and his extensive industry experience in the sale and distribution of educational technology.

-60-

Magen McGahee, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director

Since the merger on June 22, 2018, Ms. McGahee has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer. Ms. McGahee was employed by MIMIO Corporation on its sales leadership team from 2008 to 2013. MIMIO is a manufacturer of interactive video displays for the educational market. From 2013 to 2014, she was employed by Qomo, Inc. as a Director, Strategic Partnerships, developing programs and video display models that would allow expansion into the U.S. market.  From 2014 to 2016, Ms. McGahee was employed by R&G Sales, Inc. located in Toccoa, Georgia, which was involved in the sale and distribution of educational technology.  LeCroy Educational Technology sells interactive presentation panels in the educational market.  From 2016 to the merger, Ms. McGahee served as COO and co-founder of Galaxy CO. Ms. McGahee received a Bachelor of Science degree in early childhood education at Valdosta State College in 2005, located in Valdosta, Georgia. In 2010, Ms. McGahee received a Master of Business Administration degree from Georgia Tech, located in Atlanta, Georgia.

We believe that Ms. McGahee is qualified to serve as a member of our Board because of her extensive C-level and board level experience, her leadership skills and her extensive industry experience in the sale and distribution of educational technology.

Carl R. Austin, Director

Mr. Austin is the founder and owner of CJ Austin, LLC, a company located in Brandenburg, Kentucky.  CJ Austin, LLC is in the real estate, development and investment business, and Mr. Austin has served as its principal from its organization in 1992 to the present.  Mr. Austin is an entrepreneur and he owns and operates various shopping centers, car washes and residential and commercial real estate properties.  In 1962, Mr. Austin received a Bachelor of Science degree from Indiana University, located in Bloomington, Indiana.

We believe that Mr. Austin is qualified to serve as a member of our Board due to his significant real estate, development and investment business experience, his achievements in the real estate, development and investment business industries and his overall business expertise.

-61-

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Our Board of Directors

Our Board currently consists of three members. Our Board has decided that it would judge the independence of its directors by the heightened standards established by the Nasdaq Stock Market, despite the Company not being subject to these standards at this time. Accordingly, the Board has determined that only Mr. Austin, our only non-employee director, meets the independence standards established by the Nasdaq Stock Market and the applicable independence rules and regulations of the SEC, including the rules relating to the independence of the members of our audit committee and compensation committee.

Board Committees

Our Board has not designated an audit committee, compensation committee or corporate governance and nominating committee and instead the full board performs the functions typically performed by such committees.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Each of the Company’s directors and employees, including its executive officers, are required to conduct themselves in accordance with ethical standards set forth in the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics adopted by the Board of Directors.  The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics was previously filed with the Commission. Any amendments to or waivers from the code will be posted on our website.  Information on our website does not constitute part of this filing.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

Set forth below is information for the fiscal years indicated relating to the compensation of each person who served as our named executive officers during the past two fiscal years.

Name and Principal Occupation

 

Expand client base.We plan to add new clients by leveraging our experience, brand strength, our insurance products, and our strong knowledge of insurance process.   In addition, we plan to expand our client base through the acquisition of independent insurance agencies in locations where we currently have limited or no access.

Year

 

Expand national presence. We intend to leverage our brands, reputation and products to expand and gain more clients in selected markets in which we currently have a limited presence. There are now less barriers to providing insurance products crossing state lines, therefore allowing us to expand rapidly.

Salary

 

Product Growth:


As our name, “FullCircle,” implies, we intend to become a full service, one-stop shop for all insurance and financial planning for our clients.

Bonus

 

New product Offerings and enhancements.In order to enhance our leadership position, we plan to expand our product base and enhance existing products. We maintain an active dialogue with our clients in order to understand their needs and with our insurance partners to anticipate market developments.

Stock Award(2)(3)

 

Expand our presence across all asset classes.We believe our well-established reputation and client base in the equity area as well as our experienced staff provide us with a strong foundation to become a leading provider of insurance products.

Options

 

Growth Through Acquisitions. We intend to actively seek to acquire independent insurance agencies that will enhance, complement or expand our client base, as well as increase our ability to provide quality insurance offerings to our clients.




19



Competitive Advantages

We believe our competitive advantages include the following:

Other

 

Strong brand recognition. We are currently appointed with Shaw American, which is a large brokerage-clearing house for Life Insurance Carriers. Our agents will be able to quote insurance proposals with all the major carriers, such as Prudential, John Hancock, AIG, and TransAmerica, just to name a few. Through the relationship with Shaw which was founded in 1964, FullCircle will be able to receive a high level of commissions while outsourcing back office support, application processing, and policy issuance follow-up and services.  In addition to Shaw American, we have negotiated and qualified for a Managing Special Representative (MSR) contract with AIG.  This MSR contract allows us to market products and services that are normally only available to captive AIG agents and employees.   This is significant due to the fact that we will be able to market some of the finest financial services, receive high levels of co mmissions and bonuses while maintaining the independence to shop for our clients’ needs in the marketplace.Total

Gary D. LeCroy

  CEO, President, Director

2019

2018

$292,028

$22,400

Strong client relationships and deep understanding of their needs. Insurance is a hands-on service where clients prefer to know their service providers personally.  Our approach to client development, dedication to client support, and range of products have helped us build strong relationships with our clients. We believe the skills, knowledge and experience of our Management enable us to develop and enhance our methodologies in accordance with client demands and needs.   

Competition in the insurance marketplace. Neither the Company nor its Directors have found anything like our business model currently being offered in the insurance marketplace.  Thus, it is unlikely that competition will immediately come from within the insurance industry.


Opportunity for quick growth through mergers and acquisitions. By acquiring trusted insurance agencies in rural America, Management believes that the Company can quickly grow its business to be a major insurance agency. It is anticipated that our acquisition of only a small portion of Kentucky’s rural insurance market share will make the Company immediately profitable.


Availability of insurance products.  We are currently able to market insurance products that are available in most major insurance markets throughout the United States of America. As our size increases, we anticipate that we will be able to further expand our product offerings.

Highly skilled employees. Through our agency acquisition process, we will be targeting highly skilled, highly technical and, in some instances, highly specialized individuals who will bring a wealth of knowledge and experience to our Company.

Extensive historical databases. We believe our substantial and valuable databases of proprietary client information, together with the databases of each agency we acquire, are valuable and would be difficult and costly for another party to replicate. Such data is a critical component of our success. Specifically, having access to a tested prescription client database will provide warm prospects which could be a critical component to the growth of our client base.



Other Business Opportunities


Insurance Products


One significant aspect of our new focus and direction is our ability to generate new prospects and clients. One immediate opportunity is the marketing insurance products to existing clients of a Louisville area attorney who is also a licensed insurance agent.  We expect to partner up with other local attorneys to expand this product offering.  Phase one of this plan is currently in motion and new revenue has occurred.


We will continue to recruit independent licensed agents.  We feel that we have a very unique recruiting proposition when it comes to obtaining quality agents for the company.  We will be able to offer attractive commission rates while giving the agent the opportunity for ownership in the company through a company stock incentive plan. This ownership by the agent will also help serve as retention tool in an industry where turnover is the norm.



20



Prescription Services


We believe that the time has come to seriously treat the Prescription Services business as a total international fulfillment process.  In the recent years this has been a subject of dialogue with our politicians but the “fear of safe drugs” has been the topic of many media events.  Many of our drugs are now manufactured outside the United States today.  Because of the large disparity in the price of prescription drugs we believe that the pharmaceutical industry will soon “catch up” with all other industries that are marketing and manufacturing products internationally.  As incomes rise internationally, so will the markets for U.S. Pharmaceutical companies products which will help drive prices down.  


Shoes, clothing, automobiles, food, appliances, etc. are all of international supply and marketing scope today.  The pharmaceutical industry is lagging behind.  We expect that this will provide a great opportunity for us to develop a new vehicle to aggressively market prescription drugs with a company specific soft card.  Several states are now leading the campaign to support the re-importation of pharmaceuticals.  It is our belief that many other states will soon follow.  We wish to participate in this trend.  


It is planned to utilize our 60,000 name customer database to be part of our prescription spoke in the FullCircle wheel of services.   We expect to use this tested database of previous AMPO II customers and to utilize additional media methods to attract new customers for our prescription services.


Also, being mindful of the billions of dollars that were spent on gift cards in the Christmas season last year we believe that there is a place for a prescription specific gift card.  Our soft card agreement and our arrangements with an international prescription fulfillment center will be the vehicle used to expand into that market.


We are currently in the “final” stages of re-negotiating our agreement with a large Pharmacy that can deliver U.S. prescription products and can also offer re-import FDA approved drug prescription services as well at highly reduced rates.  Our clientele will have the option to select prescription services from one company with very competitive international rates.  Current pricing provides savings of up to 40% on many name brand prescription drugs.  


The prescription services will also be made available to the new Insurance Agencies that join our company.  This will provide a new personalized service for their existing books of business.


We have signed an agreement with a new soft card company to provide the financial vehicle for our FullCircle Prescription Services.  We expect to be in a position to announce our beta testing plans and the complete FullCircle Prescription Services plans during the June quarter.


With the anticipated funding, the new FullCircle Prescription Service web page will be launched.


Emergency Notification Company


The ENC product is operational and poised for growth.  This product’s web page will also be updated with the availability of the new funding.  


Not only is this product an integral part of our new ventures, it provides a valuable security for our customers. Each purchaser of the ENC product provides names and addresses of friends and family to be contacted in case of emergency, and in turn, these names provide a prospective customer database for our other products and services.  Our call center is current and has been kept active since inception.


As a lead generation tool it will be provided to all of our existing customers at significantly reduced costs.  We will also provide this service to our new agencies books of business customers.


Medical Records Storage and Retrieval services


The on-line vault server for Medical Record Storage is being upgraded to Web 2.0 standards for productivity and security.  


We believe that our Medical Records Storage original core business was ahead of its time.  Now that politicians are continuing to emphasize this very important service and the fact that Google has announced it is entering the storage business with an agreement with the Cleveland Clinic, we believe the timing is right to offer these services as a stand alone product or bundled with our other products. Medical record storage upgrades are expected to be operational in the June Quarter.



21



Web page development


We have begun the foundation development of our new web page direction.  Essentially we will have new web page, although currently a basic foundation, it has been developed with the latest Web 2.0 standards for functionality and expandability. dmcdon.com is our web service provider which is managed by Dennis McDonough our IT services manager.  It is poised and ready to incorporate our new message when funding is available.


Our web portal will be the foundation providing integral system access to our new agencies, life insurance products, Medicare products, Emergency Notification products, FullCircle Prescription Services, Medical Records storage services, and other spokes in our wheel of FullCircle Services as they are developed.  This is flexible and dynamic technology that will provide a highly secure internet portal for all FullCircle partners to use.  The design and tools being included will enhance our information flow, communications and productivity.


Mr. McDonough provides a strong resume of credentials. Articles by Dennis McDonough include subjects of Internet Marketing, Search Engine Optimization, and Website Design.  His articles have appeared on line and in printed publications including: Auto Success Magazine, Club Solutions Magazine, and now Recruiting and Staffing Solutions Magazine.


More information about Dennis McDonough is available on his web site:  www.dmcdon.com  ” At dmcdon.com we do a lot of specialized website design and application development work. Currently dmcdon.com's team is creating some exciting website e-commerce projects. These projects are not just web pages, but are examples of data portals for exchanging information from inside a company, with it's customers and vendors — true Internet Integration.”


VoIP Telephone Services and New Equipment


FullCircle Registry recently upgraded to a full Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP) telephone service for increased user efficiency and productivity.  The VoIP system has already shown significant cost savings.


Our office has begun to install new computer equipment, applications and operating systems.  These will provide optimal capabilities for information exchange between our current in house systems, and our online systems.  We are installing new software applications to maintain our server and database communications in the most secure environment possible.


INDUSTRY OVERVIEW AND COMPETITION


Industry Growth


We will initially be marketing and selling insurance products in Louisville, Kentucky and in rural markets across the Commonwealth of Kentucky, Tennessee, Indiana, Ohio and Illinois.


Market research conducted by our Management and Directors indicates that the uniqueness of our business model will create new business opportunities in the insurance industry.  Research shows that the average age of the owners of the independent insurance agencies in our country is 52 years old.  According to ISU (an independent insurance agency network), there are 639,700 independent agencies nationally.  Small agencies in the United States are the core of the insurance business. Many major insurance companies are beginning to acquire larger agencies but the smaller rural agencies are being passed over. Small agency proprietors have limited access to an exit strategy as they approach retirement age.

By purchasing trusted insurance agencies in rural America, Management believes that FullCircle can quickly grow its business to be a major insurance agency. It is anticipated that our acquisition of only a small portion of Kentucky’s rural insurance market share will make us very profitable.


Once we have established the profitability of its business model through mergers in the five state region described above, we will begin to look into sales in other markets.


Competition


Neither FullCircle nor its Directors have found anything like the business model described herein currently being offered in the insurance marketplace.  Thus, it is unlikely that competition will immediately come from within the insurance industry.  



22



A more likely scenario might be attempts at repetition or copying of our business model.  It may be possible for a competitor to come out with something that makes the Company less viable in a particular category.  But, considering the size of the overall insurance market and the numerous insurance agencies available for acquisition throughout the United States, there is no indication that significant competitive threats are on the immediate horizon.


OUR MANAGEMENT


Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees


Our Directors, executive officers and key employees are listed below (also collectively referred to herein as “Management”).  The number of Directors is determined by our Board of Directors.  All Directors hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.  Officers are elected by the Board of Directors and their terms of office are, except to the extent governed by employment contract, at the discretion of the Board.    



$292,028

Name


Position$22,400


Magen McGahee

Norman L. Frohreich   COO, CFO, Sec, Director


2019

President & CEO2018

$217,500

$45,000

$217,500

$45,000


J. Leigh Friedman

Trent Oakley  Former CFO(1)


2019

Executive Vice President


William M. Jackson2018


$16,005

Vice President Agency Management


Jimm Axline$15,000


Vice President Agency Acquisitions


Isaac Boutwell$20,714


Member of the Board of Directors


David Allen


$37,719

Member of the Board of Directors$15,000


____________

Norman L. Frohreich, President(1) For services as CFO, Mr. Friedman received approximately $5,000 per month.  Mr. Friedman resigned his position on July 22, 2018.  

(2)We implemented a 350 to 1 reverse stock split on August 10, 2018 and CEO.the presentation in this table is on a post reverse split basis.


(3) The Company records stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions set forth in ASC 718, Stock Compensation, using the modified prospective method. ASC 718 requires companies to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based upon the grant date fair value of those awards.

Mr. Frohreich is currently the President and Chief Executive Officer of FullCircle.  Mr. Frohreich is also President of Norlander Information Services, Inc. and operates his own consulting firm providing services-62-

Employment Agreement

On January 1, 2017, we entered into an employment agreement with Magen McGahee to the business community.  He has participated in start-up or turn-around assignments with many companies in the past 35 years. Mr. Frohreich holds a degree in Economics from Purdue University with emphasis in financial management, and brings a wealth of experience to FullCircle  


Trent Oakley, Executive Vice President.


Until December 6, 2007, Mr. Oakley was President and Chief Executive Officer of FullCircle.  Mr. Oakley has also servedserve as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer. For her services, Ms. McGahee is entitled to receive an annual base salary of the Company in the past. Mr. Oakley brings a wealth of experience$180,000.  In addition, pursuant to the position of Executive Vice President.  Prior to joining FullCircle, Mr. Oakleyemployment agreement Ms. McGahee was a marketing representative and sales manager for twenty-three years, contracting his services with various insurance companies, including TransAmerica Life, John Hancock Financial Services and Prudential Financial Services.  Mr. Oakley has also completed the General Agency Management Course, which is the industry standard for insurance agency management.


Mr. Oakley previously served as President and CEO of AMPO II, Inc. (American Medical Pharmaceutical Outlet II). AMPO helps indigent individuals obtain their medications free from pharmaceutical companies.  In addition, Mr. Oakley serves as Executive Director for the National Association for the Terminally Ill (NATI). NATI is a non-profit organization that offers financial assistance to terminally ill people who have less than two years to live.  



23



William M. Jackson, Vice President Agency Management.


Mr. Jackson has been an independent insurance agent since 1986. Most of his experience has been with life and health products.  Mr. Jackson has also focused on Group and Employee benefits to include Life, Health, Dental, Vision, and Disability for both fully-insured and self-funded programs. Bill also deals with Commercial policies to include General Liability, Property and Workman’s Comp.   Mr. Jackson has many years of experience in upper management as a Vice President of Manufacturing, Chief Engineer and Plant Manager from 1968 - 1986.  Mr. Jackson holds a Bachelors of Science Degree in Industrial Engineering from Memphis State University.  Mr. Jackson served our country in the Air Force as a captain during the Vietnam Conflict.


Jimm Axline, Vice President Agency Acquisitions.


Mr. Axline is responsible for the sourcing and analysis of agencies looking for an exit plan, for sale, or that may prefer to merge with FullCircle to have access to a broader base of insurance products.


Mr. Axline is a retired insurance executive with 35 years experience with Sammons Group of Dallas, Texas. He was primarily focused in the area of estate planning.  Mr. Axline is a graduate of Marion College with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Business Administration. His postgraduate education includes coursework in psychology and business law, which were completed at Ohio State University. He also holds an American Management Associate Degree, as well as LUTCF, RHU & CLU credentials.  Mr. Axline is the founder of the National Association for the Terminally Ill, formed in 1997.  He was the co-founder of AMPO II, Inc., a for profit company spun out of NATI.  

Mr. Axline brings to FullCircle an expansive networking capability.  Through his work at Sammons Group, Mr. Axline has had working relationships with hundreds of independent insurance agencies nationally.


Isaac Boutwell, Director. 


Mr. Boutwell is a retired United States Marine Corp Colonel and pilot.  Mr. Boutwell owns several multi-million dollar businesses.  Mr. Boutwell is also a Director of Republic Theater Group, which owns several multi-screen movie theaters.  Mr. Boutwell has been a FullCircle Director for several years and has held the positions of CEO and Chairman in the past.


David Allen, Director. 


Mr. Allen is a small business owner and entrepreneur and has been a Director of FullCircle for several years.


COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS


The Directors receive no compensation for their services.  The following table lists the compensation received by our former and current Officers for 2007 and 2006


Name

Position

Year

Salary

Stock

Other

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Isaac Boutwell

Chairman

2007

0

0

0

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Isaac Boutwell

Director

2006

0

0

0

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Norman Frohreich

CEO/CFO/Dir

2007

0

0

0

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trent Oakley

CEO/CFO

2007

30,000

5,200*

22,426.45**

57,626.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trent Oakley

CEO/CFO

2006

27,500

5,800*

0

33,300.00


* Trent Oakley was compensated with 160,000 restrictedissued 1,522,637 shares of our common stockstock.  Ms. McGahee may terminate the employment agreement at any time upon two weeks’ notice. We may terminate the employment agreement at any time without notice or payment in 2007lieu of notice for cause and 240,000 restricted sharesat any time without cause upon payment of stock in 2006.  The value ofall amounts then legally due to Ms. McGahee.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

There are no outstanding equity awards held by the shares is the closing price of the stock on the day they were issued.named executive officers at June 30, 2019.


** Trent Oakley received commissions on his insurance sales in 2007.



24



SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.


Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 regarding the compensation of our directors who at June 30, 2019 were not also named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position

 

Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash

 

Option
Awards

 

Other
Compensation

 

Totals

         

Carl R. Austin

   

$ 0

   

$ 0

   

$44,511(1)

   

$45,511

———————

(1)We compensated our non-executive director, Carl R. Austin by the issue of 44,511 shares of restricted stock, valued at $1.00 per share during the year ended June 30, 2019. Mr. Austin has not received other equity compensation as a director. We record stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions set forth in ASC 718, Stock Compensation, using the modified prospective method. 

The executive directors were not paid any fees for their service as directors; however, each of June 11, 2008,Mr. LeCroy and Ms. McGahee received compensation for service as officers of our company.

-63-

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

Our common stock issued is traded on the OTCQB Venture Market under the symbol “GAXY”. On March 9, 2020, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the OTCQB Venture Market was $0.012.

Shareholders

As of March 6, 2020, there were an estimated 340 holders of record of our common stock. A certain amount of the shares of common stock are held in street name and shareholdingsmay, therefore, be held by additional beneficial owners.

Dividends

We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock since inception. The payment of each person knowndividends may be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors, and will depend upon, but not limited to, us that either directlyour operations, capital requirements, and overall financial condition.

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends on our common stock will depend on earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting it at such time as the Board of Directors may consider relevant. We intend to follow a policy of retaining all of our earnings to finance the development and execution of our strategy and the expansion of our business. If we do not pay dividends, our common stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will occur only if our stock price appreciates.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions during our fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 and three month period ended June 30, 2018 and year ended March 31, 2018 and subsequent thereto to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds the lesser of  $120,000 or beneficially holds1% of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our 71,696,906capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements other than compensation arrangements described under “Executive Compensation”.

-64-

We had a short-term note payable to a stockholder, totaling $200,000 at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, in which the note principal plus interest of $10,000 is payable in December 2019. Effective October 2019, the note was increased to $400,000 and the maturity extended to December 2021.

We have  notes payable to the seller of Concepts and Solutions, a related party, bearing interest at 3% annually, payable in annual installments from October 31, 2019 to November 30, 2021. Payments are subject to annual earnings. The balance of the notes payable at December 31, 2019 totaled $1,073,467 with $823,467 being considered current and remainder as long term.

We have a note payable to a stockholder, bearing interest at 6% annually, payable in November 2021. Principal of the note is convertible into 1,000,000 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock.

We have a note payable to a stockholder, bearing interest at 6% annually, payable in November 2021. Principal of the note is convertible into 200,000 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock.

We lease property used in operations from a related party under terms of an operating lease. The term of the lease expires on December 31, 2021. The monthly lease payment is $1,500 plus maintenance and property taxes, as defined in the lease agreement. Rent expense for this lease totaled $4,500 and $17,146 for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

We lease vehicles from related parties under capital leases. We are paying the lease payments directly to the creditors, rather than the lessor. The leased vehicles are used in operations for deliveries and installations.

A related party collateralizes our short-term note with a CD in the amount of $274,900, held at the same bank. The related party will receive a $7,500 collateral fee for this service. In May 2018, 50,000 shares of stock were issued to the related party in exchange for a $100,000 reduction in the short-term note balance.

At June 30, 2018, we had outstanding a $15,000 note payable to a related party which the notes accrued interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 8% annually and was due on demand.  The liability for the note was sold with the Entertainment segment on February 6, 2019.

-65-

At June 30, 2018, we had various notes payable to a related party outstanding in the aggregate principal amount of $91,000.  The notes accrued interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 6.25% annually and were due on demand. The liability for the notes were sold with the Entertainment segment on February 6, 2019.

At June 30, 2018, we had a note payable to a related party outstanding in the principal amount of $8,000.  The note accrued interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 6.25% annually and was due on demand. The liability for the note was sold with the Entertainment segment on February 6, 2019.

At June 30, 2018, we had a note payable to a related party outstanding in the principal amount of $25,000.  The note did not accrue  interest and was due on demand. The liability for the note was sold with the Entertainment segment on February 6, 2019.

At June 30, 2018, we had a note payable to a related party outstanding in the principal amount of $125,000. The note accrued interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 9% annually and was due on October 2019. The liability for the note was sold with the Entertainment segment on February 6, 2019.

In February 2018, we issued a note payable to a related party outstanding in the principal amount of $10,000. The note accrued interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 18% annually and was due on demand. The liability for the note was sold with the Entertainment segment on February 6, 2019.

At June 30, 2018, we had various notes payable to a related party in the amount of $211,534 in which the notes accrue interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 10% annually through December 31, 2016 at which time the interest rate was reduced to 6.25% interest annually. The notes were scheduled to mature at various dates through July 2021. The liability for the notes were sold with the Entertainment segment on February 6, 2019.

-66-

Advances

In support of our efforts and cash requirements, it may rely on advances from related parties until such time that it can support its operations or attain adequate financing through sales of its equity or traditional debt financing. There is no formal written commitment for continued support by officers, directors or shareholders. Amounts represent advances or amounts paid in satisfaction of liabilities. The advances are unsecured, due on demand, and the amounts outstanding at June 30, 2019 and 2018 are $0 and $260,173, respectively.

Notes Payable Converted to Common Stock

On June 22, 2018, various board members and executives of FLCR exchanged their outstanding related party debt and accrued interest for 4% of our common stock.

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 5, 2020 by:

·each of our named executive officers;

·each of our directors;

·all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

·each stockholder known by us to own beneficially more than five percent of our common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Shares of common stock that may be acquired by an individual or group within 60 days of March 5, 2020, pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants, are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such individual or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person shown in the table. Percentage of ownership is based on 31,063,787 shares of common stock outstanding.

-67-

Except as indicated in footnotes to this table, we believe that the stockholders named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown to be beneficially owned by them, based on information provided to us by such stockholders. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each director and executive officer listed is c/o Galaxy Next Generation, Inc., 286 Big A Road, Toccoa, Georgia 30577.

Name of Beneficial Owner

Number of Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering

Percentage of common stock Beneficially Owned

Directors and Executive Officers

 

 

   

Gary LeCroy

5,454,257

17.56%

   

Magen McGahee

1,522,637

4.90%

   

Carl Austin

483,904

1.55%

   

All current executive officers and directors as a group (3 persons)

7,460,798

24.02%

   

5% or Greater Stockholders

  
   

Keith Watson(1)

2,687,673

8.65%

   

Kevin Watson(2)

2,776,494

9.4%

   

(1) The information was obtained from a Schedule 13D filed by Mr. Watson with the SEC on October 31, 2019.  Mr. Watson’s address is 188 Whippoorwill Lane, Toccoa, Georgia 30577

(2) The information was obtained from a Schedule 13D filed by Mr. Watson with the SEC on October 31, 2019.  Mr. Watson’s address is 5086 Highway 184 N., Toccoa, Georgia 30577

-68-

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES WE ARE OFFERING

We are offering up to 4,000,000 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

The material terms and provisions of our common stock and each other class of our securities which qualifies or limits our common stock are described under the caption “Description of Capital Stock” in this prospectus.

Registration Rights

The Selling Stockholder is entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the Shares issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Debenture.

Pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement entered into between us and the Selling Stockholder initially dated as of October 28, 2019 and amended and restated as of November 25, 2019, which was entered into in connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Convertible Debenture, we agreed to file a registration statement for the resale of the shares of Common Stock into which the Convertible Debenture may be converted within 45 days of the date of the agreement and to obtain effectiveness of the Registration Statement within 110 days of the date of the agreement.

We agreed to keep this prospectus effective until the earlier of (i) the date on which the shares may be resold by the Selling Stockholder without registration and without regard to any volume limitations by reason of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect or (ii) all of the shares have been sold pursuant to this prospectus or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect.  The resale shares will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states, the resale shares may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

We will pay all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the registrations described above. However, we will not be responsible for any broker or similar concessions or any legal fees or other costs of the Selling Stockholders.

-69-

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

General

The total number of shares of all classes which we have authority to issue is 4,212,250,000 of which 4,000,000,000 shares are designated as “Common Stock” with a par value of $0.0001 per share, and 200,000,000 shares are designated as “Preferred Stock,” 750,000 shares are designed as "Preferred Stock - Class A"; 1,000,000 shares are designated as "Preferred Stock - Class B"; 9,000,000 shares are designated as "Preferred Stock - Class C", all with par value of $0.0001; 1,000,000 shares are designated as “Preferred Stock - Class D" and 500,000 shares are designated as of "Preferred Stock - Class E".

As of March 5, 2020 we had 31,063,787 issued and outstanding shares of common stock par value $.001.  and 500,000 shares of Series E preferred stock issued and outstanding.  As of December 31, 2019, we had 19,269,693 issued and outstanding shares of common stock and 500,000 shares of Series E preferred stock issued and outstanding.

The table also listsdesignations and the namepreferences, conversion and shareholdingsother rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each directorclass of stock are as follows:

Preferred Stock

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors as shares of one or more series.  The description of shares of Preferred Stock, including any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of all officersredemption shall be as set forth in resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors, and directorsArticles of Amendment shall be filed as a group.  Except as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole voting and dispositive powerrequired by law with respect to issuance of such Preferred Stock, prior to the issuance of any shares of Preferred Stock.

-70-

The Board of Directors is expressly authorized, at any time, by adopting resolutions providing for the issuance of, dividing of such shares into series or providing for a change in the number of, shares of any Preferred Stock and, if and to the extent from time to time required by law, by filing Articles of Amendment which are effective without Shareholder action to increase or decrease the number of shares included in the Preferred Stock, but not below the number of shares then issued, and to set or change in any one or more respects the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, or terms and conditions of redemption relating to the shares of Preferred Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be authorized to change the rights of holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation to vote one vote per share on all matters submitted for shareholder action.  The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to the Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, setting or changing the following:

1. The annual dividend rate, if any, on shares beneficially owned,of Preferred Stock, the times of payment and the date from which dividends shall be accumulated, if dividends are to be cumulative;

2. Whether the shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemable and, if so, the redemption price and the terms and conditions of such redemption;

3. The obligation, if any, of the Corporation to redeem shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to a sinking fund;

4. Whether shares of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock of any other class or classes and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the terms of adjustment, if any;

5. Whether the shares of Preferred Stock shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the extent of such voting rights;

6. The rights of the shares of Preferred Stock in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation; and

7. Any other relative rights, powers, preferences, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof relating to the Preferred Stock.

-71-

The shares of Preferred Stock of any one series shall be identical with each other in all respects except as to the dates from and after which dividends thereon shall cumulate, if cumulative.

Series A Preferred Stock

Ranking

The Series A Preferred Stock will, with respect to payment of dividends and amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, rank(i) senior to the Common Stock and to shares of all other series of preferred stock issued by the Company the terms of which specifically provide that the capital stock of such series rank junior to such Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights or distributions upon dissolution of the Company (“Junior Stock”); (ii) on a parity with the shares of all other capital stock issued by the Company whether or not the dividend rates, dividend payment dates, or redemption or liquidation prices per share thereof shall be different from those of the Series A Preferred Stock, if the holders of stock of such class or series shall be entitled by the terms thereof to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or liquidation prices, without preference or priority of one over the other as between the holders of such stock and the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock (“Parity Stock”); and (iii) junior to all other capital stock issued by the Company the terms of which specifically provide that the shares rank senior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends and distributions upon dissolution of the Company (“Senior Stock”).

Dividends

Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, out of funds of the Company legally available for payment, cumulative cash dividends at the rate per annum of 40 cents per share of Series A Preferred Stock.  Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock will be payable quarterly in arrears on the last calendar day of March, June, September, and December of each year, commencing September 30, 2002 (and in the case of any accumulated and unpaid dividends not paid on the corresponding dividend payment date, at such additional time and for such interim periods, if any, as determined by the Board of Directors).  Each such dividend will be payable to holders of record as they appear on the stock records of the Company at the close of business on such record dates, not more than 60 days nor less than 10 days preceding the payment dates thereof, as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Company.  Dividends will accrue from the date of the original issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock.  Dividends will be cumulative from such date, whether or not in any dividend period or periods there shall be funds of the Company legally available for the payment of such dividends. Accumulations of dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock will not bear interest.  Dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock for any period greater or less than a full dividend period will be computed on the basis of actual days.  Dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock for each full dividend period will be computed by dividing the annual dividend rate by four.  

-72-

Except as provided in the next sentence, no dividend will be declared or paid on any Parity Stock unless full cumulative dividends have been declared and paid or are contemporaneously declared and funds sufficient for payment set aside on the Series A Preferred Stock for all prior dividend periods.  If accrued dividends on Series A Preferred Stock for all prior periods have not been paid in full, then any dividends declared on the Series A Preferred Stock for any dividend period and on any Parity Stock will be declared ratably in proportion to accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock.  

So long as the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, unless (i) full cumulative dividends shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payments on all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock (ii) sufficient funds have been paid or set apart for the payment of the dividend for the current dividend period with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock (iii) the Company is not in default or in arrears with respect to the mandatory or optional redemption or mandatory repurchase or other mandatory retirement of, or with respect to any sinking or other analogous fund for, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company may not declare any dividends on any Junior Stock, or make any payment on account of, or set apart money for, the purchase, redemption or other retirement of , or for a sinking or other analogous fund for, any shares of Junior Stock or make any distribution in respect thereof, whether in cash or property or in obligation or stock of the Company, other than (x) Junior Stock which is neither convertible into, nor exchangeable or exercisable for, any securities of the Company other than Junior Stock, or (y) Common Stock acquired in connection with the cashless exercise of options under employee incentive or benefit plans of the Company of any subsidiary or any other redemption or purchase of other acquisition of Common Stock made in the ordinary course of business which has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, for the purpose of any employee incentive or benefit plan of the Company.  The limitations in this paragraph do not restrict the Company’s ability to take the actions in this paragraph with respect to any Parity Stock.  

As used in the preceding paragraph, the term “dividend” with respect to Junior Stock does not include dividends payable solely in shares of Junior Stock on Junior Stock, or in options, warrants or rights to holders of Junior Stock to subscribe for or purchase any Junior Stock.

Redemption

Optional Redemption.  Except in the case of a Public Offering, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock will not be redeemable by the Company prior to May 14, 2005.  On or after May 14, 2005, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be redeemable at the option of the Company in whole or in part for $10.00 per share in cash or for such number of shares of Common Stock as equals the liquidation preference of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed (without regard to accumulated and unpaid dividends) divided by the Conversion Price (as defined below under “Conversion Rights”) as of the opening of business on the date set for such redemption (equivalent to a conversion rate of four shares of Common Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock), subject to community property laws where applicable.


 

 

Number of Shares

Name and Address

Title of Class

Beneficially Owned

% of Shares

 

 

 

 

Isaac Boutwell (1)(3)

Common

10,199,835

14.23%

 

 

 

 

Alec Stone (5)

Common

4,581,579

6.39%

 

 

 

 

Norman Frohreich (1)(2)(6)

Common

2,931,240

4.08%

 

 

 

 

Trent Oakley (2)

Common

1,261,672

1.75%

 

 

 

 

David E. Allen (1)

Common

102,967

0.14%

 

 

 

 

All Executive Officers,

Common

19,077,313

26.60%

Directors and major

 

 

 

Shareholders as a group

 

 

 

(5persons)

 

 

 


(1)  Director


(2)  Officer


(3)  Includes 390,000 shares attributable to Isaac Boutwell’s family members


(4)  Includes 1,703 shares attributable to Trent Oakley’s family members


(5)  Stockholder with over 5%adjustment in certain circumstances.  The Company may exercise this option only if for 20 trading days, within any period of 30 consecutive trading days, including the last trading day of such period, the closing price of the outstanding shares


(6)  Includes 2,798,940 shares attributableCommon Stock on the OTC Bulletin Board exceeds the Conversion Price.   In order to family members of Norman Frohreich.


Employees


In addition to management,exercise its redemption option, the Company currently has five full-time independent contractors and six independent sales representatives.  must notify the holders of record of its Series A Preferred Stock in writing (the “Conditions Satisfaction Notice”) prior to the opening of business on the second trading day after the conditions in the preceding sentences have, from time to time, been satisfied.


UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS.-73-


Unless otherwise noted,Mandatory Redemption.  Upon any public offering of the followingCompany’s Common Stock (“Public Offering”), whereby the Company sells shares were issuedof its Common Stock pursuant to an accredited investor in a private transaction exempteffective registration statement under Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.amended, the Series A Preferred Stock will be redeemed in whole by the Company for such number of shares of Common Stock as equals the liquidation preference of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed (without regard to accumulated and unpaid dividends) divided by the Conversion Price as of the opening of business on the date set for such redemption (equivalent to a conversion rate of four shares of Common Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock), subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. In order to exercise its redemption option, the Company must deliver a Conditions Satisfaction Notice prior to the opening of business on the second trading day after the conditions in the preceding sentences have, from time to time, been satisfied.  


DuringNotice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption (the “Redemption Notice”) will be given by mail to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock not more than seven business days after the Company delivers the Conditions Satisfaction Notice.  The Company’s right to exercise its redemption option will be affected by changes in the closing price of the Common Stock following such 30-day period.  The redemption date will be a date selected by the Company not less than 30 nor more than 60 days after the date on which the Company delivers the Redemption Notice.  If fewer than all the shares of Series A Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected by lot or pro rata or in some other equitable manner determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

If full cumulative dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have been paid or declared and set apart for payment for all regular dividend payment dates to and including the last dividend payment date prior to the date fixed for redemption, the Company shall not call for redemption any shares of Series A Preferred Stock unless all such shares then outstanding are called for simultaneous redemption.

On the redemption date, the Company must pay, in cash, on each share of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed any accumulated and unpaid dividends through the redemption date.  In the case of a redemption date falling after a dividend payment record date and prior to the related payment date, the holder of the Series A Preferred Stock at the close of business on such record date will be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding dividend payment date, notwithstanding the redemption of such shares following such dividend payment records date. Except as provided for in the preceding sentence, no payment or allowance will be made for accumulated and unpaid dividends on any shares of Series A Preferred Stock called for redemption or on the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such redemption.

-74-

On and after the date fixed for redemption, provided that the Company has made available at the office of its registrar and transfer agent a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock and an amount of cash to effect the redemption, dividends will cease to accrue on the Series A Preferred Stock called for redemption (except that, in the case of a redemption date after the dividend payment record date and prior to the related dividend payment date, holders of Series A Preferred Stock on the dividend payment record date will be entitled on such dividend payment date to receive the dividend payable on such shares), such shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights of the holders of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall cease except the right to receive the shares of Common Stock upon such redemption and any cash payable upon such redemption, without interest from the date of such redemption.  Any shares of Common Stock so set aside and unclaimed at the end of three month period ending March 31, 2008,years from the date fixed for redemption shall revert to the Company.  At the close of business on the redemption date upon surrender in accordance with such notice of the certificates representing any such shares (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall so require and the notice shall so state), each holder of Series A Preferred Stock (unless the Company defaults in the delivery of the shares of Common Stock or cash) will be, without any further action, deemed holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable.  

Fractional shares of Common Stock are not to be issued upon redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, but in lieu thereof, the Company will pay a cash adjustment based on the current market price of the Common Stock on the day prior to the redemption date. If fewer than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without cost of the holder thereof.  

Subject to applicable law and the limitation on purchase when dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are in arrears, the Company may, at any time and from time to time, purchase any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock by tender of by private agreement.

Liquidation Preference

The holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up on the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, $5.00 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Liquidation Preference”), plus an effortamount per share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to secureall dividends (whether or not earned or declared) accumulated and unpaid thereon to the date of final distribution to such holders, and no more.  If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of any Company, the assets of the Company, or proceeds thereof, distributable among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and any other Parity Stock, then such assets, or the proceeds therefore, will be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and any such Parity Stock ratably in accordance with the respective amounts which would be payable on such Series A Preferred Stock and any such Parity Stock if all amounts payable on such Series A Preferred Stock and any such Parity Stock if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.

-75-

Neither a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation, nor a sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets will be considered a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, of the Company.

Voting Rights

Except as indicated below, and as otherwise from time to time required by applicable law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will have no voting rights.

If an amount equal to the dividend payable to the Series A Preferred Stock for six quarterly dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock is in arrears, the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors of the company will be increased by two and the holders of share of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a class with the holders of any other series of Parity Stock (any such other series, the “Voting Preferred Shares”), will have the right to elect two additional operating capital,directors to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders or a properly called special meeting of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and such Voting Preferred Shares and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until all such dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock have been paid in full.  Such voting rights will terminate when all such accumulated and unpaid dividends have been paid in full with funds placed in trust for stockholders who cannot be located. The term of office of all directors so elected will terminate with the termination of such voting rights.

With respect to any matter as to which the Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to vote, holders, of shares of the Series A Preferred shall be entitled to one vote per share.    

Without the vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% in number of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, the Company may not (i) create or issue or increase the authorized number of shares of any class or classes or series of Senior Stock or (ii) amend, alter or repeal any of the provisions of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Certificate of Designation so as to materially affect adversely the preferences, special rights or powers of the Series A Preferred Stock or (iii) authorize any reclassification of the Series A Preferred Stock; provided, however, a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation, will not be considered a reclassification of the Series A Preferred Stock.

The voting provisions in the immediately preceding paragraph with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock will not apply if, at or before a time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required shall be effected, (i) all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed or (ii) sufficient funds to pay down accounts payablein full and notes payable,all accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Convertible Preferred Stock and a sufficient number of shares to fund such redemption of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been deposited in trust to effect such redemption.

No consent or approval of the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be required for the issuance of the Company’s authorized but unissued Preferred Stock ranking on a parity with or junior to the Series A Preferred Stock.

-76-

Conversion Rights

Shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be convertible, in whole or in part, at any time during the first eighteen months from the date of issuance at the option of the holders thereof, into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $1.25 per share of Common Stock (equivalent to a Conversion Rate of four shares of Common Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock), subject to the adjustment as described below (“Conversion Price”).  Thereafter and until Redemption (as described above) shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be convertible, in whole or in part, at the option of the holders thereof, into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price equal to the greater of (1) the average of the lowest seven inter-day trading prices during the twenty-one trading days immediately prior to conversion discounted by 50% or (ii) $0.50 per share of Common Stock.  The right to convert shares of Series A Preferred Stock called for redemption will terminate at the close of business on the third business day immediately preceding a redemption date.  For information as to notices of redemption, see “Redemption” above.

Conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or a specific portion thereof, may be effected by delivering certificates evidencing such shares, together with written notice of conversion and a proper assignment of such certificates to the Company.

Each conversion will be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which the certificate for shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been surrendered and notice shall have been received by the Company borrowed $50,000,as aforesaid (and if applicable, payment of an amount equal to the dividend payable on such shares shall have been received by the Company as described below) and the conversion shall be at the Conversion Price in effect at such time and on such date.

Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the close of business on a dividend payment record date will be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding dividend payment date notwithstanding the conversion of such shares following such dividend payment record date and prior to such dividend payment date.  However, shares of Series A Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion during the period between the close of business on any dividend payment record date and the opening of business on the corresponding dividend payment date (except shares converted after the issuance of a Redemption Notice with respect to a Promissory Noteredemption date during such period, which will be entitled to such dividend) must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the dividend payable on such shares on such dividend payment date.  A holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock on a dividend payment record date who (or whose transferee) tenders any such shares for conversion into shares of Common Stock on such dividend payment date will receive the dividend payable by the Company on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock on such date, and the converting holder need not include payment of the amount of such dividend upon surrender of shares of Series A Preferred Stock for conversion.  Except as provided above, the Company will make no payment or allowance for unpaid dividends, whether or not in arrears, on converted shares or for dividends on the shares of Common Stock issued upon such conversion.

Fractional shares of Common Stock are not to be issued upon conversion but, the Company will pay cash adjustment for any fractional shares based on the current market price of the Common Stock on the day prior to the conversion date.  

-77-

Conversion Price Adjustments

The Conversion Price is subject to adjustment upon certain events, including (i) dividends (and other distributions) on its Common Stock, payable in shares of Common Stock or any class of capital stock of the Company, (ii) the issuance to all holders of Common Stock of certain rights, options or warrants entitling them to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock at a price per share less than the fair market value per share or Common Stock, (iii) subdivisions, combinations and reclassifications of Common Stock and (iv) distributions to all holders of Common Stock of cash, evidences of indebtedness of the Company or assets (including securities, but excluding those dividends, rights, warrants, options and distributions referred to above and excluding any dividend or distribution paid in cash to holders of Common Stock in the ordinary course of the Company’s business as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and not in excess of the stockholders’ equity of the Company).  In addition to the foregoing adjustments, the Company will be permitted to make such reductions in the Conversion Price as it considers to be advisable in order that any event treated for Federal income tax purposes as a dividend of stock or stock rights will not be taxable to the holders of the Common Stock.

In the event the Company shall (x) effect any capital reorganization or reclassification of its shares or (y) consolidate or merge with or into any other corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation and each share of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such consolidation or merger is to remain outstanding immediately after such consolidation or merger) or (z) sell, lease or transfer substantially all of its assets to any other person or entity for a consideration consisting in whole or in part of equity securities of such other corporation, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in lieu of each share of Common Stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock would have been convertible prior to such transaction, the same kind and amount of stock and other securities, cash or property as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon such transaction if such holder had held the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock immediately prior to such transaction.  

No adjustment of the Conversion Price will be required to be made in any case until cumulative adjustments amount to 1% or more of the Conversion Price.  Any adjustments not so made will be carried forward and taken into account in subsequent adjustments.

A conversion price adjustment made according to the provisions of the Series A Preferred Stock (or the absence of provision for such an adjustment) might result in a constructive distribution to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or holders of Common Stock that would be subject to taxation as a dividend.  

-78-

Transfer Restrictions

As with the underlying shares of the Company’s Common Stock, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock offered hereby have not been registered under any federal or state securities laws. Accordingly, the transfer of shares of Series A Preferred stock, and of shares of Common Stock upon conversion or redemption of such Series A Preferred Stock, will be restricted.  The Company may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it to the effect that any proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of restricted shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws.  

Other Aspects

Because the Company has subsidiaries, its rights and the rights of holder of its securities, including the holder of Series A Preferred Stock, to participate in the assets of any Company subsidiary upon the latter’s liquidation or recapitalization will be subject to the prior claim of the subsidiary’s creditors and preferred stockholders, if any, except to the extent the Company may itself be a creditor with recognized claims against the subsidiary or the holders of preferred shares, if any, of the subsidiary.  

Series B Preferred Stock

Ranking

The Class B Preferred Stock will, with respect to payment of dividends and amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, rank on a parity with the Common Stock (except that each share of Class B Preferred Stock shall be equal to 10 shares of Common Stock as set forth herein) issued by the Company whether or not the dividend rates, dividend payment dates, or redemption or liquidation prices per share thereof shall be different from those of the Class B Preferred Stock, if the holders of stock of such class or series shall be entitled by the terms thereof to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or liquidation prices, without preference or priority of one over the other as between the holders of such stock and the holders of shares of Class B Preferred Stock; and junior to all other capital stock issued by the Company the terms of which specifically provide that the shares rank senior to the Class B Preferred Stock with respect to dividends and distributions upon dissolution of the Company.

-79-

Dividends

Until such time that a major stockholdershare of Class B Preferred Stock is converted to Class A Common Stock, each such share of Class B Preferred Stock will yield a dividend of $.02 each year payable on the anniversary date of its issuance until it is converted to Common Stock, out of funds of the Company legally available for payment.  Each such dividend will be payable to holders of record as they appear on stock records of the Company at the close of business on such record dates, not more than 60 days nor less than 10 days preceding the payment dates thereof, as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Company.  This Note, togetherDividends will accrue from the date of the original issuance of the Class B Preferred Stock shares.  Dividends will be cumulative from such date, whether or not in the any dividend period or periods there shall be funds of the Company legally available for the payment of such dividends.  Accumulations of dividends on shares of Class B Preferred Tock will not bear interest.

Redemption

Subject to applicable law, the Company may, at any time and from time to time, purchase any shares of the Class B Preferred Stock by tender or by private agreement.

Liquidation Preference

Prior to conversion of Class B Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Class B Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up on the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, an amount per share of Class B Preferred Stock equal to all dividends (whether or not earned or declared) accumulated and unpaid thereon to the date of final distribution to such holders.  Each share of Class B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an amount in liquidation equal to the amount received by 10 shares of Common Stock.  If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of any Company, the assets of the Company, or proceeds thereof, distributable among the holders of Class B Preferred Stock and any such Common Stock (or other parity stock, if any) ratably in accordance with interest accruedthe respective amounts which would be payable on such Class B Preferred Stock and any such Common Stock (or other parity stock, if any) if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.  Neither a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation, nor a sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets will be considered a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, of the Company.

Voting Rights

The holders of Class B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on all corporate matters on which the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to vote.  The total number of votes each share of Class B Preferred Stock is entitled to cast is 10 votes per share.

-80-

Conversion Rights

Shares of the Class B Preferred Stock will be convertible, in whole or in part, at any time two years from the date of issuance at the option of the holders thereof, or at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, into shares of the Common Stock at a conversion rate of 10 shares of Common Stock for each share of Class B Preferred Stock, Conversion of shares of Class B Preferred Stock, or a specific portion thereof, may be effected by delivering certificates to the Company. Each conversion will be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which the certificate for the shares of Class B Preferred Stock shall have been surrendered and notice shall have been received by the Company as aforesaid.  Holders of shares of Class B Preferred Stock at the close of business on a dividend payment record date will be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding dividend payment date notwithstanding the conversion of such shares following such dividend payment record date and prior to such dividend payment date.  Except as provided above, the Company will make no payment or allowance for unpaid dividends, whether or not in arrears, on converted shares or for dividends on the shares of Common Stock issued upon such conversion.

Transfer Restrictions

The transfer of shares of Class B Preferred Stock prior to the conversion or redemption of such Class B Preferred Stock, will be prohibited for a period of two percent (2%) per annum, shall become dueyears following their issuance.  The Company may require an option of counsel acceptable to it to the effect that any proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of restricted shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Common Stock will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws.

Other Aspects

Because the Company has subsidiaries, its rights and payablethe right of holders of its securities, including the holder of Class B Preferred Stock, to participate in one lump sum on December 31, 2010. The Note was issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under Regulation Sthe assets of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


SubsequentCompany subsidiary upon the latter’s liquidation or recapitalization will be subject to the March quarter 2008, in April, another Promissory Noteprior claim of the subsidiary’s creditors and preferred stockholders, if any, except for $50,000 was issued to another accredited major stockholder, alsothe extent that the Company may itself be a creditor with recognized claims against the subsidiary or the holder of preferred shares, if any, of the subsidiary.  

-81-

Series C Preferred Stock

Designations and Amount

Nine Million (9,000,000) shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation, $0.0001 par value per share, shall constitute a class of Preferred Stock designated as “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) with a 2% yield payableface value of $0.0001 per share (the “Face Amount”).

The Series C Preferred Shares shall have the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges, restrictions, qualifications and limitations:

Designation, Amount and Par Value

This series of preferred stock shall be designated as this Corporation’s Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Stock”) and the number of shares so designated shall be up to 9,000,000.   Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share and a stated value equal to $0.0001.

Dividends

The Holders of outstanding Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive 500 times the dividends per share of Series C Stock as are paid for each share of the Corporation’s common stock.

Voting Rights

In addition to voting as a class as to all matters that require class voting under the Nevada Revised Statutes, the holders of the Series C Stock shall vote on December 31, 2010.   all matters with the holders of the Common Stock (and not as a separate class) on five hundred votes per Series C Stock (500:1) basis.

The company currently has commitmentsholders of the Series C Stock shall be entitled to receive all notices relating to voting as are required to be given to the holders of the Common Stock.

-82-

Rank

The Series C Stock shall, with respect to the rights on liquidation be entitled to receive 500 for 1 Share of liquidation proceeds as compared to each share of common stock, $.001 par value per share.  

Redemption

Shares of Series C Preferred Stock may not be redeemed by the Corporation absent the consent of the holder thereof.

Conversion

(a) Each share of Series C Stock shall be convertible, without any payment of additional Promissory Notes.



25



In January 2008 100,000 shares were issued for servicesconsideration by the holder thereof and at the rateoption of .04the holder thereof, at any time after the Series C Issue Date at the conversion ratio of one (1) share of Series C Stock for five hundred (500) shares of Common Stock.

(b) The Conversion Ratio shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the following:

i. In case the Corporation shall have at any time or from time to time after the Series C Issue Date, paid a dividend, or made a distribution, on the outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, subdivided the outstanding shares of Common Stock, combined the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of issued by reclassification of the shares of Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, then, and with respect to each such case, the Conversion Ratio shall be adjusted so that the holder of any shares of Series C Stock shall be entitled to receive upon conversion the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation which such holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive immediately prior to such events or the record date therefor, whichever is earlier, assuming the Series C Stock had been converted into Common Stock, it being the intention of the foregoing, to provide the holders of Series C Stock with the same benefits and securities as such holders would have received as holders of Common Stock if the Series C Stock had been converted into Common Stock at the Conversion Ratio on the Series C Issue Date and such holders had continued to hold such Common Stock.

-83-

ii. In case the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series C Issue Date declare, order, pay or make a dividend or other distribution (including, without limitation, any distribution of stock or other securities or property or rights or warrants to subscribe for securities of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries by way of dividend or spin-off), on its Common Stock, other than dividends or distributions of shares of Common Stock which are referred to in clause (i) of this section (b), then the holders of the Series C Stock shall be entitled to receive upon conversion their pro rata share of any such dividend or other distribution on an as converted basis; provided, however, that any plan or declaration of a dividend or distribution shall not have been abandoned or rescinded.

iii. If the Corporation shall be a party to any transaction including without limitation, a merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or a reorganization, reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock, (such actions being referred to as a “Transaction), in each case, as a result of which shares of Common Stock are converted into the right to receive stock securities or other property (including cash or any combination thereof), each share of Series C Stock shall thereafter be convertible into the number of shares of stock or securities or property to which a holder of the five hundred times the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation deliverable upon conversion of such Series C Stock would have been entitled upon such Transaction; and, in any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined by the Board) shall be made in the application of the provisions set forth in this Subsection, with respect to the rights and interest thereafter of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Subsection shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series C Stock. The Corporation shall not effect any Transaction (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the continuing corporation) unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the Corporation, or the successor corporation or purchaser, as the case may be, shall provide in its charter document that each share of Series C Stock shall be converted into such shares of stock, securities or property as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, each such holder is entitled to receive.  The provisions of this paragraph shall similarly apply to successive Transactions.

(c) The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section (b) and in taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Series C Stock against impairment.

(d) In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series C Stock a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution at least ten (10) day prior to such record date.

(e) The Corporation shall, at or prior to the time of any conversion, take any and all action necessary to increase its authorized, but unissued Common Stock and to reserve and keep available out of its authorized, but unissued Common Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall, from time to time, be sufficient to effect conversion of the Series C Stock Section 6.

-84-

Series D Preferred Stock

Designations and Amount

One Million (1,000,000) shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation, $0.0001 par value per share.share, shall constitute a class of Preferred Stock designated as “Series D Preferred Stock” (the “Series D Stock”) with a face value of $0.0001 per share (the “Face Amount”).


The Series D Stock shall have the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges, restrictions, qualifications and limitations:

Dividends

The holders of outstanding Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends per share of Series E Stock equal to the dividends paid for each share of the Corporation’s common stock.

Voting Rights

The Series D Stock is non-voting.

Rank

The Series D Stock shall, with respect to the rights on liquidation, be entitled to liquidation proceeds equal to the proceeds paid on each share of the Corporation’s common stock.  

-85-

Redemption

Shares of Series D Preferred Stock may not be redeemed by the Corporation absent the consent of the holder thereof.

Conversion

The Series D Stock is convertible into twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at the time of the conversion.

Series E Preferred Stock

Designations and Amount

Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation, $0.0001 par value per share, shall constitute a class of Preferred Stock designated as “Series E Preferred Stock” (the “Series E Stock”) with a face value of $0.0001 per share (the “Face Amount”).

The Series E Stock shall have the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges, restrictions, qualifications and limitations:

Dividends

The holders of outstanding Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends per share of Series E Stock equal to the dividends paid for each share of the Corporation’s common stock.

Voting Rights

The Series E Stock is non-voting.

-86-

Rank

The Series E Stock shall, with respect to the rights on liquidation, be entitled to liquidation proceeds equal to the proceeds paid on each share of the Corporation’s common stock.  

Redemption

Shares of Series E Preferred Stock may not be redeemed by the Corporation absent the consent of the holder thereof.

Conversion

The Series E Stock is convertible into 1,190,476 shares of Common Stock.

Common Stock

Subject to all of the rights of the Shares as expressly provide herein, by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, our common stock possesses all such rights and privileges as are afforded to capital stock by applicable law in the absence of any express grant of rights or privileges in the Articles of Incorporation, including, but not limited to, the following rights and privileges:

1. Dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends;

2. The holders of common stock shall have the unlimited right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters requiring stockholder action, each share being entitled to one vote; and

3. Upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation the net assets of the Corporation available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the common stock in accordance with their respective rights and interests.

-87-

Board of Directors

The governing board of the Corporation shall be styled as a "Board of Directors", and any member of said Board shall be styled as a “Director.”  

The number of directors of the corporation may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws; provided, that the number of directors shall never be less than one.  In the interim between elections of directors by stockholders entitled to vote, all vacancies, including vacancies caused by an increase in the number of directors and including vacancies resulting from the removal of directors by the stockholders entitled to vote which are not filled by said stockholders, may be filled by the remaining directors, though less than a quorum.

Indemnification

The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada, as the same may be amended and supplemented.  

We will, to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify un­der the law from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said Law, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockhold­ers or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.  

Articles of Incorporation

We reserve the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision contained in the Articles of Incorporation in the manner now or here­after prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.  

The Board of directors is authorized to make Non-Material changes to the Articles of Incorporation and to take any and all actions without shareholder approval, which are allowed by the General Corporation Law of the state of Nevada.  “Non-Material” for the purpose of this paragraph shall be construed to mean a change that does not affect the rights or benefits of the shareholders.

-88-

Merger; Reverse Stock Split

In February 2007,recognition of the Company issued 2,000,000merger with FLCR, a holding company created for the purpose of acquiring small profitable businesses to provide exit plans for those company’s owners, several things occurred: (1) FLCR amended its articles of incorporation to change its name from FullCircle Registry, Inc. to Galaxy Next Generation, Inc.; (2) Galaxy and FLCR changed its fiscal year end to June 30, effective June 2018; (3) FLCR authorized shares of preferred stock were increased to 200,000,000 and authorized shares of common stock were increased to 4,000,000,000, (prior to the reverse stock split) both with a par value of $0.0001; and (4) the Board of Directors and Executive Officers approved Gary LeCroy, President and Director; Magen McGahee, Secretary and Director; and Carl Austin, Director; and (5) the primary business operated by the combined company became the business that was operated by Galaxy. In addition, in connection with this merger in September 2018, a reverse stock split was approved at $0.01 per share.  Also in February the Company issued 123,452a ratio of one new share for every 350 shares of common stock valued at $0.01 per shareoutstanding (1:350 Reverse Stock Split).

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent and registrar for services.  In March 2007, the Company issued 269,000 shares ofour common stock valued at $0.01 per share for services.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.


The Company’s attorney was notified on May 15, 2008 that FullCircle Registry had been named in a lawsuit against AMPOII, LLC.  The Companyis Madison Stock Transfer Inc.  Its address is 2500 Coney Island Ave, Brooklyn, New York 11223 and its counsel are looking intotelephone number is (718) 627-4453.

Listing

Our common stock is traded on the merits ofOTCQB Venture Market under the plaintiffs’ claims and the possibility of filing a motion to dismiss this case.  Clarification of the nature of the claims as well as the dollar amount of the damages has been requested of the plaintiff by FullCircle’s counsel.  Damages were unspecified in the plaintiffs’ Complaint.symbol GAXY.


LEGAL MATTERS


The validity of our class B preferred stockthe securities being offered herebyby this prospectus will be passed upon for us by the law firm of Lynch, Cox, GilmanParsons Behl & Mahan, PSC.  Lynch, Cox, Gilman & Mahan, PSC is acting as our legal counsel in this Offering.Latimer, Reno, Nevada..


-89-

EXPERTS


The audited financial statements of FullCircle Registry,Galaxy Next Generation, Inc. at December 31, 2007as of June 30, 2019 and 2018 and for each of the years in the two-yearended June 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 and three month period ended December 31, 2007,June 30, 2018 included in this registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, have been so included herein in reliance uponon the report of Chisholm, Bierwolf & Nilson, LLC,Somerset CPAs PC, an independent registered public accountants, includedaccounting firm appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and uponherein, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accountingauditing and auditing.accounting.


CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS


During the two most recent fiscal years, we have had no disagreements with Chisholm, Bierwolf & Nilson, LLC, our independent auditor, on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION


At your request,This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement on Form S-1 that we will providehave filed with the SEC under the Securities Act, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the securities offered by this prospectus, you without charge, ashould refer to the registration statement and the exhibits filed as part of that document. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of any exhibitsthe contract or other document filed as an exhibit to ourthe registration statement incorporatedstatement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by reference in this prospectus. If you want more information, write or call us at:reference.

FullCircle Registry, Inc.

161 Alpine Drive

Shelbyville, Kentucky 40065

(502) 410-4500


We are subject to the informationalreporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as required by the Exchange Act we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Reports, proxy statementsOur SEC filings, including the registration statement, are publicly available through the SEC’s website atwww.sec.gov. We also maintain a website atwww.galaxynext.us, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

-90-

DISCLOSURE OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES

Our articles of incorporation contain provisions that permit us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law.  Our bylaws require us to indemnify any of our officers or directors, and certain other information filedpersons, under certain circumstances against all expenses and liabilities incurred or suffered by ussuch persons because of a lawsuit or similar proceeding to which the person is made a party by reason of a his being a director or officer of the Company or our subsidiaries, unless that indemnification is prohibited by law. These provisions do not limit or eliminate our rights or the rights of any stockholder to seek an injunction or any other non-monetary relief in the event of a breach of a director’s or officer’s fiduciary duty. In addition, these provisions apply only to claims against a director or officer arising out of his or her role as a director or officer and do not relieve a director or officer from liability if he or she engaged in willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law or any federal or state securities law.

The rights of indemnification provided in our articles of incorporation and bylaws are not exclusive of any other rights that may be inspected and copied atavailable under any insurance or other agreement, by vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Public Reference Room, maintained by the SEC, at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. YouSecurities Act may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov.) that contains additional information about us.


The following reports filed with the SEC are incorporated by reference into this Prospectus:


Ø

Our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, filed with the SEC on May 13, 2008;


Ø

Our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2008, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2008; and


Ø

All other reports filed with the SECbe permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act since December 31, 2007.


These reports contain important information about FullCircle Registry, Inc. and our financial condition.




26





FullCircle Registry, Inc.

Consolidated Financial Statements


In the opinion of management, the accompanying financial statements of FullCircle Registry, Inc. (the “Company”)foregoing provisions, we have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for the periods described therein.  The financial statements reflect,informed that in the opinion of management, all adjustments, which arethe SEC this type of a normalindemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and recurring nature, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such periods.is therefore unenforceable.

-91-


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of ContentsIndex to Financial Statements

Page

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2F-2-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2019 and 2018

F-4

 Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year Ended June 30, 2019, Three Months Ended June 30,2018 and Year Ended March 31, 2018

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Year Ended June 30, 2019, Three Months Ended June 30, 2018 and Year Ended March 31, 2018

F-6-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Year Ended June 30, 2019, Three Months ended June 30, 2018 and Comprehensive IncomeYear Ended March 31, 2018

F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9F-9-47



Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

Index to Financial StatementsPage

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 (unaudited) and June 30, 2019 (audited)

F-48

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months and Six Months Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (unaudited)

F-49

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Six Months Ended December 30, 2019 (unaudited)

F-50-52

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (unaudited)

F-53-55

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-56-104



F-1





[reportaudit001.jpg]

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNITNG FIRMF-2


To[reportaudit002.jpg]

F-3

GALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

June 30, 2019 and 2018

Assets

2019

 

2018

Current Assets

   

Cash

 $                169,430

 $                184,255

Accounts receivable, net

                     15,297

                  341,726

Accounts receivable - unbilled

                   247,007

                            -

Inventories, net

                   648,715

                  586,764

Prepaid and other current assets

                     20,898

                      2,764

 

Total Current Assets

                1,101,347

                1,115,509

 

Property and Equipment, net(Note 2)

                     26,765

                4,254,451

 

Other Assets

Goodwill (Note 12)

                   834,220

                  892,312

Other assets (Note 12)

                             -

                1,522,714

 

Total Other Assets

                   834,220

                2,415,026

 

Total Assets

 $              1,962,332

 $             7,784,986

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

Current Liabilities

Line of credit (Note 3)

 $              1,230,550

 $                547,603

Convertible notes payable, net of discount (Note 4)

                2,124,824

                            -

Derivative liability, convertible debt features and warrants

                1,025,944

                            -

Current portion of long term notes payable (Note 4)

                   279,346

                  362,181

Accounts payable

                   690,882

                  771,080

Accrued expenses

                   597,351

                  146,978

Advances from stockholders

                             -

                  260,173

Deferred revenue

                   247,007

                  219,820

Short term notes payable - (Note 4)

                             -

                  165,000

Short term notes payable - related party (Note 6)

                   200,000

                  485,534

 

Total Current Liabilities

                6,395,904

                2,958,369

 

Noncurrent Liabilities

Noncurrent portion of accounts payable

                   174,703

                            -

Notes payable, less current portion (Note 4)

                      1,607

                4,524,347

 

Total Liabilities

                6,572,214

                7,482,716

 

Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) (Notes 1, 8, and 12)

Common stock

                      1,072

                        965

Additional paid-in capital

                4,859,731

                3,108,873

Accumulated deficit

               (9,470,685)

               (2,807,568)

 

Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

               (4,609,882)

                  302,270

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 $              1,962,332

 $             7,784,986

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-4

GALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Year Ended June 30, 2019, Three Months Ended June 30, 2018

and Year Ended March 31, 2018

      
 

Year Ended

 

Period Ended

 

Year Ended

 

June 30, 2019

 

June 30, 2018

 

March 31, 2018

Revenues

     

Technology interactive panels and related products

 $           1,265,786

 $              161,927

 $               2,199,581

Entertainment theater ticket sales and concessions

                 589,705

                   34,946

                                -

Technology office supplies

                   26,567

                   10,827

                     119,907

 

Total Revenues

              1,882,058

                 207,700

                  2,319,488

 

Cost of Sales

Technology interactive panels and related products

              1,545,093

                 171,304

                  1,893,109

Entertainment theater ticket sales and concessions

                 221,238

                     6,804

                                -

 

Total Cost of Sales

              1,766,331

                 178,108

                  1,893,109

 

Gross Profit

                 115,727

                   29,592

                     426,379

 

General and Administrative Expenses

Stock compensation and stock issued for services

              2,416,934

                 645,200

                                -

General and administrative

              3,421,336

                 726,328

                  1,574,808

 

Loss from Operations

             (5,722,543)

             (1,341,936)

                (1,148,429)

 

Other Income (Expense)

Other income

                 126,530

                     4,937

                       10,739

Expenses related to convertible notes payable:

Change in fair value of derivative liability

                  (89,198)

                             -

                                -

Interest accretion

                (644,055)

                             -

                                -

Interest expense

                (333,851)

                  (33,124)

                     (40,235)

 

Total Other Income (Expense)

                (940,574)

                  (28,187)

                     (29,496)

 

Net Loss before Income Taxes

             (6,663,117)

             (1,370,123)

                (1,177,925)

 

Income taxes (Note 9)

                             -

                             -

                                -

 

Net Loss

 $          (6,663,117)

 $          (1,370,123)

 $             (1,177,925)

 

Net Basic and Fully Diluted Loss Per Share

 $                 (0.658)

 $                 (0.155)

 $                    (0.135)

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

Basic and fully diluted

            10,128,435

              8,864,480

                  8,757,251

 

Fully diluted

            10,518,750

              8,864,480

                  8,757,251

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-5

GALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

For the Year Ended June 30, 2019, Three Months Ended June 30, 2018

and Year Ended March 31, 2018

         

Total

 

Common Stock

 

Additional

 

Accumulated

 

Stockholder's

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Paid-in Capital

 

Deficit

 

Equity (Deficit)

          

Balance, April 1, 2017

                 645

 $    600

 $                 -

 $      ( 82,830)

 $           (82,230)

 

Capital contributions

                     -

             -

              44,226

                       -

                44,226

 

Common stock issued for services in May 2017

          471,473

             -

                        -

                       -

                         -

 

Common stock issued as part of the common controlled merger (Note 1)

       8,067,889

             -

                        -

                       -

                         -

 

Common stock issued as part of the private placement in March 2018 (Note 8)

            32,226

             -

              60,000

                       -

                60,000

 

Dividends

                     -

             -

                        -

         (176,690)

            (176,690)

 

Net loss for the year ended March 31, 2018

                     -

             -

                        -

      (1,177,925)

         (1,177,925)

 

Balance, March 31, 2018

       8,572,233

         600

            104,226

      (1,437,445)

         (1,332,619)

 

Common stock issued for services in April and May 2018 (Notes 8)

                 100

             -

              70,000

                       -

                70,000

 

Common stock issued as part of the private placement from April to June 2018 (Note 8)

              1,954

             -

         1,367,500

                       -

           1,367,500

 

Common stock issued for employee services in May 2018 (Note 8)

                 822

             -

            575,200

                       -

              575,200

 

Common stock issued in exchange for debt reduction in June 2018 (Note 8)

                 143

             -

            100,000

                       -

              100,000

 

Issuance of common stock to FullCircle Registry, Inc. common stockholders in connection with acquisition in June 2018 (Note 12)

          687,630

         232

            567,603

                       -

              567,835

 

Issuance of common stock to FullCircle Registry, Inc. convertible debt holders in connection with acquisition in June 2018 (Note 12)

          392,931

         133

            324,344

                       -

              324,477

 

Consolidated net loss

                     -

             -

                        -

      (1,370,123)

         (1,370,123)

F-6

 

Balance, June 30, 2018

       9,655,813

         965

         3,108,873

      (2,807,568)

              302,270

 

Common stock issued as part of the private placement in September 2018

          182,255

             -

            637,000

                       -

              637,000

 

Common stock issued for warrants and convertible debt in January 2019

          242,271

           24

            591,859

                       -

              591,883

 

Common stock issued for warrants and convertible debt in February 2019

          150,000

           15

            370,485

                       -

              370,500

 

Non-cash consideration for net assets of Entertainment in February 2019

                     -

           (4)

             (92,696)

                       -

              (92,700)

 

Sale of net assets to FCLR in February 2019

                     -

             -

        (1,511,844)

                       -

         (1,511,844)

 

Common stock issued for warrants for services in March 2019

          100,000

           10

            219,990

                       -

              220,000

 

Common stock issued for services in May 2019

            62,790

             7

            128,085

                       -

              128,092

 

Common stock issued for cashless exercise of warrant in May 2019

          381,944

             -

                        -

                       -

                         -

 

Settlement of conversion features and warrants in April and May 2019

                     -

             -

            301,575

                       -

              301,575

 

Common Stock issued under Stock Plan in May 2019

          450,000

           45

            854,955

                       -

              855,000

 

Common stock issued for services in June 2019

            33,828

             4

              90,655

                       -

                90,659

 

Common stock issued under Stock Plan in June 2019

            60,000

             6

            160,794

                       -

              160,800

 

Consolidated net loss

                     -

             -

                        -

      (6,663,117)

         (6,663,117)

 

Balance, June 30, 2019

     11,318,901

 $   1,072

 $      4,859,731

 $   (9,470,685)

 $      (4,609,882)

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-7

GALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Year Ended June 30, 2019, Three Months Ended June 30, 2018

and Year Ended March 31, 2018

      
 

June 30, 2019

 

June 30, 2018

 

March 31, 2018

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

     

Net loss

$     (6,663,117)

 

 $       (1,370,123)

 

 $      (1,177,925)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

     

Depreciation

 221,260

 

                         5,222

 

                       17,667

Amortization of convertible debt discounts

89,279

 

                                -

 

                                -

Accretion and settlement of financing instruments and change in fair value of derivative liability

733,258

 

                                -

 

                                -

Gain on sale of Entertainment (Note 12)

(60,688)

 

                                -

 

                                -

Stock compensation and stock issued for services

2,417,041

 

                     645,200

 

                                -

Changes in assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable

74,922

 

                   (290,402)

 

                     166,206

Inventories

 (67,561)

 

                   (225,398)

 

                     697,850

Prepaid expenses and other assets (Note 12)

 (1,566,268)

 

                       11,545

 

                          (363)

Accounts payable

175,021

 

                   (100,880)

 

                   (362,104)

Accrued expenses

  712,318

 

                     (38,902)

 

                       13,958

Deferred revenue

27,187

 

219,820

 

-

      

Net cash used in operating activities

(3,907,348)

 

                (1,143,918)

 

                   (644,711)

      

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

     

Purchases of property and equipment

    -

 

                                -

 

                     (12,049)

Acquisition of net assets (Note 12)

  -

 

                       22,205

 

                                -

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  -

 

                       22,205

 

                     (12,049)

      

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

     

Dividends

 -

 

                                -

 

                   (176,690)

Proceeds from line of credit, net

 682,947

 

                       19,000

 

                     528,603

Proceeds from convertible notes payable

 2,495,235

 

                                -

 

                                -

Principal payments on mortgageand capital lease obligations

 (11,486)

 

                       (8,722)

 

                     (12,164)

Payments on advances from shareholders, net

  (111,173)

 

                     (88,436)

 

                   (183,411)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock (Note 8)

 637,000

 

                  1,367,500

 

                       60,000

Proceeds from notes payable

 -

 

                         6,150

 

                     375,000

Capital contributions

 -

 

                                -

 

                       44,226

Proceeds from notes payable - related parties

  200,000

 

                                -

 

                                -

      

Net cash provided by financing activities

 3,892,523

 

                  1,295,492

 

                     635,564

      

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   (14,825)

 

                     173,779

 

                     (21,196)

      

Cash, Beginning of Period

184,255

 

                       10,476

 

                       31,672

      

Cash, End of Period

 $        169,430

 

 $         184,255

 

 $             10,476

      

Supplemental and Non Cash Disclosures

     

Non-cash consideration for sale of Entertainment

 $          92,700

 

 $                    -

 

 $                      -

 

     

Non-cash payments from proceeds of convertible debt for interest and fees

 $         134,461

 

 $                             -

 

 $                             -

 

     

Non-cash principal payments from proceeds of convertible debt

 $         602,024

 

 $                             -

 

 $                             -

      

Accretion of discount on convertible notes payable

 $          644,055

 

 $                             -

 

 $                             -

      

Cash paid for interest

 $          402,903

 

 $                    33,124

 

 $                    30,618

      

Reduction of note payable in exchange for common stock (Note 4)

 $                      -

 

 $                  100,000

 

 $                             -

      

Sale of Entertainment

 $       1,511,844

 

 $                             -

 

 $                             -

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-8

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Corporate History, Nature of Business and Mergers

Galaxy Next Generation LTD CO. (“Galaxy CO”) was organized in the state of Georgia in February 2017 while R & G Sales, Inc. (“R&G”) was organized in the state of Georgia in August 2004. Galaxy CO merged with R&G (“common controlled merger”) on March 16, 2018, with R&G becoming the surviving company. R&G subsequently changed its name to Galaxy Next Generation, Inc. (“Galaxy”).

FullCircle Registry, Inc., (“FLCR”) is a holding company created for the purpose of acquiring small profitable businesses to provide exit plans for those company’s owners. FLCR’s subsidiary, FullCircle Entertainment, Inc. (“Entertainment” or “FLCE”), owns and operates Georgetown 14 Cinemas, a fourteen-theater movie complex located in Indianapolis, Indiana.

On June 22, 2018, Galaxy consummated a reverse triangular merger whereby Galaxy merged with and into Full Circle Registry, Inc.’s (FLCR) newly formed subsidiary - formed specifically for the transaction (Galaxy MS). The merger resulted in Galaxy MS becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of FLCR. For accounting purposes, the acquisition of Galaxy by FLCR is considered a reverse acquisition, an acquisition transaction where the acquired company, Galaxy, is considered the acquirer for accounting purposes, notwithstanding the form of the transaction. The primary reason the transaction is being treated as a purchase by Galaxy rather than a purchase by FLCR is that FLCR is a public reporting company, and Galaxy’s stockholders gained majority control of the outstanding voting power of FLCR’s equity securities. Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the operations that are reflected in the historical financial statements of the Company prior to the merger are those of Galaxy. The financial statements after the completion of the merger include the combined assets and liabilities of the combined company (collectively Galaxy Next Generation, Inc., Full Circle Registry, Inc. and FullCircle Entertainment, Inc., or “the Company”).

In recognition of Galaxy’s merger with FLCR, several things occurred: (1) FLCR amended its articles of incorporation to change its name from FullCircle Registry, Inc. to Galaxy Next Generation, Inc.; (2) Galaxy and FLCR changed its fiscal year end to June 30, effective June 2018; (3) FLCR authorized shares of preferred stock were increased to 200,000,000 and authorized shares of common stock were increased to 4,000,000,000, (prior to the Reverse Stock Split) both with a par value of $0.0001; and (4) the Board of Directors and ShareholdersExecutive Officers approved Gary LeCroy, President and Director; Magen McGahee, Secretary and Director; and Carl Austin, Director; and (5) the primary business operated by the combined company became the business that was operated by Galaxy.

F-9

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

FullCircle Registry, Inc.


Corporate History, Nature of Business and Mergers (Continued)

We have audited

Galaxy is a manufacturer and U.S. distributor of interactive learning technology hardware and software that allows the accompanying consolidated balance sheetspresenter and participant to engage in a fully collaborative instructional environment. Galaxy’s products include Galaxy’s own private-label interactive touch screen panel as well as numerous other national and international branded peripheral and communication devices. New technologies like Galaxy’s own touchscreen panels are sold along with renowned brands such as Google Chromebooks, Microsoft Surface Tablets, Lenovo & Acer computers, Verizon WiFi and more. Galaxy’s distribution channel consists of FullCircle Registry, Inc. (a Nevada Corporation) asapproximately 30 resellers across the U.S. who primarily sell its products within the commercial and educational market. Galaxy does not control where the resellers focus their resell efforts; however, the K-12 education market is the largest customer base for Galaxy products comprising nearly 90% of December 31, 2007Galaxy’s sales. In addition, Galaxy also possesses its own reseller channel where it sells directly to the K-12 market, primarily throughout the Southeast region of the United States.

As disclosed in Note 12, the Entertainment segment was sold on February 6, 2019 in exchange for 38,625 Galaxy common shares.

Basis of Presentation and 2006, and the related consolidated statementsPrinciples of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the years then ended.  TheseConsolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.


We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the PCAOB (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of FullCircle Registry, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for the periods then endedbeen prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that FullCircle Registry, Inc. will continue as a going concern.  As discussed Any reference in Note 3these footnotes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the financial statements, FullCircle Registry, Inc. has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raises substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3.  The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.




/s/ Chisholm, Bierwolf & Nilson, LLC

Chisholm, Bierwolf & Nilson, LLC

Bountiful, Utah

May 8, 2008



F-2





FullCircle Registry, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,
2008

 

December 31,
2007

 

December 31,
2006

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Audited)

 

(Audited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

$

4,422

$

10,068

$

573

 

Total Current Assets

 

4,422

 

10,068

 

573

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

-

 

-

 

11,112

OTHER ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer database

 

368,746

 

368,746

 

318,746

 

Total other Assets

 

368,746

 

368,746

 

318,746

TOTAL ASSETS

$

373,168

$

378,814

$

330,431


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements



F-3





FullCircle Registry, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets (continued)

Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,
2008

 

 

December 31,
2007

 

 

December 31,
2006

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Audited)

 

 

(Audited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

$

63,004

 

$

71,270

 

$

102,687

 

Accrued Interest

 

58,360

 

 

49,065

 

 

31,417

 

Accrued Expenses

 

-

 

 

20,259

 

 

78,571

 

Notes Payable

 

115,000

 

 

115,000

 

 

165,176

 

Notes Payable-related party

 

308,563

 

 

308,563

 

 

102,963

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

544,927

 

 

564,158

 

 

480,814

LONG TERM LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes Payable-related party

 

50,000

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Total Long Term Liabilities

 

 

50,000

 

 

-

 

 

-

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

594,927

 

 

564,158

 

 

480,814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, authorized 5,000,000 shares of $.001 par value, issued and outstanding 20,000

 

20

 

 

20

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, authorized 200,000,000 shares of $.001 par value, issued and outstanding 71,796,906 and 71,696,906 shares, respectively

 

71,798

 

 

71,698

 

 

83,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid in Capital

 

6,839,617

 

 

6,835,717

 

 

6,777,239

 

Accumulated (deficit)

 

(7,133,194)

 

 

(7,092,779)

 

 

(7,010,982)

 

Total Stockholders' (Deficit)

 

 

(221,759)

 

 

(185,344)

 

 

(150,383)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

 

$

373,168

 

$

378,814

 

$

330,431

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements





F-4





FullCircle Registry, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 


For the Three Months
Ended March 31,

(Unaudited)

 


For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,

(Audited)

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

2007

 

 

2006

Revenues

$

 32,578

 

$

1,772

$

67,303

 

$

25,067

Cost of Sales

 

 21,645

 

 

705

 

46,319

 

 

9,007

Gross Profit

 

 10,934

 

 

1,067

 

20,984

 

 

16,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Selling, General & Administrative

 

 39,654

 

 

 38,108

 

108,706

 

 

362,606

    Total Operating Expenses

 

 39,654

 

 

 38,108

 

108,706

 

 

362,606

Operating Income (Loss)

 

 (28,720)

 

 

 (37,041)

 

(87,722)

 

 

346,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Gain on Settlement of accounts payable

 

-

 

 

-

 

22,144

 

 

40,085

   Income from Settlement of Litigation

 

-

 

 

-

 

21,975

 

 

-

   Bad Debt Expense

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

(11,071)

   Interest Expense

 

 (11,695)

 

 

 (8,742)

 

(38,194)

 

 

(22,423)

    Total Other Income (Expense)

 

 (11,695)

 

 

 (8,742)

 

5,925

 

 

6,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) from Continuing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Operations before income tax.

 

 (40,415)

 

 

 (45,783)

 

(81,797)

 

 

(339,955)

Income Tax Expense

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

Net (Loss)

$

 (40,415)

 

$

 (45,783)

$

(81,797)

 

$

(339,955)

Net basic and fully diluted earnings per share: (Loss)

$

0

 

$

0

$

0

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

 

71,746,906

 

 

85,732,320

 

84,395,983

 

 

83,339,868

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Paid For:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Interest

$

-

 

$

-

$

19,344

 

$

4,267

  Income Taxes

$

-

 

$

-

$

-

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Cash  Transactions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock issued for noted payable and related
accrued interest.

$

-

 

$

-

$

30,000

 

$

173,998

Stock issued for services.

$

-

 

$

-

$

16,835

 

$

185,538



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.




F-5





FullCircle Registry, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash flow

 

 

 

 


For the Three Months Ended

March 31,

(Unaudited)

 


For the Twelve Months Ended

December 31

(Audited),

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2007

 

2006

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

$

(40,415)

$

(45,783)

$

(81,797)

$

339,955

 

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Loss to Net Cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provided by Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation & amortization

 

-

 

-

 

 11,112

 

71,816

 

 

Stock issued for services

 

 4,000

 

 6,515

 

16,835

 

185,538

 

 

Stock issued for debt

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

173,998

 

 

Gain on settlement of accounts payable

 

-

 

-

 

(2,214)

 

(40,085)

 

Change in Assets and Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

11,071

 

 

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

 

 (8,267)

 

(6,342)

 

(9)

 

(20,171)

 

 

 Increase (decrease) in accrued interest

 

9,295

 

 3,410

 

 17,648

 

(18,687)

 

 

 Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses

 

 (20,259)

 

 3,213

 

(58,310)

 

50,104

 

 

 Increase (decrease) in current portion - notes payable

 

-   

 

 20,000

 

 -

 

(128,855)

 

 Net Cash (Used) by Operating Activities

 

 (55,646)

 

 (18,987)

 

 (125,929)

 

(55,226)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of investments

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

50,279

 

 

Investment in AMPOII, Inc.

 

 -

 

-

 

-

 

(93,900)

 

Net Cash Provided (Used) by Investing Activities

 

 -

 

-

 

-

 

(43,621)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable – related party

 

 50,000

 

-

 

 165,600

 

80,176

 

Proceeds from notes payable – un-related party

 

-

 

-

 

20,000

 

-

 

Proceeds from sale of stock.

 

-

 

20,000

 

-

 

-

 

Payments for notes payable to un-related party

 

-

 

-

 

(50,176)

 

-

 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

 

 50,000

 

 20,000

 

 135,424

 

80,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements



F-6





FullCircle Registry, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash flow (continued)

 

 

For the Three Months Ended

March 31,

(Unaudited)

 

For the Twelve Months Ended

December 31

(Audited),

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2007

 

2006

Increase (Decrease) in Cash from Continuing Operations

 

 (5,646)

 

 1,013

 

-

 

-

Increase (Decrease) in Cash from Discontinued Operations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash

 

 (5,646)

 

1,013

 

9,495

 

(18,671)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

 

 10,068

 

 573

 

 573

 

19,244

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

$

 4,422

$

1,586

$

10,068

$

573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW
INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Paid For:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Interest

$

2,004

$

4,267

$

19,344

$

4,267

  Taxes

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Non-Cash Transactions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock issued for notes payable and related accrued interest

$

-

$

-

$

30,000

$

173,998

  Stock issued for services

$

4,000

$

6,515

$

16,835

$

185,538




F-7





FullCircle Registry, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income

For the Period January 1, 2006 through March 31, 2008


 


Preferred Stock

 


Common Stock

Additional Paid In

 

Retained Earnings

Accumulated Other Comprehensive

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

Capital

 

(Deficit)

 

Income

Balance, January 1, 2006

20,000

 

20  

 

73,743,942

 

73,745

6,454,678

 

(6,671,027)

 

(67,471)

2006 stock issued for services

 

 

 

 

   9,595926  

 

  9,596

322,561

 

 

 

 

Record realized gain on sale of investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67,471

Net Income (loss) for the year ended

December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (339,955)

 

 

Balance December 31, 2006

20,000

 

20

 

83,339,868

 

83,341

6,777,239

 

(7,010,982)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Stock issued for conversion of notes payable at .01 per share

 

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

2,000

18,000

 

 

 

 

 Stock issued for conversion of notes payable at .02 per share

 

 

 

 

500000

 

500

9500

 

 

 

 

 Stock issued for services

 

 

 

 

538,452

 

538

16,297

 

 

 

 

 Shares returned and cancelled by shareholders

 

 

 

 

(14,681,414)

 

(14,681)

14,681

 

 

 

 

 Net Loss for the year ended 12/31/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(81,797)

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

20,000

 

20

 

71,696,906

 

71,698

6,835,717

 

(7,092,779)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock issued for services

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

100

3,900

 

 

 

 

Net Loss for the period ended 03/31/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(40,415)

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2008 (unaudited)

20,000

 

20

 

71,796,906

 

71,798

6,839,617

 

(7,133,194)

 

0


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements






F-8



FullCircle Registry, Inc.

For Period Ending March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



NOTE 1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


a.  Organization


FullCircle Registry, Inc. (the Company), formerly Excel Publishing, Inc., (Excel) was incorporated on June 7, 2000 in the State of Nevada.  On April 10, 2002, the Company merged with FullCircle Registry, Inc. a private Delaware corporation (FullCircle).  Per the terms of the agreement, Excel agreed to deliver 12,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to the shareholders of FullCircle in exchange for 100% of FullCircle’s shares.  The merger was treated as a reverse merger with FullCircle being the accounting acquirer; therefore, all historical financial information prior to the acquisition date is that of FullCircle. Pursuant to the merger, the Company changed its name from Excel Publishing, Inc. to FullCircle Registry, Inc.


FullCircle Registry, Inc., was incorporated as WillRequest.com, Inc. under the laws of the State of Delaware on January 20, 2000.  In July 2000, the Company changed its name from WillRequest.com, Inc. to FullCircle Registry, Inc.  The Company was formed to provide a digital safe deposit box for vital medical and legal information of its customers.  The Company is currently focusing on raising capital to develop its operations


In July of 2002, the Company issued 75,000 shares of common stock to acquire 100% of the shares of Electronic Luminescent Technologies, Inc. (“ELTI”) a Florida Corporation. ELTI was in possession of a license agreement for a “Bicycle Illumination System”. Subsequent to the merger, ELTI transferred its interest in the license for 1,000,000 shares (a 10% interest) in GloTech Industries. GloTech was merged into Inter-Asia and the stock of Inter-Asia was sold in 2006 for cash to cover expenses.


On October 10, 2002, the Company issued 210,000 shares of common stock for all issued and outstanding stock of Spoken Data Technologies, a Florida corporation (SDT).  SDT is in possession of text-to-voice software technology developed by the University of New Brunswick.  The Company intends to incorporate this technology with its digital medical and legal information database.


Also on October 10, 2002, the Company issued 6,000,000 shares of common stock and a $500,000 note payable for all issued and outstanding shares of Paradigm Solutions Group, LLC. (Paradigm), a Delaware Limited Liability Company.  Paradigm promotes the HEalthier Plan, a medical reimbursement plan designed to assist employers in utilizing qualified IRS tax-free medical reimbursement programs. On July 29, 2003, the Company entered into a sales agreement for its wholly-owned subsidiary, Paradigm. Pursuant to the agreement, the 6,000,000 shares of common stock originally issued by the Company for the acquisition of Paradigm were returned to the Company and canceled.


On December 20, 2002, the Company issued 462,000 shares of common stock for all of the issued and outstanding shares of AskPhysicians.com, Inc. (APC), a Florida corporation.  APC possesses a website where the public can ask questions of a physician and receive online advice.


b.  Accounting Method & Revenue Recognition


The Company's policy is to use the accrual method of accounting to prepare and present financial statements, which conform toauthoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

Due to the change in year-end, the Company's fiscal year 2018 was shortened from 12 months to 3 months and ended on June 30, 2018. Further, the financial statements as of June 30, 2019 and 2018 represent the financial information of the Company subsequent to the acquisition. The consolidated statement of operations, changes in stockholder equity (deficit) and cashflows for the year ended March 31, 2018 represent the financial results of the Company prior to the acquisition. All intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in the consolidation.

The Company's financial reporting segments are Technology (reflecting the operations of Galaxy) and Entertainment (reflecting the operations of the movie theater). The Company recognizes income and expenses on the accrual basis of accounting. Revenue is recognized for the performance of providing goods, services, or other rights to customers. When evidenced by an arrangement of a purchase order or contract, delivery has occurred of a service, and collection of funds has occurred, revenue is recognized at that time on the records of the company.  The Company has chosen a fiscal year end of December 31.


Insurance sales, especially larger life insurance policies require considerable investment in time and expenses to convert this work into commissionable sales.  We have many policies in motion and prospects in motion but in many instances the time from the initial contact to the completion of the sale to the funding of the commission may take three to six months before revenues can be recognized.  Medical exams, underwriting reviews and policy audits are time consuming.  Once policies are approved there is a two week to four week delay in receiving funds.



F-9



FullCircle Registry, Inc.

For Period Ending March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



c.  Capital Structure


In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 129, “Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure,” the Company’s capital structure without taking into account the Offering of class B preferred stock is as follows:


Preferred stock, authorized 5,000,000 shares of $.001 par value, issued and outstanding 20,000.  The preferred shares have no voting rights.  There is no publiclyover-the-counter public company traded market for our preferred shares.


Common stock, authorized 200,000,000 shares of $.001 par value, issued and outstanding 71,696,906 on December 31, 2007 and 85,732,320 shares on December 31, 2006.  The common stock has one vote per share.  The common stock is trades on the OTCBB under the stock symbol FLCR.listing GAXY (formerly FLCR).


TheF-10

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Segment Reporting

With the reverse merger between Galaxy and FLCR on June 22, 2018, the Company has not paid, nor declared, any dividends since its inceptionidentified two reportable segments: Technology and does not intend to declare any such dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company's ability to pay dividends is subject to limitations imposed by Nevada law. Under Nevada law, dividends may be paid to the extent that the corporation's assets exceed its liabilities and it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business.


d.  Earnings (Loss) Per Share


The computation of earnings per share of common stockEntertainment. Segment determination is based on the weighted average numberinternal organization structure, management of shares outstanding atoperations and performance evaluation by management and the dateCompany’s Board of Directors. Separate management of each segment is required because each business unit is subject to different operational issues and strategies.

The Technology segment sells interactive learning technology hardware and software that allows the presenter and participant to engage in a fully collaborative instructional environment. Galaxy’s products include Galaxy’s own private-label interactive touch screen panel as well as numerous other national and international branded peripheral and communication devices.

The Entertainment segment owns and operates Georgetown 14 Cinemas, a fourteen-theater movie complex located in Indianapolis, Indiana. Entertainment generates revenues from movie ticket sales and concessions. As part of the consolidated financial statements.  


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended

 

For the Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Numerator – loss

$

 (40,415)

$

(45,783)

$

(81,797)

$

(339,955)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator - weighted average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of shares outstanding

 

71,746,906

 

85,732,320

 

84,395,983

 

83,339,868

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per share

$

(0.00)

$

(0.00)

$

(0.00)

$

(0.00)


Outstanding common stock warrants of 18,000,000merger agreement, the parties have not been considered in the fully diluted loss per share calculation forright to spinout the year ended December 31, 2006 due to their anti-dilutive effect.  The warrants were not included in the December 31, 2007 calculation because all warrants were cancelled during the year ended December 31, 2007.  As such, the Company had no common stock equivalents.


e.  Cash and Cash Equivalents


The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.


f.  Provision for Income Taxes


We have adopted FASB 109 to account for income taxes. We currently have no issues, which create timing differences that would mandate deferred tax expense. Net operating losses would create possible tax assets in future years, but dueEntertainment segment to the uncertainty asprior shareholders of FLCR. Management plans to focus on its primary business plan, which is Galaxy. As disclosed in Note 12, the utilization of net operating loss carry forwards,Entertainment segment was sold to an entity with a valuation allowance has been made to the extent of any tax benefit that net operating losses may generate.common board member on February 6, 2019.


No provision for income taxes has been recorded due to net operating loss carry-forwards totaling approximately $7,010,982 that may be offset against future taxable income.  These NOL carry-forwards begin to expire in the year 2020.  No tax benefit will be recorded until the Company generates taxable income.



F-10



FullCircle Registry, Inc.

For Period Ending March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements




Deferred tax assets and the valuation account is as follows at March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006:



 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset:

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOL carryforward

$

2,425,000

$

2,383,000

$

2,268,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance


$

(2,425,00)


$


(2,383,000)


$


(2,268,000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      Total

$

-

$

-

$

-


The components of current income tax expense are as follows:


 

 

March 31,

 

December 31

 

December 31,

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current federal tax expense

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current state tax expense

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in NOL benefits

$

42,000

$

115,000

$

92,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

(42,000)

 

(115,000)

 

(92,000)


g.  Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements


The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformityaccordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities disclosureand disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  In these Consolidated Financial Statements, assets, liabilities and expenses involve extensive reliance on management’s estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Significant estimates used in preparing the consolidated financial statements include those assumed in computing the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, product warranty liabilities, valuation of goodwill, valuation of convertible notes payable and related warrants, and the valuation of deferred tax assets. It is reasonably possible that the significant estimates used will change within the next year.

F-11

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Capital Structure


h.  In accordance with ASC 505, Equity, the Company’s capital structure is as follows:

  

June 30, 2019

   
  

Authorized

 

Issued

 

Outstanding

   
          

Common stock

 

     4,000,000,000

 

    11,318,901

 

  11,280,276

$.0001 par value, one vote per share

       

Preferred stock

 

        200,000,000

 

 -   

 

 -   

$.0001 par value, one vote per share

       

Preferred stock - Class A

 

                750,000

 

 -   

 

 -   

$.0001 par value; no voting rights

       

Preferred stock - Class B

 

             1,000,000

 

 -   

 

 -   

Voting rights of 10 votes for 1 Preferred B share; 2% preferred dividend payable annually

    
       

Preferred stock - Class C

 

             9,000,000

 

 -   

 

 -   

$.0001 par value; 500 votes per share, convertible to common stock

     
         
  

June 30, 2018

   
  

Authorized

 

Issued

 

Outstanding

   
          

Common stock

 

     4,000,000,000

      9,655,813

    9,655,813

$.0001 par value, one vote per share

     

Preferred stock

 

        200,000,000

 -   

 -   

$.0001 par value, one vote per share

     

Preferred stock - Class A

 

                750,000

  -   

 -   

$.0001 par value; no voting rights

     

Preferred stock - Class B

 

             1,000,000

 -   

 -   

Voting rights of 10 votes for 1 Preferred B share; 2% preferred dividend payable annually

  
     

Preferred stock - Class C

 

             9,000,000

 -   

 -   

$.0001 par value; 500 votes per share, convertible to common stock

  
       
  

March 31, 2018

   
  

Authorized

 

Issued

Outstanding

   
       

Common stock

 

     4,200,000,000

      8,572,233

    8,572,233

$.0001 par value, one vote per share

F-12

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


There is no publicly traded market for the preferred shares.

There are 102,023,065 common shares reserved at June 30, 2019 under terms of the convertible debt agreements and Stock Plan (see Notes 4 and 13).

There are 8,945,393 issued common shares that are restricted as of June 30, 2019. The shares will become free-trading upon satisfaction of certain terms within the convertible debt agreements.

Share capital was restated as of the year ended March 31, 2018, consistent with the accounting presentation requirement to retroactively adjust the accounting acquirer’s legal capital to reflect the legal capital of the accounting acquiree in a reverse acquisition.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. Under this method, acquired assets, including separately identifiable intangible assets, and any assumed liabilities are recorded at their acquisition date estimated fair value. The excess of purchase price over the fair value amounts assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed represents the goodwill amount resulting from the acquisition. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.

Concurrent with the reverse triangular merger, the Company applied pushdown accounting. Pushdown accounting refers to the use of the acquirer’s basis in the preparation of the acquiree’s separate financial statements as the new basis of accounting for the acquiree. See Note 12 for a discussion of the merger and the related impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-13

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Revenue Recognition

Technology Interactive Panels and Related Products

The Company derives revenue from the sale of interactive panels and other related products. Sales of these panels may also include optional equipment, accessories and services (installation, training and other services, maintenance and warranty services). Product sales and installation revenue are recognized when all of the following criteria have been met: (1) products have been shipped or customers have purchased and accepted title to the goods; service revenue for installation of products sold is recognized as the installation services are performed, (2) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (3) the price to the customer is fixed, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured.

Deferred revenue consists of customer deposits and advance billings of the Company’s products where sales have not yet been recognized. Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in revenue in the accompanying statements of operations. Costs incurred by the Company associated with shipping and handling are included in cost of sales in the accompanying statements of operations. Sales are recorded net of sales returns and discounts, and sales are presented net of sales-related taxes.

Because of the nature and quality of the Company's products, the Company provides for the estimated costs of warranties at the time revenue is recognized for a period of five years after purchase as a secondary warranty. The manufacturer also provides a warranty against certain manufacturing and other defects. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company accrued $82,350 and $1,350, respectively, for estimated product warranty claims, which is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The accrued warranty costs are based primarily on historical warranty claims as well as current repair costs. There was $87,374 and $1,350 of warranty expenses for the year ended June 30, 2019 and the three months ended June 30, 2018, respectively. There was $1,350 of warranty expense during the year ended March 31, 2018.

F-14

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Policies (Continued)

Revenue Recognition (Continued)

The Company is negotiating a warranty settlement with one of its manufacturers. At June 30, 2019, the Company accrued $209,316 payable to this manufacturer to be paid over 24 months.

Product sales resulting from fixed-price contracts involve a signed contract for a fixed price or a binding purchase order to provide the Company’s interactive panels and accessories. Contract arrangements exclude a right of return for delivered items. Product sales resulting from fixed-price contracts are generated from multiple-element arrangements that require separate units of accounting and estimates regarding the fair value of individual elements. The Company has determined that its multiple-element arrangements that qualify as separate units of accounting are (1) product sales and (2) installation and related services. There is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for both the product sales and installation services and allocation of arrangement consideration for each of these units is based on their relative fair values. Each of these elements represent individual units of accounting, as the delivered item has value to a customer on a stand-alone basis. The Company’s products can be sold on a stand-alone basis to customers which provides objective evidence of the fair value of the product portion of the multi-element contract, and thus represents the Company’s best estimate of selling price.

The fair value of installation services is separately calculated using expected costs of installation services. Many times, the value of installation services is calculated using price quotations from subcontractors to the Company who perform installation services on a stand-alone basis.

The Company sells equipment with embedded software to its customers. The embedded software is not sold separately, and it is not a significant focus of the Company’s marketing efforts. The Company does not provide post-contract customer support specific to the software or incur significant costs that are within the scope of FASB guidance on accounting for software to be leased or sold. Additionally, the functionality that the software provides is marketed as part of the overall product. The software embedded in the equipment is incidental to the equipment as a whole.

Entertainment Theater Ticket Sales and Concessions

Revenues are generated principally through admissions and concessions sales with proceeds received in cash or via credit card at the point of sale.

F-15

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to be cash in all bank accounts, including money market and temporary investments that have an original maturity of three months or less.

From time to time, the Company has on deposit, in institutions whose accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, funds in excess of the insured maximum. The at-risk amount is subject to significant fluctuation daily throughout the year. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances, and as such, the Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant risk.

Accounts Receivable

The Company reports accounts receivable at invoiced amounts less an allowance for doubtful accounts. Interest is not charged on past due accounts. Management reviews each receivable balance and estimates that portion, if any, of the balance that will not be collected. The carrying amount of the accounts receivable is then reduced by an allowance based on management’s estimate. Management deemed no allowance for doubtful accounts was necessary at June 30, 2019 and 2018. At June 30, 2019, $247,007 of total accounts receivable were considered unbilled and recorded as deferred revenue. There were no amounts considered unbilled at June 30, 2018.

Inventories

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) method of accounting. All inventory at June 30, 2019 and 2018, represents goods available for sale. Galaxy inventory is mostly comprised of interactive panels and accessories while FLCE inventory consists of concession inventory such as popcorn, soft drinks, and candy. Management estimates $20,000 and $0 of obsolete or slow-moving inventory reserves at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Property and Equipment


Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for property and equipment and for renewals and betterments, which extend the originally estimated economic life of assets or convert the assets to a new use, are capitalized at cost.  Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and other renewals of itemsmaintenance are charged to expense.  When itemsexpense as incurred and additions and improvements that significantly extend the lives of assets are disposedcapitalized. Upon sale or other retirement of depreciable property, the cost and accumulated depreciationsdepreciation are eliminatedremoved from the related accounts and any gain or loss is includedreflected in the results of operations.


The provision forF-16

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Property and Equipment (Continued)

Property and equipment at June 30, 2019 and the estimated useful lives used in computing depreciation, are as follows:

Furniture and fixtures

5 years

Equipment

5 years

Vehicles

5 years

Property and equipment at June 30, 2018 and March 31, 2018, and the estimated useful lives used in computing depreciation, are as follows:

Building

40 years

Building improvements

8 years

Vehicles

5 years

Equipment5 – 8 years
Furniture and fixtures5 years

Depreciation is calculatedprovided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets. Depreciation expense was $221,260, $5,222 and $17,667 for the periodsyear ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 is $11,112 and $71,816 respectively.  Depreciation expense forJune 30, 2019, the three months ended March 31, 2008 is $0.


i.  Principles of Consolidation


ForJune 30, 2018 and the yearsyear ended March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and 2006, the consolidated financial statements include the books and records2018, respectively.

F-17

Note 1 - Summary of FullCircle Registry, Inc., Electronic Luminescent Technologies, Inc., Spoken Data Technologies and AskPhysicians.com, Inc. All inter-company transactions and accounts have been eliminated in the consolidation. Electronic Luminescent Technologies was merged with Inter-Asia and the stock was sold in 2006.Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)



F-11



FullCircle Registry, Inc.Long-lived Assets

For Period Ending March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



j.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments


Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, “Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of certain financial instruments. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term borrowings, as reflected in the balance sheets, approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.


k.  Concentration of Risk


Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are cash and marketable securities. The Company places its cash with financial institutions deemed by managementLong-lived assets to be of high credit quality. The amount on deposit in any one institution that exceeds federally insured limits is subject to credit risk. All of the Company’s investment in marketable securities are considered “available-for-sale” and are carried at their fair value, with unrealized gains and losses (net of income taxes) that are temporary in nature recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying balance sheets. The fair values of the Company’s investments in marketable securities are determined based on market quotations.


l.  Long-Lived Assets


The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144 (“SFAS 144”). The Statement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles held and used by the Company be reviewedare tested for impairmentrecoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Events relatingWhen required, impairment losses on assets to recoverability may include significant unfavorablebe held and used are recognized based on the excess of the asset’s carrying amount over the fair value of the asset.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually, or more frequently when events or changes in business conditions, recurring losses, or a forecasted inability to achieve break-even operating results over an extended period.  The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets based upon forecasted undiscounted cash flows. Should an impairment in value be indicated,circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Judgments regarding indicators of intangible assets will be adjusted,potential impairment are based on estimatesmarket conditions and operational performance of the business.

At each fiscal year-end, the Company performs an impairment analysis of goodwill. The Company may assess its goodwill for impairment initially using a qualitative approach to determine whether conditions exist to indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If management concludes, based on its assessment of relevant events, facts and circumstances that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value is greater than its fair value, then a goodwill impairment charge is recognized for the amount in excess, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

F-18

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Goodwill (Continued)

If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and no further testing is required. If determined to be impaired, an impairment charge is recorded as a general and administrative expense within the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity

The Company relies on the guidance provided by ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, to classify certain convertible instruments. The Company first determines whether a financial instrument should be classified as a liability. The Company determines a liability classification if the financial instrument is mandatorily redeemable, or if the financial instrument, other than outstanding shares, embodies a conditional obligation that the Company must or may settle by issuing a variable number of its equity shares.

If the Company determines that a financial instrument should not be classified as a liability, the Company determines whether the financial instrument should be presented between the liability section and the equity section of the balance sheet (“temporary equity”). The Company determines temporary equity classification if the redemption of the financial instrument is outside the control of the Company (i.e. at the option of the holder). Otherwise, the Company accounts for the financial instrument as permanent equity.

Initial Measurement

The Company records financial instruments classified as liability, temporary equity or permanent equity at issuance at the fair value, or cash received.

Subsequent Measurement – Financial Instruments Classified as Liabilities

The Company records the fair value of financial instruments classified as liabilities at each subsequent measurement date.

The changes in fair value of financial instruments classified as liabilities are recorded as other income (expense).

F-19

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future discounted cash flows resultingtax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Current income taxes are recognized for the estimated income taxes payable or receivable on taxable income or loss from the usecurrent year and ultimate dispositionany adjustment to income taxes payable related to previous years. Current income taxes are determined using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or subsequently enacted by the year-end date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. Under the asset and liability method, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recognized if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be utilized.

Research and Development

The Company accounts for research and development (R&D) costs in accordance with the Research and Development topic of the ASC. Under the Research and Development topic of the ASC, all R&D costs must be charged to expense as incurred. Accordingly, internal R&D costs are expensed as incurred. Third-party R&D costs are expensed when the contracted work has been performed.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company records stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions set forth in ASC 718, Stock Compensation, using the modified prospective method. ASC 718 requires companies to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based upon the grant date fair value of those awards. The Company, from time to time, may issue common stock to acquire services or goods from non-employees. Common stock issued to persons other than employees or directors are recorded on the basis of their fair value.

Earnings (Loss) per Share

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The Company's convertible notes and warrants are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as they are anti-dilutive due to the Company's losses during those periods.  

Share capital was restated as of the beginning of the three month period ended June 30, 2018, consistent with the accounting presentation requirement to retroactively adjust the accounting acquirer’s legal capital to reflect the legal capital of the accounting acquiree in a reverse acquisition.

F-20

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company categorized its fair value measurements within the fair value hierarchy established by generally accepted accounting principles. The hierarchy is based on the valuation inputs used to measure the fair value of the asset. SFAS No. 144 also requires assets to be disposedLevel 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets; Level 2 inputs are significant other observable inputs; Level 3 inputs are significant unobservable inputs.

As of be reported at the lower of the car rying amount or the fair value less costs to sell.


During the three months ended March 31, 2008June 30, 2019 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,2018, the Company performed an internal review of its propertyheld certain financial assets and equipment and determinedliabilities that no impairment charge for long-lived assets was required.


m.  Investments


The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of acquisition and reevaluates such determination at each balance sheet date. Trading securities are carried at quoted fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Available-for-sale securities are carried at quoted fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Other investments that do not have readily determinable fair values are stated at cost and are reported in other assets. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are included in interest and other income.


n. New Technical Pronouncements


In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”).  SFAS 141R establishes the principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, and the goodwill acquired.  SFAS 141R also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination.  SFAS 141R is effective for us on January 1, 2009, and is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.


In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”).  SFAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. This new consolidation method will significantly change the accounting for transactions with minority interest holders.  SFAS 160 is effective for us on January 1, 2009, and is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.



F-12



FullCircle Registry, Inc.

For Period Ending March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”).  SFAS 159 permits companies to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value and establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types ofon a recurring basis. All such assets and liabilities.  SFAS 159liabilities are considered to be Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy defined above.

Derivative Liabilities

The Company generally does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow or market risks. However, certain other financial instruments, such as warrants and embedded conversion features on the convertible debt, are classified as derivative liabilities due to protection provisions within the agreements.  Such financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value using the Monte Carlo model and subsequently adjusted to fair value at the close of each reporting period.  The Company accounts for derivative instruments and debt instruments in accordance with the interpretive guidance of ASC 815, ASU 2017-11, and associated pronouncements related to the classification and measurement of warrants and instruments with conversion features.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which is effective for uspublic entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: 1) a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis, and 2) a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. The Company does not expect any material impact of ASU 2016-02 on the consolidated financial statements.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features; II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Non-controlling Interests with a Scope Exception. Part I of this update addresses the complexity of accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of certain equity-linked instruments (or embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for entities that issue financial instruments (such as warrants and convertible instruments) with down round features that require fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. Part II of this update addresses the difficulty of navigating Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, because of the existence of extensive pending content in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. This pending content is the result of the indefinite deferral of accounting requirements about mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of certain nonpublic entities and certain mandatorily redeemable non-controlling interests. The amendments in Part II of this update do not have an accounting effect. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted ASU 2017-11 in its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures on January 1, 2008,2019, the first interim period after the effective date of the ASU.

F-21

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2018, the U.S. Securities and is not expectedExchange Commission ("SEC") adopted the final rule under SEC Release No. 33-10532 Disclosure Update and Simplification, to haveeliminate or modify certain disclosure rules that are redundant, outdated, or duplicative of U.S. GAAP or other regulatory requirements. Among other changes, the amendments eliminated the annual requirement to disclose the high and low trading prices of our common stock. In addition, the amendments provide that disclosure requirements related to the analysis of shareholders' equity are expanded for interim financial statements. An analysis of the changes in each caption of shareholders' equity presented in the balance sheet must be provided in a material effectnote or separate statement, as well as the amount of dividends per share for each class of shares. This rule was effective on ourNovember 5, 2018; and adopted during the year ended June 30, 2019 with little impact on the consolidated financial statements.


Note 2 - Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are comprised of the following at:

 

June 30, 2019

 

June 30, 2018

Land and buildings

                              $-

 $             4,937,069

Building improvements

                                -

                   363,083

Vehicles

                      74,755

                     92,353

Equipment

                        5,000

                1,470,709

Furniture and fixtures

                      12,598

                     12,598

 

                      92,353

                6,875,812

Accumulated depreciation

                     (65,588)

               (2,621,361)

 

Property and equipment, net

                    $26,765

 $             4,254,451

    

As disclosed in Note 12, the net assets of the Entertainment segment were sold on February 6, 2019. The property and equipment related to this segment are zero at June 30, 2019.

Note 3 - Line of Credit

The Company has a $1,250,000 line of credit at June 30, 2019 bearing interest at prime plus 0.05% (6.0% at June 30, 2019) which expires December 2019. The current terms of the line of credit were renegotiated from maximum borrowings of $750,000 at June 30, 2018 with interest at prime plus 1% (5.5% as of June 30, 2018). The line of credit is collateralized by certain real estate owned by a family member of a stockholder, 850,000 shares of the Company's common stock owned by two stockholders, personal guarantees of two stockholders, and a key man life insurance policy. A minimum average bank balance of $50,000 is required as part of the line of credit agreement. In September 2006,addition, a 20% curtailment of the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pensionoutstanding balance may occur during 2019. The outstanding balance was $1,230,550 and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106$547,603 at June 30, 2019 and 132R” (“SFAS 158”).  SFAS 158 requires employers that sponsor defined benefit pension and postretirement plans2018, respectively.

F-22

Notes 4 - Notes Payable

Long Term Notes Payable

The Company's long term notes payable obligations to recognize previously unrecognized actuarial losses and prior service costsunrelated parties are as follows at:

 

June 30, 2019

 

June 30, 2018

The Company has a note payable with a bank. Previous terms had maturity set at December 2018 and accrued interest at 2.10% annually. The note agreement was amended and now bears interest at 3.10% and matures in December 2019. The note is guaranteed by a stockholder and collateralized by a certificate of deposit owned by a related party. In May 2018, 50,000 shares of stock were issued to the related party in exchange for a $100,000 reduction in the short-term note balance.

   
   
   
   

 

 

 $                274,900

 

 

 $           275,000

 

Note payable to an individual executed March 2018 in which the note accrues interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 6.25% annually.  Interest payments are due annually with principal due March 2021.

                            -

               75,000

 

Mortgage payable with interest at 4.75%, and monthly payments of $34,435 through December 31, 2016. The note was modified during 2017. After the modification, the interest rate was 2.5% annually with monthly payments of $15,223 through July 15, 2020, and a balloon payment due at maturity. The mortgage payable is secured by the building and land and guaranteed by related parties.

                            -

           4,512,710

 

Note payable to a financial institution for a vehicle with monthly installments of $153 maturing June 2022.

                            -

                 6,150

 

Capital leases with a related party for 3 delivery vehicles with monthly installments ranging from $253 to $461, including 4% to 4.75% interest, maturing over 5-year terms expiring between July 2019 and July 2020. One of the capital leases was paid in full in April 2019 leaving 2 delivery vehicle capital leases remaining.

                      6,053

               17,668

 

Total Non-Related Party Notes Payable

                  280,953

           4,886,528

 

Current Portion of Non-Related Party Notes Payable

                  279,346

             362,181

 

Long-term Portion of Non-Related Party Notes Payable

 $                   1,607

 $        4,524,347

 

As disclosed in Note 12, the Entertainment segment was sold effective February 6, 2019. The notes payable related to this segment are zero at June 30, 2019.

F-23

Note 4 - Notes Payable (Continued)

Long Term Notes Payable (Continued)

Future minimum principal payments on the non-related party long term notes payable are as follows:

Year ending June 30,

 

2020

 $       279,346

2021

              1,607

 

 $       280,953

Short Term Notes Payable

The Company's short term notes payable obligations to unrelated parties assumed in the statementacquisition (Note 12) are as follows:

June 30, 2019

June 30, 2018

Note payable to individual and bears interest at a rate of 8% annually and is due on demand.

 $                     -

 $             20,000

Note payable to individual and bears interest at a rate of 8% annually and is due on demand.

                        -

               10,000

Notes payable to individuals in which the notes accrue interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 6.25% annually and are due on demand.

                        -

               60,000

Note payable to an individual in which the note accrues interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 6.25% annually and whose original maturity of August 2018 was extended to August 2019.

                        -

               25,000

Note payable to an individual in which the note accrues interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 6.25% annually and is due on demand.

                        -

               25,000

Note payable to an individual in which the note accrues interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 10% annually and is due on demand.

                        -

               25,000

Total Short Term Non-Related Party Notes Payable

 $                     -

 $           165,000

F-24

Note 4 - Notes Payable (Continued)

As disclosed in Note 12, the Entertainment segment was sold effective February 6, 2019. The short term notes payable obligations to unrelated parties related to this segment are zero at June 30, 2019.

Convertible Notes Payable

June 30, 2019

June 30, 2018

On January 16, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $382,000 note was issued at a discount of $38,200 and bears interest at 12% per year. The Company issued 92,271 common shares to the investor. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $3 per share, beginning in June 2019. The note matures in July 2019 (Note 16). The note has prepayment penalties ranging from 110% to 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid within 60 to 180 days from issuance.

 $              382,000

 $                          -

On February 22, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $200,000 note was issued at a discount of $20,000 and bears interest at 5% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $3 per share, beginning in August 2019. The note matures in November 2019. The note has prepayment penalties ranging from 110% to 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid within 60 to 180 days from issuance.

                 200,000

                             -

On March 28, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $225,000 note was issued at a discount of $20,000 and bears interest at 10% per year. The Company issued 25,000 common shares to the investor. Two draws of $112,500 and $56,250 were borrowed under this note. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $3 per share, beginning in September 2019. The note has prepayment penalties ranging from 110% to 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid within 60 to 180 days from issuance. The note matures in March 2020. The Company has $56,250 of available borrowings under this note on June 30, 2019.

                 168,750

                             -

On April 1, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $225,000 note was issued at a discount of $25,000 and bears interest at 10% per year. The Company issued 25,000 shares to the investor. An initial draw of $100,000 was borrowed under this note. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in April 2020. The note has prepayment penalties ranging from 110% to 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid within 60 to 180 days from issuance. The Company has $112,500 of available borrowings under this note at June 30, 2019.

                 112,500

                             -

F-25

June 30, 2019

June 30, 2018

On April 29, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $1,325,000 note was issued at a discount of $92,750 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $2.75 per share. The note matures in April 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the sum of the outstanding principal, plus accrued interest, plus defaulted interest, plus any additional principal, plus at the holder's option, any amounts owed to the holder pursuant to any other provision of the note.

              1,325,000

                             -

On May 28, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $322,580 note was issued at a discount of $22,580 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $2.75 per share beginning in November 2019. The note matures in May 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

                 322,580

                             -

On June 18, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $366,120 note was issued at a discount of $27,120 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in May 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

                 366,120

                             -

Total Convertible Notes Payable

              2,876,950

                             -

Less: Unamortized original issue discounts

                 752,126

                             -

Current Portion of Convertible Notes Payable

              2,124,824

                             -

Long-term Portion of Convertible Notes Payable

 $                          -

 $                          -

F-26

Note 4 - Notes Payable (Continued)

Convertible Notes Payable (Continued)

The original issue discount is being amortized over the terms of financial position and to recognize future changes in these amounts inthe convertible notes using the effective interest method.  During the year ended June 30, 2019, the Company amortized $89,279 of debt discounts to interest expense and $644,055 to interest accretion. There was no amortization of debt discounts during the three months ended June 30, 2018 or the year ended March 31, 2018.

Two convertible promissory notes were entered into during the year ended June 30, 2019, and subsequently repaid in which changes occur through comprehensive income.advance of maturity prior to June 30, 2019.  Significant noncash transactions involving interest expense during the year ended June 30, 2019 included prepayment penalty interest of $134,461 due to the advance repayment of two convertible notes.

Convertible notes are subordinate to the bank debt of the Company.

Accrued but unpaid interest on the notes is convertible by the lender into, and payable by the Company in common shares at a price per common share equal to the most recent closing price of the Company’s common shares prior to the delivery to the Company of a request to convert interest, or the due date of interest, as applicable. Interest, when due, is payable either in cash or common shares.

The conversion features meets the definition of a derivative liability instrument because the conversion rate is variable and therefore does not meet the “fixed-for-fixed” criteria outlined in ASC 815-40-15. As a result, the statementconversion features of the notes are recorded as a derivative liability at fair value and marked-to-market each period with the changes in fair value each period charged or credited to other income (expense).

Warrants

The Company issued common stock and warrants as consideration for the convertible notes. The warrants contain certain anti-dilutive clauses that are accounted for as financial derivatives. See Note 8 for common stock issued. Unexercised warrants of $277,342 are outstanding at June 30, 2019.  All outstanding warrants have an original exercise prices of $4 per share, contain anti-dilution protection clauses, and expire 36 months from issue date. The anti-dilution clause was triggered for outstanding warrants, which now have an exercise price of $1.325 per share. As of June 30, 2019, outstanding warrants expire between November 29, 2021 and April 17, 2022.  

The warrants meet the definition of a derivative liability instrument because the exercise price is variable and therefore does not meet the “fixed-for-fixed” criteria outlined in ASC 815-40-15.  As a result, the value of the unexercised warrants are recorded as a derivative liability at fair value and marked-to-market each period with the changes in fair value each period charged or credited to other income (expense).

F-27

Note 5 – Fair Value Measurements

The Company classifies financial assets and liabilities as held-for-trading, available-for-sale, held-to-maturity, loans and receivables or other financial liabilities depending on their nature. Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized at fair value on their initial recognition.

The Company measures the fair value of financial position will reflect funded status of those plans as an asset or liability. Additionally, employers are required to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of their year-end statements of financial positionassets and provide additional disclosures.  SFAS 158 became effective for usliabilities based on January 1, 2007, but did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.  


In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”),U.S. GAAP guidance which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, in generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Where applicable, SFAS 157 simplifies and codifies related guidance within GAAP and does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS 159 is effective for us on January 1, 2008, and is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.


In June 2006,The following table presents information about the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.  FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 became effective for us on January 1, 2007, but did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.


In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 (“SFAS 156”).” This statement requires an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract in any of the following situations: a transfer of the servicer’s financial assets that meets the requirements for sale accounting; a transfer of the servicer’s financial assets to a qualifying special-purpose entity in a guaranteed mortgage securitization in which the transferor retains all of the resulting securities and classifies them as either available-for-sale securities or trading securities; or an acquisition or assumption of an obligation to service a financial asset that does not relate to financial assets of the servicer or its consolidated affiliates. The statement also requires all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities to be initiallythat are measured at fair value if practicable,on a recurring basis at June 30, 2019 and permits an entity to choose eitherindicates the amortization or fair value methodhierarchy of the valuation techniques the Company utilized to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for subsequentidentical instruments. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable such as quoted prices, interest rates, and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs are unobservable data points for the financial instrument, and included situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the instrument:


Liabilities:

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Original issue discount, convertible debt

$ 979,569

$ -

$ -

$ 979,569

Derivative liability, warrants

46,375

-

-

46,375

     

Total:

$ 1,025,944

$ -

$ -

$ 1,025,944

There were no assets or liabilities that required fair value measurement at June 30, 2018.

The Company measures the fair market value of each classthe Level 3 components using the Monte Carlo model and projected discounted cash flows, as appropriate. These models were initially prepared by an independent third party and take into account management’s best estimate of servicing assetsthe conversion price of the stock, an estimate of the expected time to conversion, an estimate of the stock’s volatility, and liabilities. the risk-free rate of return expected for an instrument with a term equal to the duration of the convertible note.

The statement further permits,significant unobservable valuation inputs for the convertible notes include an expected rate of return of 0%, a risk free rate of 2.61% and volatility of 180%.

F-28

Note 5 – Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

The derivative liability was valued using the Monte Carlo pricing model with the following inputs at its initial adoption,June 30, 2019:  

Risk-free interest rate:   

1.72 -2.83%

Expected dividend yield:  

 0.00%

Expected stock price volatility: 

180.00%

Expected option life in years:2.80 -3.00 years

The following table sets forth a one-time Offeringreconciliation of available-for-sale securities to trading securities by entities with recognized servicing rights, without calling into question the treatment of other available-for-sale securities under Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 115, provided that the available-for-sale securities are identified in some manner as offsetting the entity’s exposure to changes in the fair value of servicing assets or servicing liabilities that a servicer elects to subsequently measure atthe Company’s convertible debt components classified as Level 3 in the fair value and requires separate presentation of servicing assets and servicing liabilities subsequently measuredhierarchy at fair val ueJune 30, 2019:

Beginning balance

$

-

Convertible Securities at inception

 

1,238,359

Settlement of conversion features and warrants

 

(301,613)

Realized (83,487)
Unrealized 172,685
   

Ending balance

$

1,025,944

F-29

Note 6 - Related Party Transactions

Notes Payable

The Company's notes payable obligations to related parties are as follows:

 

June 30, 2019

June 30, 2018
Note payable to a related party in which the notes accrues interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 8% annually and is due on demand.-$15,000
 

Note payable to a stockholder in which the note principal plus interest of $10,000 is payable in December 2019.

 200,000-
 

Various notes payable to a related party in which the note accrues interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 6.25% annually and is due on demand.

-91,000

                    

          

Note payable to a related party in which the note accrues interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 6.25% annually and is due in August 2019.

-8,000

                    

   

            

Notes payable to a related party in which the note bears no interest and is due on demand.

                       -

25,000
 

Note payable to a related party in which the note accrues interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 9% annually and matures in October 2019.

  -125,000
 

Note payable to an individual executed February 2018 in which the note accrues interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 18% annually and is due on demand.

                       -

  10,000
 

Various notes payable to a related party in which the note accrues interest on the original principal balance at a rate of 10% annually through December 31, 2016 at which time the interest rate was reduced to 6.25% interest annually. The notes are scheduled to mature at various dates through July 2021.

                       -

 211,534

Total Related Party Notes Payable

             200,000

   485,534

Current Portion of Related Party Notes Payable

             200,000

 485,534

Long-term Portion of Related Party Notes Payable

 

 $                    -

$                -

F-30

Note 6 - Related Party Transactions (Continued)

As disclosed in Note 12, the statement of financial position and additional disclosuresEntertainment segment was sold effective February 6, 2019. The notes payable obligations to related parties for all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS 156 became effective for us on January 1, 2007, but did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.this segment are zero at June 30, 2019.



F-13



FullCircle Registry, Inc.Advances

For Period Ending March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



In February 2006,support of the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued StatementCompany’s efforts and cash requirements, it may rely on advances from related parties until such time that it can support its operations or attain adequate financing through sales of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155, “Accountingits equity or traditional debt financing. There is no formal written commitment for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments – an amendmentcontinued support by officers, directors or shareholders. Amounts represent advances or amounts paid in satisfaction of FASB Statements No. 133liabilities. The advances are unsecured, due on demand, and 140” (“SFAS 155”), to (a) permit fair value re-measurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, (b) clarify which interest-only stripthe amounts outstanding at June 30, 2019 and principal-only strip2018 are not subject to the requirements of Statement 133, (c) establish a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation, (d) clarify that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives,$0 and (e) amend Statement 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. SFAS 155 became effective for us on January 1, 2007, but did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.$260,173, respectively.


o.  Goodwill and Other Intangible AssetsLeases


The Company accounts for  intangible assetsleases property used in accordance with SFAS No. 142,“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”,which requires that  intangible assets that have indefinite lives not be amortized but instead be tested at least annually for impairment, or more frequently when events oroperations from a change in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  For indefinite lived intangible assets, impairment is tested by comparing the carrying valuerelated party under terms of an operating lease. The term of the asset to its fair valuelease expires on December 31, 2021. The monthly lease payment is $1,500 plus maintenance and assessing the ongoing appropriateness of the indefinite life classification.  For definite life intangible assets, the asset is amortized on a straight-line basis over the determined useful life of the asset.  Under SFAS 142, the intangible asset is periodically analyzed for impairment.  When such impairment has been determined the amount is recordedproperty taxes, as defined in the Company’s statement of operations.  No impairment existed at March 31, 2 008, December 31, 2007lease agreement. Rent expense for this lease, as well as other operating leases, totaled $18,000, $5,150, and December 31, 2006.


NOTE 2.  FORGIVENESS OF ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND LEGAL SETTLEMENT


On July 10, 2006, a complaint was filed by the Company against Winmar Company, Inc. as Trustee regarding an office lease agreement for premises previously housing the Company’s business at PNC Plaza, 500 West Jefferson St., 23rd Floor, Louisville, KY 40202.  The Complaint was filed in the Jefferson Circuit Court and amended on March 6, 2007, Case Number 06-CI-5994.  The complaint stipulates that Winmar over-charged the Company for the space and requests a judgment for the amount of overpayment and damages.  During 2007, the suit was completed and the court awarded the Company with judgment of $21,975.  The amount has been recognized in the statements of operations$35,583 for the year ended June 30, 2019, the three months ended June 30, 2018, and the year ended March 31, 2018, respectively

The Company leases two vehicles from related parties under capital leases. The Company is paying the lease payments directly to the creditors, rather than the lessor. The leased vehicles are used in operations for deliveries and installations.

Other Agreements

A related party collateralizes the Company’s short-term note with a CD in the amount of $274,900, held at the same bank. The related party will receive a $7,500 collateral fee for this service (Note 4). In May 2018, 50,000 shares of stock were issued to the related party in exchange for a $100,000 reduction in the short-term note balance.

Notes Payable Converted to Common Stock

On June 22, 2018, various board members and executives of FLCR exchanged their outstanding related party debt and accrued interest for 4% of the Company’s common stock as described in Note 12.

F-31

Note 7 - Lease Agreements

Capital Lease Agreements

Capital lease agreements for vehicles (disclosed in Note 4) require monthly payments totaling $813 (ranging from $263 to $461), including interest (ranging from 4.5% to 4.75%), over 5-year terms expiring between July 2019 and July 2020.

Operating Lease Agreements

The Company leases office, retail shop and warehouse facilities under operating leases from a related party (Note 6) which requires monthly payments of $1,500 and expires on December 31, 20072021. Rent expense for this lease, as well as other month-to-month leases, totaled $18,000, $5,150 and $35,583 for the year ended June 30, 2019, the three months ended June 30, 2018, and the year ended March 31, 2018, respectively.


Note 8 - Equity

Certain equity transactions related to the reverse triangular merger occurred in September 2018, but have been reflected as of June 30, 2018, in the consolidated financial statements due to FLCR effectively transferring control to Galaxy as of June 22, 2018 (Note 12). The following equity transactions occurred simultaneously, and are treated in these consolidated financial statements as being effective on that date:

Galaxy shareholders transferred all the outstanding shares of common stock to the Merger Sub;

Preferred Class C shares were converted into common stock in an amount equivalent to 89% ownership in the outstanding shares of the merged company;

Common shares were issued to common stockholders in an amount equivalent to 7% ownership in the outstanding shares of the merged company;

Common shares were issued to convertible debt holders in an amount equivalent to 4% ownership in the outstanding shares of the merged company ( Note 5).

A reverse stock split was approved at a ratio of one new share for every 350 shares of common stock outstanding (1:350 Reverse Stock Split).

F-32

Note 8 – Equity (Continued)

Private Placement

In March 2018, the Company offered 1,500,000 common shares to qualified investors at $2 per share in a private placement memorandum (“PPM”). The private placement offering period expired in September 2018. Proceeds were raised to purchase inventory, pay merger costs and provide working capital. As a result of the PPM, the Company issued 910 and 3,018 shares (post-Reverse Stock Split) and 32,226 (pre-Reverse Stock Split) to new investors resulting in proceeds of $637,000, $1,367,500, and $60,000 during the year ended June 30, 2019, the three months ended June 30, 2018, and the year ended June 30, 2018, respectively.

In April and May 2018, the Company issued 100 shares of common stock at $0.0001 par value to various consultants as compensation. The shares were valued at $70,000 (Note 10) on issuance.

In May 2018, the Company issued 822 shares of common stock at $0.0001 par value to various employees, management, and former members of the Board of Directors by board authorization as compensation in the regular course of business as well as upon contemplation of the reverse triangular merger (Note 12). The shares were valued at $575,200 on issuance and were recognized as stock compensation expense.

In May 2018, 143 shares of stock (post-Reverse Stock Split) were issued to the related party in exchange for a $100,000 reduction in the short-term note balance (Note 4).

In May and June 2019, a total of 510,000 shares were awarded under the Stock Plan (Note 13).

During the year ended June 30, 2019, the Company issued 302,271 common shares as consideration for convertible notes. During May 2019, 60,000 shares were returned and cancelled upon repayment of a convertible note prior to maturity. There were no shares issued as consideration for convertible notes during the three months ended June 30, 2018.

During the year ended June 30, 2019 and three months ended June 30, 2018, the Company issued 346,618 shares and 100 shares for professional consulting services, respectively. The shares were valued at $800,751 and $70,000 upon issuance, for the year ended June 30, 2019 and three months ended June 30, 2018, respectively.  

On February 6, 2019, the Company repurchased 38,625 shares from an entity with a common board member under a Share Purchase Agreement related to the sale of Entertainment. These shares are issued but not outstanding at June 30, 2019.

In May 2019, an investor exercised a warrant and was issued 381,944 shares in a cashless transaction.

See the capital structure section in Note 1 for disclosure of the equity components included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-33

Note 9 - Income Taxes

The Company’s effective tax rate differed from the federal statutory income tax rate for the year ended June 30, 2019, and the three months ended June 30, 2018, and the year ended March 31,2018 as follows:

Federal statutory rate

21%

State tax, net of federal tax effect

5.75%

Valuation allowance

-27%

Effective tax rate

0%

The Company had no federal or state income tax (benefit) for the year ended June 30, 2019, the three months ended June 30, 2018, and the year ended March 31, 2018.

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, are summarized as follows:

  

June 30, 2019

 

June 30, 2018

Federal

   
 

Deferred tax assets

 $    2,980,100

 $    2,205,200

 

Less valuation allowance

      (2,980,100)

      (2,205,200)

 

Deferred tax liabilities

                     -

                     -

  

                     -

                     -

  

State

 

Deferred tax assets

          866,300

          595,600

 

Less valuation allowance

         (866,300)

         (595,600)

 

Deferred tax liabilities

                     -

                     -

  

                     -

                     -

 

Net Deferred Tax Assets

 $                  -

 $                  -

F-34

Note 9 - Income Taxes (Continued)

The Company’s policy is to provide for deferred income taxes based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) legislation reduces the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35.0% to 21.0% and is effective June 22, 2018 for the Company. The Company is recognizing the effect of the Tax Cuts and Job Acts on the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities. The Company has not generated any taxable income and has not recorded any current income tax expense at June 30, 2019. Consequently, the tax rate change has had no impact on the Company’s current tax expense but impacts the deferred tax assets and liabilities and will impact future deferred tax assets and liabilities to be recognized.

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred taxes is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differenced become deductible. Management considers projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Company's deferred tax assets are primarily comprised of net operating losses ("NOL") that give rise to deferred tax assets. The net operating loss carryforwards expire over a range from 2020 to 2038, with certain that have no expiration. There is no tax benefit for goodwill impairment, which is permanently non-deductible for tax purposes. Additionally, due to the uncertainty of the utilization of net operating loss carry forwards, a valuation allowance equal to the net deferred tax assets has been recorded.

The significant components of deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, are as follows:

  

June 30, 2019

 

June 30, 2018

Net operating loss carryforwards

 $ 3,811,900

$ 2,727,900

Valuation allowance

      (3,846,400)

      (2,800,800)

Property and equipment

              7,100

            72,500

Inventory allowance

              5,400

                     -

Warranty accrual

            22,000

                 400

  
 

Net Deferred Tax Assets

 $                -

 $              -

As of June 30, 2019, the Company does not believe that it has taken any tax positions that would require the recording of any additional tax liability nor does it believe that there are any unrealized tax benefits that would either increase or decrease within the next twelve months. As of June 30, 2019, the Company’s income tax returns generally remain open for examination for three years from the date filed with each taxing jurisdiction.

There was no provision for federal and state income taxes at March 31, 2018, since Galaxy was a Subchapter S Corporation prior to the reverse triangular merger, becoming a C Corporation on June 22, 2018.

F-35

Note 10 - Commitments, Contingencies, and Concentrations

Contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company, but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management and its legal counsel assess such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company’s legal counsel evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein. If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material loss contingency is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, would be disclosed.

Concentrations

Galaxy contracts the manufacturer of its products with overseas suppliers. The Company’s sales could be adversely impacted by a supplier’s inability to provide Galaxy with an adequate supply of inventory.

Galaxy has one customer that accounted for approximately 86% of accounts receivable at June 30, 2019 and three customers that accounted for approximately 87% of accounts receivable at June 30, 2018.

Galaxy has four customers that accounted for approximately 79% of total revenue for the year ended June 30, 2019, three customers that accounted for 61% of revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2018, and three customers that accounted for 43% of revenues for the year ended March 31, 2018, respectively.

F-36

Note 11 - Material Agreements

Manufacturing and Distributorship Agreement

In December 2016, Galaxy executed an agreement with a company in South Korea. Pursuant to the agreement, the manufacturer agreed to manufacture, and the Company agreed to be the sole distributor of the interactive panels in the United States for a term of one year, with automatic annual renewals. The Company submits a three-month rolling sales forecast (which acts as a purchase order) to the manufacturer, updated monthly. Upon acceptance of the order by the manufacturer, the Company pays 105% of the cost shown on the purchase order, 10% at the time the order is accepted and the remaining 95% within 120 days if the Company has sold the panels and been paid by the end customer. The manufacturer also provides a warranty for any defects in material and workmanship for a period of 26 months from the date of shipment to the Company.  

There is a minimum annual purchase commitment under the agreement. The minimum purchase was not met; therefore, the manufacturer can require the Company to establish a performance improvement plan, and the manufacturer has the right to terminate the agreement. The agreement expired December 31, 20072018.  

Consulting Agreement

Galaxy entered into a 26 month consulting agreement in May 2017 for advisory services. In exchange for services provided, the consultants receive consulting fees of $15,000 per month and a 5.5% equity interest in Galaxy. The 5.5% equity interest was converted to common stock upon the Common Controlled Merger of R&G and Galaxy CO (as described in Note 1). The consulting agreement was renewed in May 2019 with monthly payment terms of $15,000 and 450,000 share of common stock upon execution of the renewal. In addition, it was noted that the Company reviewedowed the consultant 210,000 shares under the May 2017 consulting agreement due to an anti-dilution clause in the agreement.  The Company paid the consultants $261,000, $95,000, and $157,000 in fees and expenses for consulting services provided during the year ended June 30, 2019, the three months ended June 30, 2018, and the year ended March 31, 2018, respectively. The 450,000 shares were issued under the Company’s Stock Plan in May 2019. The Company issued 210,000 shares for services in July 2019 (Note 16) in satisfaction of the $400,000 accrued liability for the consulting services per the anti-dilution provision of the agreement recorded at June 30, 2019.

Consulting Agreement

The Company entered into a consulting agreement in May 2018 for advisory services such as maintaining ongoing stock market support such as drafting and delivering press releases and handling investor requests. The program will be predicated on accurate, deliberate and direct disclosure and information flow from the Company and dissemination to the appropriate investor audiences. In exchange for these consulting services provided, the advisor received $15,000 at contract inception, 10,000 shares of common stock and $4,000 monthly through April 2019. The contract renews automatically each year. The Company paid the consultants $222,500 and $27,000 in fees and expenses for consulting services provided during the year ended June 30, 2019 and the three months ended June 30, 2018. No consulting fees were paid during the year ended March 31, 2018.The Company issued 10,000 shares of common stock for consulting services provided during the three months ended June 30, 2018.

F-37

Note 11 - Material Agreements (Continued)

Consulting Agreement

The Company entered into a consulting agreement in April 2018 for a period of six months for investor relations services such as blogs and newsletters, introduction to investment banks and online CEO quarterly conferences. In exchange for these consulting services provided, the advisor received $25,000 per month for four months and 25,000 shares of common stock. The Company paid the consultants $60,000 and $100,000 for the year ended June 30, 2019 and the three months ended June 30, 2018. No consulting fees were paid during the year ended March 31, 2018. The Company issued 25,000 shares of common stock for consulting services provided during the three months ended June 30, 2018. The agreement expired in October 2018.

Manufacturer and Distributorship Agreement

On September 15, 2018, the Company signed an agreement with a company in China for the manufacture of Galaxy’s SLIM series of interactive panels, a new Galaxy product. The manufacturer agreed to manufacture, and the Company agreed to be the sole distributor of the interactive panels in the United States for a term of two years. The agreement includes a commitment by Galaxy to purchase $2 million of product during the first year beginning September 2018. If the minimum purchase is not met, the manufacturer can require the Company to establish a performance improvement plan, and the manufacturer has the right to terminate the agreement. The payment terms are 20% in advance, 30% after the product is ready to ship, and the remaining 50% 45 days after receipt. The manufacturer provides Galaxy with the product, including a three-year manufacturer’s warranty from the date of shipment. The agreement renews automatically in two-year increments unless three months’ notice is given by either party.

Agency Agreement

Effective December 11, 2018, the Company entered into a 12 month contract with an agent to raise capital. The agent receives a finder’s fee ranging from 4 to 8% relative to the amount of capital raised, plus restricted shares in an amount equal to 4% of capital raised, if successful. The Agreement contains an option to extend the contract term for an additional six months. The Company paid $98,400 in fees and issued 46,618 shares of common stock during the year ended June 30, 2019. No fees were paid under this agreement during the three months ended June 30, 2018 and year ended March 31, 2018.

Master Service Agreement


Effective January 2, 2019, the Company entered into a 3 month contract with a business for advisory services including among other services, presenting and introducing the Company to the financial community of investors.  The Company paid $300,000 and issued 300,000 common stock shares under this agreement during the year ended June 30, 2019. No advisory fees were paid under this agreement during the three months ended June 30, 2018 and year ended March 31, 2018. The relationship with this advisor is continuing on an as-needed basis.

F-38

Note 11 - Material Agreements (Continued)

Financial Advisory Engagement

Effective June 4, 2019, the Company engaged a financial advisor to act as the Company’s exclusive financial advisor, lead managing underwriter and sole book running manager and investment banker in connection with a proposed offering. The engagement period of the agreement is June 4, 2019 to May 31, 2020. The Company is proposing a follow-on public offering of securities. The Company paid $0 in fees during the year ended June 30, 2019. No fees were paid under this agreement during the three months ended June 30, 2018 and year ended March 31, 2018. The Company issued 250,000 shares to the financial advisor for services in July 2019 (Note 16).

Business Development and Marketing Agreement

Effective June 10, 2019, the Company entered into a three-month contract for certain advisory and consulting services. The Company will issue 15,000 shares and pay $20,000 per month under the terms of the agreement. The Company paid $35,000 in fees during the year ended June 30, 2019. No fees were paid under this agreement during the three months ended June 30, 2018 and year ended March 31, 2018. The Company issued 60,000 shares to the consultant for consulting services in July and September 2019 (Note 16).

Capital Transaction Services Agreement

Effective June 28, 2019, the Company entered into a three-month contract for capital raise advisory and consulting services.  The Company pays $3,500 per month under the terms of this agreement, which is payable upon the successful closing of a capital raise. The Company paid $3,500 upon signing of the agreement. The agreement renews automatically unless either party provided notice of cancellation. The Company paid $3,500 in fees during the year ended June 30, 2019. No fees were paid under this agreement during the three months ended June 30, 2018 and year ended March 31, 2018.

F-39

Note 12 - Reverse Acquisition

On June 22, 2018, Galaxy consummated a reverse triangular merger whereby Galaxy merged with and into FLCR’s newly formed subsidiary, Galaxy MS, Inc. which was formed specifically for the transaction. Under the terms of the merger, Galaxy’s shareholders transferred all their outstanding accounts payable listing,shares of common stock to Galaxy MS, in return for FLCR’s Series C Preferred Shares, which were equivalent to approximately 3,065,000,000 shares of the common stock of FLCR on a pre-reverse stock split basis. This represents approximately 89% of the outstanding common stock of FLCR, with the remaining 11% of common stock distributed as follows: (a) an ownership interest of seven percent (7%) to the holders of common stock, pro rata; and (b) four percent (4%) of the common stock to the holders of convertible debt, pro rata.

Concurrent with the reverse triangular merger, the Company applied pushdown accounting; therefore, the consolidated financial statements after completion of the reverse merger include the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the combined company from and after the closing date of the reverse merger, with only certain aspects of pre-consummation stockholders’ equity remaining in the consolidated financial statements.

There was no cash consideration paid by Galaxy to FLCR on the date of the reverse triangular merger. Instead, shares of stock were issued and exchanged, and the Company acquired $1,511,844 of net assets of FLCR. At the closing of the merger, all of FLCR’s convertible promissory notes were converted into FLCR’s common shares. The merger agreement contains potential future tax advantages of the net operating loss carryforward available to offset future taxable income of the combined company, up to a maximum of $150,000, over a 5-year period beginning June 22, 2018. There is a valuation allowance reducing this tax benefit to zero at June 30, 2019 and 2018.

F-40

Note 12 - Reverse Acquisition (Continued)

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the fair value of the assets and liabilities as of the merger date through an exhaustive searchpushdown accounting. The preliminary allocation to certain assets and/or liabilities may be adjusted by material amounts as the Company finalizes fair value estimates.

Assets

Cash

 $           22,205

Property and equipment

         4,209,995

Other

             20,716

Other assets

         1,511,844

Goodwill

            892,312

Total Assets

         6,657,072

Liabilities

Accounts payable

            208,763

Long-term debt

         4,593,851

Short-term debt

            799,534

Accrued interest

             78,948

Other

             83,664

Total Liabilities

         5,764,760

Net Assets

 $         892,312

Consideration

 $           58,092

Fair value of noncontrolling Interest

834,220

 $         892,312

As a result of the Company pushing down the effects of the acquisition, certain accounting adjustments are reflected in the consolidated financial statements, such as goodwill recognized of $834,220 and negotiationsreflected in the balance sheet. Goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to the acquisition of the fair value of the public company structure and other intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition.

Other assets noted in the table above consist of the differences between the acquired assets and liabilities of Full Circle Entertainment to be distributed to pre-acquisition FLCR shareholders. The Company sold the Entertainment subsidiary on February 6, 2019 to focus on its primary business plan. As a result, the Company did not receive any economic benefit from the related assets in the table above, nor incur any obligations from the corresponding liabilities.

F-41

Note 12 - Reverse Acquisition (Continued)

The consideration received for the sale of Entertainment was 38,625 shares of Galaxy common stock at the fair value on the date of the transaction, or $92,700. The fair value of the Galaxy common shares received offset the assets and liabilities of Entertainment, with vendors, were forgiven of some of their outstanding balances.  This resulted inthe difference recorded as a gain on forgiveness of accounts payable of $22,144 during the year.  This amountsale for the year ended June 30, 2019. The gain on the sale has been recorded in other expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The following table presents a summary of Entertainment’s identifiable assets and liabilities at February 6, 2019, the date of the sale:

Assets

Cash

 $           36,290

Property and equipment, net

         4,006,426

Receivables

               4,500

Inventories

               5,610

Other assets

         1,522,714

Total Assets

         5,575,540

Liabilities

Accounts payable

             22,424

Debt

         5,393,623

Accrued expenses

            127,481

Total Liabilities

         5,543,528

Net Assets

             32,012

Noncash consideration for net assets of Entertainment

             92,700

Gain on Sale

 $           60,668

F-42

Note 13 – Stock Plan

An Employee, Directors, and Consultants Stock Plan for the Year 2019 (“Plan”) was established by the Company. The Plan is intended to attract and retain employees, directors and consultants by aligning the economic interest of such individuals more closely with the Company’s statementsstockholders, by paying fees or salaries in the form of operations.shares of the Company’s common stock. The Plan is effective December 28, 2018, and expires December 31, 2019. Common shares of 1,000,000 are reserved for stock awards under the Plan. There were 510,000 shares awarded under the Plan as of June 30, 2019.

Note 14 - Segment Reporting

The Company has identified two reportable segments due to the merger that occurred on June 22, 2018: Technology and Entertainment.

The Technology segment sells interactive learning technology hardware and software that allows the presenter and participant to engage in a fully collaborative instructional environment. Galaxy’s products include Galaxy’s own private-label interactive touch screen panel as well as numerous other national and international branded peripheral and communication devices.


The Entertainment segment owns and operates Georgetown 14 Cinemas, a fourteen-theater movie complex located in Indianapolis, Indiana. Entertainment generates revenues from movie ticket sales and concessions. As contemplated in the merger agreement, the parties have the right to spinout the Entertainment segment so that management can focus on its primary business plan, which is Galaxy. As disclosed in Note 12, the Entertainment segment was sold effective February 6, 2019 to an entity owned by former majority shareholders of FLCR. There was no Entertainment segment during the year ended March 31, 2018.

NOTE 3.  GOING CONCERN


The following table summarizes operating results for the year ended June 30, 2019 for Technology and the period from July 1, 2018 to February 6, 2019 for Entertainment:

Revenues

Technology

Entertainment

     Technology

$   1,292,353

$               -

     Entertainment

                                              -

                                   589,705

 

Cost of Sales

     Technology

1,545,093

-

     Entertainment

-

221,238

 

Gross Profit

                                 (252,740)

                                   368,467

 

General and Administrative Expenses

     Technology

                                5,410,650

                                              -

     Entertainment

                                              -

                                   427,620

 

Other Income (Expense)

     Technology

                                 (966,279)

                                              -

     Entertainment

                                              -

25,705

 

Net Loss

$  (6,629,669)

$       (33,448)

F-43

Note 14 - Segment Reporting (Continued)

Assets

 Technology

 Entertainment

   

     Cash

$       151,853

    $      32,402

     Property and equipment, net

45,059

4,209,392

     Receivables

   326,183

15,543

     Inventory

 580,756

 6,008

     Prepaid and other current assets

  1,184

12,450

     Other assets

     -

1,511,844

     Goodwill

58,092

589,705

Total Assets

$   1,163,127

$   6,621,859

 

Liabilities

     Accounts payable

  $      570,069

  $       201,011

     Debt

951,453

5,393,385

     Accrued expenses

22,495

124,483

     Deferred revenue

219,820

-

Total Liabilities

1,763,837

$   5,718,879

F-44

Note 14 - Segment Reporting (Continued)

The following table presents a summary of operating information for the three months ended June 30, 2018:

Revenues

Technology

      Entertainment

     Technology

$   172,754

$               -

     Entertainment

  -

 34,946

 

Cost of Sales

     Technology

171,304

-

     Entertainment

-

6,804

 

Gross Profit

 1,450

28,142

 

General and Administrative Expenses

     Technology

1,364,124

   -

     Entertainment

  -

7,404

 

Other Income (Expense)

     Technology

(4,521)

   -

     Entertainment

   -

(23,666)

 

Net Loss

$  (1,367,195)

$       (2,928)

F-45

Note 15 - Going Concern

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. TheAs reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losseshad negative working capital and is dependent upon raising capital to continue operations. The Company has incurred losses resulting inof approximately $4,600,000, an accumulated deficit of 7,092,779approximately $9,500,000, and $7,133,194cash used in operations of approximately $3,900,000 at June 30, 2019.

The Company’s operational activities has primarily been funded through issuance of common stock for services, related party advances, debt financing, a private placement offering of common stock and through the deferral of accounts payable and other expenses. The Company intends to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities or borrowings from financial institutions and possibly from related and nonrelated parties who may in fact lend to the Company on reasonable terms. Management believes that its actions to secure additional funding will allow the Company to continue as a going concern. There is no guarantee the Company will be successful in achieving any of December 31, 2007these objectives. These sources of working capital are not assured, and March 31, 2008 respectively.


consequently do not sufficiently mitigate the risks and uncertainties disclosed above. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon management’s ability to raise capital from the sale of its equity and, ultimately, the achievement of operating revenues. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might resultbe necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

Note 16 - Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date on which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

On July 1, 2019, the Company signed a lease agreement for certain property. The lease expires in June 2021 and requires a deposit of $10,000 and monthly installments of $3,000. Future lease payments are $36,000 for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2021.

On July 3, 2019, the Company entered into a new $165,000 convertible note with an investor.

The Company issued 250,000 shares to a financial advisor for services in July 2019, under terms of a Financial Advisory Agreement dated June 4, 2019.

The Company issued 60,000 shares to a consultant for services in July and September 2019, under terms of a Business Development and Marketing Agreement dated June 10, 2019.

On July 22, 2019, the Company issued 210,000 common shares for services. The shares were issued in satisfaction of an accrued expense at June 30, 2019 for consulting services under an anti-dilution provision in the May 2017 Consulting Agreement (Note 11). The shares were issued to a related party of the consultant.

F-46

Note 16 - Subsequent Events (Continued)

On August 8, 2019, the Company entered into a new $200,000 convertible note with an investor and issued 50,000 shares to the investor under terms of the convertible note.

On August 20, 2019, the Company entered into a new $225,000 convertible note with an investor.

During August and September 2019, the Company issued 527,632 common shares to an investor in full satisfaction of a $382,000 convertible note.

During August and September 2019, convertible note holders converted $70,000 of principal on the February 22, 2018 $200,000 convertible note in exchange for 96,200 shares.  The outstanding principal balance of the convertible note is $130,000 after the conversions.  The remaining balance of the note was assumed by a different investor who invested an additional $145,000 and combined the assumed note and additional investment into a new $234,000 convertible note.

On September 3, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the stock of Interlock Concepts, Inc. and Ehlert Solutions, Inc. The purchase price for the acquisition was 1,350,000 shares of common stock and a 2 year note payable to the seller for $3,000,000. The purchase price is subject to adjustment based on the achievement of certain earnings goals.

On September 4, 2019, a warrant holder exercised warrants and received 375,975 shares in a cashless transaction.

On September 10, 2019, the Company issued 35,000 shares to a software developer as compensation for a research and development project.

F-47

===========================================================================

Galaxy Next Generation, Inc.

Consolidated Financial Statements

GALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    
 

December 31, 2019

 

June 30, 2019

Assets

(Unaudited)

 

(Audited)

Current Assets

   

Cash

 $                245,420

 $                169,430

Accounts receivable, net

                   847,251

                  262,304

Inventories, net

                   418,778

                  648,715

Prepaid and other current assets

                     25,798

                    20,898

Total Current Assets

                1,537,247

                1,101,347

 

Property and Equipment, net(Note 2)

                     85,441

                    26,765

 

Intangibles, net(Note 1 and 13)

                2,692,000

                            -

 

Goodwill(Notes 1, 12 and 13)

                1,634,507

                  834,220

 

Operating right of use asset(Note 7)

                   124,264

                            -

Total Assets

 $              6,073,459

 $             1,962,332

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

Current Liabilities

Line of credit (Note 3)

 $              1,230,450

 $             1,230,550

Convertible notes payable, net of discount (Note 4)

                1,214,667

                2,124,824

Derivative liability, convertible debt features and warrants (Note 5)

                   671,312

                1,025,944

Current portion of long term notes payable (Note 4)

                   414,506

                  279,346

Accounts payable

                1,725,632

                  690,882

Accrued expenses

                   258,734

                  597,351

Deferred revenue

                   585,572

                  247,007

Short term portion of related party notes payable (Note 6)

                1,223,467

                  200,000

Total Current Liabilities

                7,324,340

                6,395,904

 

Noncurrent Liabilities

Long term portion of accounts payable

                   133,897

                  174,703

Long term portion of related party notes payable (Note 6)

                1,450,000

                            -

Notes payable, less current portion (Note 4)

                     71,228

                      1,607

Total Liabilities

                8,979,465

                6,572,214

 

Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

Common stock

                      1,746

                      1,072

Preferred stock - Series E, non-redeemable

                           50

                            -

Additional paid-in-capital

               11,402,437

                4,859,731

Accumulated deficit

              (14,310,239)

               (9,470,685)

Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

               (2,906,006)

               (4,609,882)

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 $            6,073,459

 $           1,962,332

See accompanying Notes to the consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

F-48

GALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

     
 

For the Three Months

For the Six Months

 

Ended December 31,

Ended December 31,

 

2019

2018

2019

2018

Revenues

    

Technology interactive panels and related products

 $           869,565

 $           348,358

 $        1,491,398

 $           844,828

Entertainment theater ticket sales and concessions

                       - 

              294,289

                       -

              511,044

Technology office supplies

                  6,964

                  6,564

                10,028

                12,758

Total Revenues

              876,529

              649,211

           1,501,426

           1,368,630

 

Cost of Sales

Technology interactive panels and related products

              492,105

              309,889

              985,784

              717,240

Entertainment theater ticket sales and concessions

                         -

                91,765

                         -

              163,323

Total Cost of Sales

              492,105

              401,654

              985,784

              880,563

     

Gross Profit

              384,424

              247,557

              515,642

              488,067

 

General and Administrative Expenses

Stock compensation and stock issued for services

              679,881

                         -

           2,007,692

                         -

General and administrative

           1,805,480

           1,502,176

           2,601,528

           2,365,770

 

Loss from Operations

          (2,100,937)

          (1,254,619)

          (4,093,578)

          (1,877,703)

 

Other Income (Expense)

Other income

                       -

                13,374

                  3,049

                53,818

Expenses related to convertible notes payable:

Change in fair value of derivative liability

           1,219,289

                       -

           2,022,257

                       -

Interest accretion

             (579,920)

                       -

             (808,853)

                       -

Interest expense

          (1,360,639)

               (13,552)

          (1,962,429)

               (62,365)

 

Total Other Income (Expense)

             (721,270)

                    (178)

             (745,976)

                 (8,547)

 

Net Loss before Income Taxes

          (2,822,207)

          (1,254,797)

          (4,839,554)

          (1,886,250)

 

Income taxes (Note 9)

                         -

                         -

                         -

                         -

 

Net Loss

 $   (2,822,207)

 $       (1,254,797)

 $    (4,839,554)

 $     (1,886,250)

 

Net Basic and Fully Diluted Loss Per Share

 $          (0.161)

 $          (0.134)

 $          (0.331)

 $          (0.235)

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

Basic

         17,531,574

           9,362,167

         14,636,414

           8,042,106

Fully diluted

         27,349,020

           9,362,167

         31,849,788

           8,042,106

 

See accompanying Notes to the consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

F-49

GALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

Six Month Period Ended December 31, 2019

(Unaudited)

             

Total

 

Common Stock

 

Preferred Stock - Class E

  

Additional

 

Accumulated

 

Stockholders'

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

Amount

  

Paid-in Capital

 

Deficit

 

Deficit

              

Balance, June 30, 2019

     11,318,901

 $   1,072

             -

 $                     -

 $      4,859,731

 $   (9,470,685)

 $      (4,609,882)

 

Common stock issued for services in

July and August 2019 (Notes 8)

          475,000

           48

                -

                        -

         1,203,252

                      -

           1,203,300

 

Common stock issued in exchange for debt reduction

in August 2019 (Note 8)

          347,397

           35

                -

                        -

            619,068

                      -

              619,103

 
 

Settlement of conversion features in August and

September 2019 (Note 8)

                     -

             -

                -

                        -

            149,374

                      -

              149,374

 

Issuance of common stock to warrant

holders in September 2019 (Note 8)

          644,709

             -

                -

                        -

                        -

                      -

                         -

 

Common stock issued as compensation in

September 2019 (Note 8)

            44,511

             4

                -

                        -

              44,507

                      -

                44,511

 

Common stock issued for services in

September 2019 (Note 8)

            80,000

             9

                -

                        -

              79,991

                      -

                80,000

 

Common stock issued in acquisition of Ehlert Solutions, Inc. and Interlock Concepts, Inc. (Note 8 and 13)

       1,350,000

         135

                -

                        -

         1,720,216

                      -

           1,720,351

F-50

 

Common stock issued in exchange for debt reduction

in September 2019 (Note 8)

          397,864

           40

                -

                        -

            408,622

                      -

              408,662

 

Common stock issued for services in

October 2019 (Note 8)

          521,557

           52

                -

                        -

            403,550

                      -

              403,602

 

Common stock issued in exchange for debt reduction

in October 2019 (Note 8)

          833,572

           83

                -

                        -

            478,651

                      -

              478,734

 

Issuance of common stock to warrant holders

in October 2019 (Note 8)

          583,670

             -

                -

                        -

                        -

                      -

                         -

 

Settlement of conversion features in October 2019 (Note 8)

                     -

             -

                -

                        -

                3,000

                      -

                  3,000

 

Common stock issued for services in

November 2019 (Note 8)

            45,000

             5

                -

                        -

              19,795

                      -

                19,800

 

Common stock issued in exchange for debt reduction

in November 2019 (Note 8)

       1,194,157

         119

                -

                        -

            429,396

                      -

              429,515

 

Common stock issued for convertible notes

in November 2019 (Note 8)

          500,000

           50

                -

                        -

            219,950

                      -

              220,000

 

Common stock issued for services in December

2019 (Note 8)

          908,355

           91

                -

                        -

            256,387

                      -

              256,478

 

Commitment shares issued in December 2019 (Note 8)

            25,000

             3

                -

                        -

                6,997

                      -

                  7,000

 

Issuance of Preferred Stock - Class E

                     -

             -

     500,000

                     50

            499,950

                      -

              500,000

 

Consolidated net loss

                     -

             -

                -

                        -

                        -

      (4,839,554)

         (4,839,554)

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

     19,269,693

 $   1,746

     500,000

 $                  50

 $    11,402,437

 $ (14,310,239)

 $      (2,906,006)

 

See accompanying Notes to the consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

F-51

GALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

Six Month Period Ended December 31, 2018

(Unaudited)

          
         

Total

 

Common Stock

 

Additional

 

Accumulated

 

Stockholders'

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Paid-in Capital

 

Deficit

 

Deficit

          

Balance, June 30, 2018

       9,655,813

 $      965

 $      3,108,873

 $   (2,807,568)

 $           302,270

 

Common stock issued as part of the

private placement in September 2018

                 910

             -

            637,000

                      -

              637,000

 

Common stock issued for services

in December 2018

            75,511

             8

            237,851

                      -

              237,859

 

Consolidated net loss

                     -

             -

                        -

      (1,886,250)

         (1,886,250)

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

       9,732,234

 $      973

 $      3,983,724

 $   (4,693,818)

 $         (709,121)

See accompanying Notes to the consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

F-52

GALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

     
  

Six Months Period Ended December 31,

  

2019

 

2018

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

    

Net loss

 

 $    (4,839,554)

 $     (1,886,250)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

Depreciation

 

                                  17,844

                                        178,422

Amortization of convertible debt discounts

 

                                216,724

                                            4,444

Issuance of stock for services

 

                                            -

                                        237,859

Amortization of intangible assets

 

                                268,000

                                                    -

Accretion and settlement of financing instruments

 

and change in fair value of derivative liability

 

                                536,339

                                                    -

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

Accounts receivable

 

                                  75,339

                                        294,545

Inventories

 

                                315,734

                                        213,151

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

                                            -

                                       (219,820)

Accounts payable

 

                                 (54,573)

                                              (198)

Accrued expenses

 

                               (950,480)

                                       (191,621)

Deferred revenue

 

                               (173,380)

                                          23,943

  

Net cash used in operating activities

 

                            (4,588,007)

                                    (1,345,525)

  

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

Acquisition of business, net of cash

 

                             2,967,918

                                                    -

Purchases of property and equipment

 

                                 (17,636)

                                                    -

  

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

                             2,950,282

                                                    -

  

F-53

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

Principal payments on mortgage and financing lease obligations

 

                                   (3,449)

                                         (26,562)

Principal payments on short term notes payable

 

                                 (35,431)

                                         (20,000)

Payments on advances from stockholder, net

 

                                            -

                                       (111,173)

Payments on convertible notes payable

 

                               (159,983)

                                                    -

Proceeds from convertible notes payable

 

                             1,923,684

                                        360,000

Borrowings (proceeds) on line of credit, net

 

                                      (100)

                                        463,672

Payments on notes payable - related parties

 

                               (411,006)

                                                    -

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

                                            -

                                        637,000

Proceeds from notes payable - related parties

 

                                400,000

                                          45,000

  

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

                             1,713,715

                                     1,347,937

  

Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

                                  75,990

                                            2,412

  

Cash, Beginning of Period

 

                                169,430

                                        184,255

  

Cash, End of Period

 

 $   245,420

 $ 186,667

  

Supplemental and Non Cash Disclosures

 

Noncash additions related to convertible debt

 

 $    206,600

 $    40,000

  

Cash paid for interest

 

 $    161,944

 $     62,365

  

Related party note payable issued for acquisition of business

 

 $ 1,484,473

 $               -

  

F-54

Settlement of conversion feature

 $    152,374

 $               -

Acquisition of goodwill and intangibles

 $ 3,760,287

 $               -

Common stock issued in exchange for debt reduction

 $  1,904,013

 $                -

Stock compensation and stock issued for services

 $  2,007,838

 $                -

Property and equipment purchased with financing lease

 $       37,979

 $                 -

Convertible note and warrants extinguished

 $  1,405,243

 $                 -

Fair value of convertible note issued to stockholder

 $  1,000,000

 $                 -

Fair value of preferred stock - Series E issued to stockholder

 $     500,000

 $                  -

See accompanying Notes to the consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

F-55

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Corporate History, Nature of Business and Mergers

Galaxy Next Generation LTD CO. (“Galaxy CO”) was organized in the state of Georgia in February 2017 while R & G Sales, Inc. (“R&G”) was organized in the state of Georgia in August 2004. Galaxy CO merged with R&G (“common controlled merger”) on March 16, 2018, with R&G becoming the surviving company. R&G subsequently changed its name to Galaxy Next Generation, Inc. (“Galaxy”).

FullCircle Registry, Inc., (“FLCR”) is a holding company created for the purpose of acquiring small profitable businesses to provide exit plans for those company’s owners. FLCR’s subsidiary, FullCircle Entertainment, Inc. (“Entertainment” or “FLCE”), owns and operates Georgetown 14 Cinemas, a fourteen-theater movie complex located in Indianapolis, Indiana.

On June 22, 2018, Galaxy consummated a reverse triangular merger whereby Galaxy merged with and into Full Circle Registry, Inc.’s (FLCR) newly formed subsidiary - formed specifically for the transaction (Galaxy MS). The merger resulted in Galaxy MS becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of FLCR. For accounting purposes, the acquisition of Galaxy by FLCR is considered a reverse acquisition, an acquisition transaction where the acquired company, Galaxy, is considered the acquirer for accounting purposes, notwithstanding the form of the transaction. The primary reason the transaction is being treated as a purchase by Galaxy rather than a purchase by FLCR is that FLCR is a public reporting company, and Galaxy’s stockholders gained majority control of the outstanding voting power of FLCR’s equity securities. Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the operations that are reflected in the historical financial statements of the Company prior to the merger are those of Galaxy.

In recognition of Galaxy’s merger with FLCR, several things occurred: (1) FLCR amended its articles of incorporation to change its name from FullCircle Registry, Inc. to Galaxy Next Generation, Inc.; (2) Galaxy and FLCR changed its fiscal year end to June 30, effective June 2018; (3) FLCR authorized shares of preferred stock were increased to 200,000,000 and authorized shares of common stock were increased to 4,000,000,000, (prior to the Reverse Stock Split) both with a par value of $0.0001; and (4) the Board of Directors and Executive Officers approved Gary LeCroy, President and Director; Magen McGahee, Secretary and Director; and Carl Austin, Director; and (5) the primary business operated by the combined company became the business that was operated by Galaxy.

On September 4, 2019, Galaxy entered into a stock purchase agreement with Interlock Concepts, Inc. (Concepts) and Ehlert Solutions Group, Inc. (Solutions).  Under the stock purchase agreement, Galaxy acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of both Concepts and Solutions. The purchase price for the acquisition was 1,350,000 shares of common stock and a two year note payable to the seller for $3,000,000. The note payable to the seller is subject to adjustment based on the achievement of certain future gross revenues and successful completion of certain pre-acquisition withholding tax issues of Concepts and Solutions.

The financial statements after the completion of the merger and acquisition include the consolidated assets and liabilities of the combined company (collectively Galaxy Next Generation, Inc., Full Circle Registry, Inc., FullCircle Entertainment, Inc., Interlock Concepts, Inc., and Ehlert Solutions Group, Inc. referred to collectively as the “Company”).

F-56

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Corporate History, Nature of Business and Mergers (Continued)

As disclosed in Note 12, the Entertainment segment was sold on February 6, 2019 in exchange for 38,625 Galaxy common shares.

Galaxy is a manufacturer and U.S. distributor of interactive learning technologies and enhanced audio solutions.  Galaxy develop both hardware and software that allows the presenter and participant to engage in a fully collaborative instructional environment. Galaxy  also develops award winning classroom audio solutions and school PA and Intercom products, creating a full line card offering for classrooms to its channel partners. Galaxy’s products include Galaxy’s own private-label interactive touch screen panel as well as numerous other national and international branded peripheral and communication devices. New technologies like Galaxy’s own touchscreen panels are sold along with renowned brands such as Google Chromebooks, Microsoft Surface Tablets, Lenovo and Acer computers, Verizon WiFi and more. Galaxy’s distribution channel consists of approximately 30 resellers across the U.S. who primarily sell its products within the commercial and educational market. Galaxy does not control where the resellers focus their resell efforts; however, the K-12 education market is the largest customer base for Galaxy products comprising nearly 90% of Galaxy’s sales. In addition, Galaxy also possesses its own reseller channel where it sells directly to the K-12 market, primarily throughout the Southeast region of the United States.

Solutions and Concepts are Utah-based audio design and manufacturing companies creating innovative products that provide fundamental tools for building notification systems primarily to K-12 education market customers located primarily in the north and northwest United States.  Solutions and Concepts’ products and services allow institutions access to intercom, scheduling, and notification systems with improved ease of use.  The products provide an open architecture solution to customers which allows the products to be used in both existing and new environments.  Intercom, public announcement (PA), bell and control solutions are easily added and integrated within the open architecture design and software model.  These products combine elements over a common internet protocol (IP) network, which minimizes infrastructure requirements and reduces costs by combining systems.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Any reference in these footnotes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

All intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in the consolidation.

The Company’s financial reporting segments are Technology (reflecting the operations of Galaxy, Concepts, and Solutions) and Entertainment (reflecting the operations of the movie theater). The Company is an over-the-counter public company traded under the stock symbol listing GAXY (formerly FLCR).  

F-57

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Segment Reporting

The Company has identified two reportable segments: Technology and Entertainment. Segment determination is based on the internal organization structure, management of operations and performance evaluation by management and the Company’s Board of Directors. Separate management of each segment is required because each business unit is subject to different operational issues and strategies.

The Technology segment sells interactive learning technology hardware and software that allows the presenter and participant to engage in a fully collaborative instructional environment. Galaxy’s products include Galaxy’s own private-label interactive touch screen panel as well as numerous other national and international branded peripheral and communication devices.  Concepts is a manufacturing company creating innovative products that provide fundamental tools for building notification systems.  Solutions is an audio design company providing installation, design, and servicing to customers.

The Entertainment segment, which was sold on February 6, 2019, owned and operated Georgetown 14 Cinemas, a fourteen-theater movie complex located in Indianapolis, Indiana. Entertainment generated revenues from movie ticket sales and concessions.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Significant estimates used in preparing the consolidated financial statements include those assumed in computing the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, product warranty liabilities, valuation of goodwill and intangibles, valuation of convertible notes payable and related warrants, and the valuation of deferred tax assets. It is reasonably possible that the significant estimates used will change within the next year.


F-58

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Capital Structure


In accordance with ASC 505, Equity, the Company’s capital structure is as follows:

  

December 31, 2019

    
  

Authorized

 

Issued

 

Outstanding

    
           

Common stock

 

     4,000,000,000

 

    19,269,693

 

  19,231,068

 

$.0001 par value, one vote per share

        

Preferred stock

 

        200,000,000

 

                     -   

 

                   -   

 

$.0001 par value, one vote per share

        

Preferred stock - Class A

 

                750,000

 

                     -   

 

                   -   

 

$.0001 par value; no voting rights

        

Preferred stock - Class B

 

             1,000,000

 

                     -   

 

                   -   

 

Voting rights of 10 votes for 1 Preferred B share; 2% preferred dividend payable annually

     
        

Preferred stock - Class C

 

             9,000,000

 

                     -   

 

                   -   

 

$.0001 par value; 500 votes per share, convertible to common stock

     
        

Preferred stock - Class D

 

             1,000,000

 

                     -   

 

                   -   

 

$.0001 par value; no voting rights, convertible to common stock, mandatory conversion to common stock 18 months after issue

     
     
        

Preferred stock - Class E

 

                500,000

 

          500,000

 

        500,000

 

$.0001 par value; no voting rights, convertible to common stock

      

F-59

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Capital Structure (continued)

  

June 30, 2019

    
  

Authorized

 

Issued

 

Outstanding

    
           

Common stock

 

     4,000,000,000

 

    11,318,901

 

  11,280,276

 

$.0001 par value, one vote per share

        

Preferred stock

 

        200,000,000

 

                     -   

 

                   -   

 

$.0001 par value, one vote per share

        

Preferred stock - Class A

 

                750,000

 

                     -   

 

                   -   

 

$.0001 par value; no voting rights

        

Preferred stock - Class B

 

             1,000,000

 

                     -   

 

                   -   

 

Voting rights of 10 votes for 1 Preferred B share; 2% preferred dividend payable annually

     
        

Preferred stock - Class C

 

             9,000,000

 

                     -   

 

                   -   

 

$.0001 par value; 500 votes per share, convertible to common stock

     

F-60

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

There is no publicly traded market for the preferred shares.

There are 103,406,045 common shares reserved at December 31, 2019 under terms of the convertible debt agreements and Stock Plan (see Notes 4 and 14).

There are 11,090,023 issued common shares that are restricted as of December 31, 2019. The shares may become free-trading after six months of being held upon satisfaction of certain terms and regulatory conditions.  

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. Under this method, acquired assets, including separately identifiable intangible assets, and any assumed liabilities are recorded at their acquisition date estimated fair value. The excess of purchase price over the fair value amounts assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed represents the goodwill amount resulting from the outcomeacquisition. Determining the fair value of this uncertainty.  Itassets acquired and liabilities assumed involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.

Concurrent with the reverse triangular merger of FLCR and the acquisitions of Concepts and Solutions, the Company applied pushdown accounting. Pushdown accounting refers to the use of the acquirer’s basis in the preparation of the acquiree’s separate financial statements as the new basis of accounting for the acquiree. See Notes 12 and 13 for a discussion of the merger and acquisition and the related impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


F-61

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Revenue Recognition

Technology Interactive Panels and Related Products

The Company derives revenue from the sale of interactive panels and other related products. Sales of these panels may also include optional equipment, accessories and services (installation, training and other services, maintenance and warranty services). Product sales and installation revenue are recognized when all of the following criteria have been met: (1) products have been shipped or customers have purchased and accepted title to the goods; service revenue for installation of products sold is management’s planrecognized as the installation services are performed, (2) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (3) the price to generate additional working capital by increasing revenuethe customer is fixed, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured.

Product sales resulting from fixed-price contracts involve a signed contract for a fixed price or a binding purchase order to provide the Company’s interactive panels and accessories. Contract arrangements exclude a right of return for delivered items. Product sales resulting from fixed-price contracts are generated from multiple-element arrangements that require separate units of accounting and estimates regarding the fair value of individual elements. The Company has determined that its multiple-element arrangements that qualify as separate units of accounting are (1) product sales and (2) installation and related services. There is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for both the product sales and installation services and allocation of arrangement consideration for each of these units is based on their relative fair values. Each of these elements represent individual units of accounting, as the delivered item has value to a customer on a stand-alone basis. The Company’s products can be sold on a stand-alone basis to customers which provides objective evidence of the fair value of the product portion of the multi-element contract, and thus represents the Company’s best estimate of selling price.


F-62

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Policies (Continued)

Revenue Recognition (Continued)

The fair value of installation services is separately calculated using expected costs of installation services. Many times, the value of installation services is calculated using price quotations from subcontractors to the Company who perform installation services on a stand-alone basis.

The Company sells equipment with embedded software to its customers. The embedded software is not sold separately, and it is not a significant focus of the Company’s marketing efforts. The Company does not provide post-contract customer support specific to the software or incur significant costs that are within the scope of FASB guidance on accounting for software to be leased or sold. Additionally, the functionality that the software provides is marketed as part of the overall product. The software embedded in the equipment is incidental to the equipment as a resultwhole.

Deferred revenue consists of newcustomer deposits and advance billings of the Company’s products where sales have not yet been recognized. Shipping and marketing initiativeshandling costs billed to customers are included in revenue in the accompanying statements of operations. Costs incurred by the Company associated with shipping and by raising additional capital from investors.handling are included in cost of sales in the accompanying statements of operations. Sales are recorded net of sales returns and discounts, and sales are presented net of sales-related taxes.

Because of the nature and quality of the Company’s products, the Company provides for the estimated costs of warranties at the time revenue is recognized for a period of five years after purchase as a secondary warranty. The manufacturer also provides a warranty against certain manufacturing and other defects. As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, the Company accrued $102,350 and $82,350, respectively, for estimated product warranty claims, which is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The accrued warranty costs are based primarily on historical warranty claims as well as current repair costs. There was $0 and $7,239 of warranty expense for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019, respectively. There was no warranty expense for the three and six months ended December 31, 2018. The Company is negotiating a warranty settlement with one of its manufacturers. At December 31, 2019, the Company accrued $279,966 payable to this manufacturer to be paid over twenty-four months, with $133,897 recorded as a long-term portion of accounts payable.

Entertainment Theater Ticket Sales and Concessions

Revenues are generated principally through admissions and concessions sales with proceeds received in cash or via credit card at the point of sale.  


F-63

Management's plans with regards

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to be cash in all bank accounts, including money market and temporary investments that have an original maturity of three months or less.

From time to time, the Company has on deposit, in institutions whose accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, funds in excess of the insured maximum. The at-risk amount is subject to significant fluctuation daily throughout the year. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these issuesbalances, and as such, the Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant risk.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable is recognized when the Company's right to consideration is unconditional, and is presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Management reviews each receivable balance and estimates that portion, if any, of the balance that will not be collected. The carrying amount of the accounts receivable is then reduced by an allowance based on management’s estimate. At December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, management had determined an allowance on uncollectable accounts totaling $118,000 and $0, respectively, At December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, $73,626 and $247,007, respectively, of total accounts receivable were considered unbilled and recorded as deferred revenue.

Inventories

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) method of accounting. All inventory at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, represents goods available for sale. Inventory is mostly comprised of interactive panels. Management estimates $20,000 of obsolete or slow-moving inventory reserves at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred and additions and improvements that significantly extend the lives of assets are capitalized. Upon sale or other retirement of depreciable property, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the related accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operations.


F-64

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Property and Equipment (Continued)

Property and equipment at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019 and the estimated useful lives used in computing depreciation, are as follows:


ØFurniture and fixtures   2-5 years

Expanding revenues by purchasing,Equipment                        5 years

Vehicles                            5 years

Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets. Depreciation expense was $10,012 and $89,211 for the three months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  Depreciation expense was $17,844 and $178,422 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets to be held and used are tested for recoverability whenever events or otherwise acquiring, independent insurance agencies.changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount may not be recoverable. When required, impairment losses on assets to be held and used are recognized based on the excess of the asset’s carrying amount over the fair value of the asset.


ØGoodwill

Expanding revenues by finding new customers

Goodwill, net of accumulated impairment losses, representing the excess of cost over the net tangible and identifiable assets of acquired businesses, is stated at cost. Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that can benefit by utilizingthe carrying value may not be recoverable. Judgments regarding indicators of potential impairment are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business.

At each fiscal year-end, the Company performs an impairment analysis of goodwill. The Company may assess its goodwill for impairment initially using a qualitative approach to determine whether conditions exist to indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If management concludes, based on its assessment of relevant events, facts and circumstances that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value is greater than its fair value, then a goodwill impairment charge is recognized for the amount in excess, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and no further testing is required. If determined to be impaired, an impairment charge is recorded as a general and administrative expense within the Company’s information retrieval service.consolidated statement of operations.


Ø

Using the 60,000 name prescription customer database to provide the foundation of the FullCircle Prescription Service business.



F-14



FullCircle Registry, Inc.

For Period Ending March 31, 2008,Goodwill at December 31, 20072019 is $1,634,507 and is attributed to the reverse acquisition of FLCR (Note 12) and Concepts and Solutions (Note 13).


F-65

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are stated at the lower of cost or fair value. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from two to five years, representing the period over which the Company expects to receive future economic benefits from these assets.  Estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets for the next five years is: $1,072,000 for 2020, $872,000 for 2021, $272,000 for 2022, $272,000 for 2023, and $204,000 for 2024.

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements




Ø

Raising new investment capital, either2019 are $2,692,000 as noted in the formfollowing table:

 

December 31, 2019

 

Cost

 

Accumulated Amortization

Finite-lived assets:

   

Customer list

 $                 881,000

 $               44,050

Vendor relationships

                    479,000

                  23,950

Noncompete agreement

                  1,600,000

                200,000

 

 $               2,960,000

 $             268,000

There were no intangible assets as of equityJune 30, 2019.


F-66

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity

The Company relies on the guidance provided by ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, to classify certain convertible instruments. The Company first determines whether a financial instrument should be classified as a liability. The Company determines a liability classification if the financial instrument is mandatorily redeemable, or loans, sufficient to meetif the Company's operating expenses, until the revenues are sufficient to meet operating expenses on an ongoing basis.


Ø

Management is continuing the process of renegotiatingfinancial instrument, other than outstanding long and short-term obsolete debt. Presently, the Company cannot ascertain the eventual success of management's plans with any degree of certainty. No assurances can be givenshares, embodies a conditional obligation that the Company will be successful in raising immediate capitalmust or thatmay settle by issuing a variable number of its equity shares.

If the Company determines that a financial instrument should not be classified as a liability, the Company determines whether the financial instrument should be presented between the liability section and the equity section of the balance sheet (“temporary equity”). The Company determines temporary equity classification if the redemption of the financial instrument is outside the control of the Company (i.e. at the option of the holder). Otherwise, the Company accounts for the financial instrument as permanent equity.

Initial Measurement

The Company records financial instruments classified as liability, temporary equity or permanent equity at issuance at the fair value, or cash received.

Subsequent Measurement – Financial Instruments Classified as Liabilities

The Company records the fair value of financial instruments classified as liabilities at each subsequent measurement date.

The changes in fair value of financial instruments classified as liabilities are recorded as other income (expense).


F-67

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Current income taxes are recognized for the estimated income taxes payable or receivable on taxable income or loss from the current year and any adjustment to income taxes payable related to previous years. Current income taxes are determined using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or subsequently enacted by the year end date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. Under the asset and liability method, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recognized if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will achieve profitabilitynot be utilized.

Research and Development

The Company accounts for research and development (R&D) costs in accordance with the Research and Development topic of the ASC. Under the Research and Development topic of the ASC, all R&D costs must be charged to expense as incurred. Accordingly, internal R&D costs are expensed as incurred. Third party R&D costs are expensed when the contracted work has been performed.


F-68

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Stock-based Compensation

The Company records stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions set forth in ASC 718, Stock Compensation, using the modified prospective method. ASC 718 requires companies to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based upon the grant date fair value of those awards. The Company, from time to time, may issue common stock to acquire services or positivegoods from non-employees. Common stock issued to persons other than employees or directors are recorded on the basis of their fair value.

Earnings (Loss) per Share

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The Company's convertible notes and warrants are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as they are anti-dilutive due to the Company's losses during those periods.  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company categorized its fair value measurements within the fair value hierarchy established by generally accepted accounting principles. The hierarchy is based on the valuation inputs used to measure the fair value of the asset. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets; Level 2 inputs are significant other observable inputs; Level 3 inputs are significant unobservable inputs.


F-69

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, the Company held certain financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. All such assets and liabilities are considered to be Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy defined above.

Derivative Liabilities

The Company generally does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow or market risks. However, certain other financial instruments, such as warrants, and embedded conversion features on the convertible debt, are classified as derivative liabilities due to protection provisions within the agreements.  Such financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value using the Monte Carlo model and subsequently adjusted to fair value at the close of each reporting period.  The Company accounts for derivative instruments and debt instruments in accordance with the interpretive guidance of ASC 815, ASU 2017-11, and associated pronouncements related to the classification and measurement of warrants and instruments with conversion features and anti-dilution clauses in agreements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-08, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718). This ASU requires that an entity measure and classify share based payment awards granted to a customer by applying the guidance in Topic 718.  The amount recorded as a reduction of the transaction price is required to be measured on the basis of the grant-date fair value of the share-based payment award in accordance with Topic 718. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those years. The Company adopted this standard effective July 1, 2019 with no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments. This ASU provides amendments to Topic 326 related to estimating and measuring credit losses. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those years. The Company adopted this standard effective July 1, 2019 with no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurements. This ASU provides amendments on changes in unrealized gains and losses, the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements, and the narrative description of the measurement uncertainty that should be applied. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those years. The Company adopted this standard effective July 1, 2019 with no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.


F-70

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards (Continued)

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases.  This ASU, together with its related clarifying ASUs (collectively “ASU 2016-02”), amended the previous guidance for lease accounting and related disclosure requirements. The new guidance requires the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet for leases with terms greater than 12 months or leases that contain a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised.  Lessees are required to classify leases as either finance or operating leases.  This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee can make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize an asset and corresponding liability.  Lessees will also be required to provide additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures regarding the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases.  These disclosures are intended to supplement the amounts recorded in the financial statements and provide additional information about the nature of an organization’s leasing activities.  

On July 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02 using the modified retrospective method, meaning it has been applied to leases that existed or have been entered into after July 1, 2019, without adjusting comparative periods in the financial statements.

The Company elected to utilize the package of practical expedients in ASC 842-10-65-1(f) that, upon adoption of ASU 2016-02, allows entities to (1) not reassess whether any expired or existing contracts contain leases, (2) retain the classification of leases (e.g., operation or finance lease) existing at the date of adoption and (3) not reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases.

The adoption of ASU 2016-02 did not have a material impact on the Company's balance sheet, result of operations or cash flows.


NOTE 4.   NOTES PAYABLE


The Company’s notes payable obligations, both related party and unrelated, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes Payable

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Note payable to various shareholders and officers bears

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest at 8.0% per annum principal and interest due on

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

$

70,000

$

70,000

$

80,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable to various shareholders and officers bears

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest at 10.0% per annum principal and interest due on

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

$

223,563

$

223,563

$

7,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable to various shareholders and officers bears

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest at 12.0% per annum principal and interest due on

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

15,000

$

15,000

$

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable to various shareholders and officers bears Interest at 2.0% per annum

$

50,000

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Notes Payable- Related Party*

 

358,563 

$

308,563

$

102,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes Payable – Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable to various individuals’ bears interest     

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 8.0% per annum principal and interest due on Demand

$

60,000

$

60,000

$

60,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable to various individuals’ bears interest     

 

 

 

 

 

 

at12.0% per annum principal and interest due on Demand

$

55,000

$

55,000

$

105,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Notes Payable- Other

$

115,000

$

115,000

$

165,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Notes Payable-Current portion

$

423,563

$

423,563

$

268,139

Total Notes Payable-L-T portion

 

50,000

 

0

 

0

Total Notes Payable (related and unrelated)

$

473,563

$

423,563

$

268,139


ThereThe Company primarily leases office and warehouse space as well as delivery vehicles. The Company’s leases expire through December 2021.  Most leases contain renewal options for varying periods, which are no long-term liabilities.


Ø

Includedat the Company’s sole discretion and included in the expected lease term if they are reasonably certain of being exercised.

Right of use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term.  The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate to determine the present value of the lease as the rate implicit in the lease is typically not readily determinable.


F-71

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards (Continued)

Leases (Continued)

Short-term leases (leases with an initial term of 12 months or less or leases that are cancellable by the lessee and lessor without significant penalties) are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheet and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  The majority of the Company’s short-term leases relate to certain property and delivery equipment.  These leases are entered into at agreed upon hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rental rates for an unspecified duration and typically terminate for convenience provision.  Such equipment leases are considered short-term in nature unless it is reasonably certain that the equipment will be leased for a term greater than 12 months.

Note 2 - Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are comprised of the following at:

 

December 31, 2019

 

June 30, 2019

Vehicles

 $                 157,476

 $                   74,755

Equipment

                        6,645

                        5,000

Furniture and fixtures

                      30,235

                      12,598

 

                    194,356

                      92,353

Accumulated depreciation

                   (108,915)

                     (65,588)

 

Property and equipment, net

 $                   85,441

 $                   26,765

Note 3 - Line of Credit

The Company has a $1,250,000 line of credit at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019 bearing interest at prime plus 0.5% (5.25% at December 31, 2019 and 6.00% at June 30, 2019) which expires on May 15, 2020. The line of credit is collateralized by certain real estate owned by a family member of a stockholder, 850,000 shares of the Company's common stock owned by two stockholders, personal guarantees of two stockholders, and a key man life insurance policy. A minimum average bank balance of $50,000 is required as part of the line of credit agreement. The outstanding balance was $1,230,450 and $1,230,550 at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively.


F-72

Notes 4 - Notes Payable

Long Term Notes Payable

The Company's long-term notes payable obligations to unrelated parties are as follows at:

 

December 31, 2019

 

June 30, 2019

Note payable with a bank bearing interest at 3.10% and maturing on May 31, 2020. The note is guaranteed by a stockholder and collateralized by a certificate of deposit owned by a related party.  

   
  
   

 $                 274,900

 $                 274,900

 

Unsecured note payable with a financial institution that has a maximum borrowing of $150,000 with no expiration. A flat fee is charged on each draw and payments are auto-deducted monthly.

                      46,275

                              -

 

Operating lease liabilities for offices and warehouses with monthly installments of $18,080 (ranging from $4,530 to $1,413) over terms ranging from 2 to 3 years, expiring through December 2021.

                    124,264

                              -

 

Financing leases with a related party for delivery vehicles with monthly installments totaling $724 (ranging from $263 to $461), including interest (ranging from 4.5% to 4.75%), over 5-year terms expiring through July 2020. One of the financing leases was paid in full in July 2019 leaving one delivery vehicle financing lease remaining.

                       3,001

                       6,053

 

Financing lease with a finance company for delivery vehicle with monthly installments totaling $679 including interest at 8.99% over a 6 year term expiring in December 2025.

                      37,294

                              -

 

Total Notes Payable

                    485,734

                    280,953

 

Current Portion of Notes Payable

                    414,506

                    279,346

 

Long-term Portion of Notes Payable

 $                   71,228

 $                     1,607

F-73

Notes 4 - Notes Payable – Related party for 2007 is the assumption of the $50,000 note to Norlander Information Services, Inc., from AMPO II.(Continued)


ØLong Term Notes Payable (Continued)

Accrued interest on these notes on March 31, 2008 was $58,360, on December 31, 2007 was $49,065, and on December 31, 2006 accrued interest was $31,417.



F-15



FullCircle Registry, Inc.

For Period Ending March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



Future minimum principal payments on the long-term notes payable to unrelated parties are as follows:

Period ending December 31,

2020

 $       414,506

2021

            43,928

2022

              5,937

2023

              6,493

2024

              7,102

Thereafter

              7,768

 

 $         485,734


F-74

Note 4 - Notes Payable (Continued)

Convertible Notes Payable

 

December 31, 2019

 

June 30, 2019

On January 16, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $382,000 note was issued at a discount of $38,200 and bears interest at 12% per year. The Company issued 92,271 common shares to the investor. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $3 per share, beginning in June 2019. The note matured in July 2019 and was converted to equity.

   
   
   
   

 $                                         -

 

 $                             382,000

    

On February 22, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $200,000 note was issued at a discount of $20,000 and bears interest at 5% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $3 per share, beginning in August 2019. The note was paid in full by partial conversion to stock and proceeds from issuance of debt.

   

                                            -

 

                                200,000

    

On March 28, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $225,000 note was issued at a discount of $20,000 and bears interest at 10% per year. The Company issued 25,000 common shares to the investor. Three draws of $56,250, $112,500, and $56,250 were borrowed under this note. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $3 per share, beginning in September 2019. The note has prepayment penalties ranging from 110% to 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid within 60 to 180 days from issuance. The note matures in three intervals in March 2020, June 2020, and November 2020.

   
   
   

                                150,750

 

                                168,750

 

   

F-75

Note 4 - Notes Payable (Continued)

Convertible Notes Payable (Continued)

On April 1, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $225,000 note was issued at a discount of $25,000 and bears interest at 10% per year. The Company issued 25,000 shares to the investor. An initial draw of $100,000 was borrowed under this note.The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in April 2020. The note has prepayment penalties ranging from 110% to 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid within 60 to 180 days from issuance. The note was paid in full by conversion to stock.

   
   
   
   

                                            -

 

                                112,500

    

On April 29, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $1,325,000 note was issued at a discount of $92,750 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $2.75 per share. The note matures in April 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the sum of the outstanding principal, plus accrued interest, plus defaulted interest, plus any additional principal, plus at the holder's option, any amounts owed to the holder pursuant to any other provision of the note. The note was paid in full with proceeds from issuance of debt and preferred stock.

   
   
   

                                            -

 

                             1,325,000

    

On May 28, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $322,580 note was issued at a discount of $22,580 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $2.75 per share beginning in November 2019. The note matures in May 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.  The note was partially repaid by a combination of conversion to stock and cash.

   
   
   

                                  90,017

 

                                322,580

F-76

Note 4 - Notes Payable (Continued)

Convertible Notes Payable (Continued)

On June 18, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $366,120 note was issued at a discount of $27,120 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediatelypreceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in May 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance. The note was partially repaid by conversion to stock.

   
   
   

                                300,000

 

                                366,120

    

On July 2, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $165,000 note was issued at a discount of $16,500 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in July 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

   
   
   

                                165,000

 

                                            -

    

On August 15, 2019, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $225,000 note was issued at a discount of $15,000 and bears interest at 6% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in August 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

   
   
   

                                225,000

 

                                            -


F-77

Note 4 - Notes Payable (Continued)

Convertible Notes Payable (Continued)

On August 6, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $220,000 note was issued at a discount of $20,000 and bears interest at 12% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in August 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

                                220,000

                                            -

On August 29, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $234,726 note was issued at a discount of $16,376 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion. The note matures in August 2020. The note has prepayment penalties of 120% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

234,726-


F-78

Note 4 - Notes Payable (Continued)

Convertible Notes Payable (Continued)

On September 27, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $225,000 note was issued at a discount of $13,500 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) the lowest closing price during the preceding 10 trading days prior to the issue date of the note. The note matures in June 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 110% and 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

                                225,000

                                            -

On November 18, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $55,000 note was issued at a discount of $5,000 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of common stock during the 15 trading days prior to the issue date or (b) 70% of the lowest traded price for the common stock during the 15 trading days prior to conversion of the note. The note matures in November 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 115% and 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

                                  55,000

                                            -

On November 18, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $110,000 note was issued at a discount of $10,000 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of common stock during the 15 trading days prior to the issue date or (b) 70% of the lowest traded price for the common stock during the 15 trading days prior to conversion of the note. The note matures in November 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 115% and 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

                                110,000

                                            -


F-79

Note 4 - Notes Payable (Continued)

Convertible Notes Payable (Continued)

On December 11, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $220,430 note was issued at a discount of $15,430 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) $0.46 per share or (b) 75% of the lowest trading price of common stock during the 10 trading days prior to conversion beginning in June 2020. The note matures in December 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 120% and 130% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

                                220,430

                                            -

 

On November 25, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $1,000,000 note was issued at a discount of $70,000 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest up to $250,000 every 30-day calendar period are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $0.46 per share. The note matures in November 2020. The note has a redemption premium of 115% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before maturity.

                             1,000,000

                                            -

 

Total Convertible Notes Payable

                             2,995,923

                             2,876,950

 

Less: Unamortized original issue discounts

                             1,781,256

                                752,126

 

Current Portion of Convertible Notes Payable

                             1,214,667

                             2,124,824

 

Long-term Portion of Convertible Notes Payable

 $                                         -

 $                                         -


F-80

Note 4 - Notes Payable (Continued)

Convertible Notes Payable (Continued)

The original issue discount is being amortized over the terms of the convertible notes using the effective interest method. During the three and six months ended December 31, 2019, the Company amortized $156,456 and $216,724, respectively, of debt discounts to interest expense and $579,920 and $808,853, respectively, to interest accretion. There was no amortization of debt discounts during the three or six months ended December 31, 2018.

Convertible notes are subordinate to the bank debt of the Company.

Accrued but unpaid interest on the notes is convertible by the lender into, and payable by the Company in common shares at a price per common share equal to the most recent closing price of the Company’s common shares prior to the delivery to the Company of a request to convert interest, or the due date of interest, as applicable. Interest, when due, is payable either in cash or common shares.

The conversion features meet the definition of a derivative liability instrument because the conversion rate is variable and therefore does not meet the “fixed-for-fixed” criteria outlined in ASC 815-40-15. As a result, the conversion features of the notes are recorded as a derivative liability at fair value and marked-to-market each period with the changes in fair value each period charged or credited to other income (expense).

Warrants

The Company issued common stock and warrants as consideration for the convertible notes. The warrants contain certain anti-dilutive clauses that are accounted for as financial derivatives. The warrants meet the definition of a derivative liability instrument because the exercise price is variable and therefore does not meet the “fixed-for-fixed” criteria outlined in ASC 815-40-15.  As a result, the value of the unexercised warrants are recorded as a derivative liability at fair value and marked-to-market each period with the changes in fair value each period charged or credited to other income (expense). Unexercised warrants to purchase 84,373 shares of common stock are outstanding at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019.  All outstanding warrants have an original exercise prices of $4 per share, contain anti-dilution price protection clauses, and expire 36 months from issue date. The anti-dilution clause was triggered for outstanding warrants, which now have an exercise price of $1.325 per share. As of December 31, 2019, outstanding warrants expire between March 2022 and November 2022.

Note 5 – Fair Value Measurements

The Company classifies financial assets and liabilities as held-to-maturity, loans and receivables or other financial liabilities depending on their nature. Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized at fair value on their initial recognition.


F-81

Note 5 – Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

The Company measures the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based on U.S. GAAP guidance which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

The following table presents information about the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques the Company utilized to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical instruments. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable such as quoted prices, interest rates, and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs are unobservable data points for the financial instrument, and included situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the instrument:

At December 31, 2019

       
  

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

Assets:

        
 

Anti-dilutive nature of employment agreement
included in goodwill

 $     235,350

 $              -

 $             -

 $   235,350

  

Liabilities:

 
 

Original issue discount, convertible debt

 $     638,000

 $              -

 $             -

 $   638,000

 

Derivative liability, warrants

          33,312

                 -

               -

        33,312

Total:

 

 $     671,312

 $              -

 $             -

 $   671,312

  

At June 30, 2019

  

Liabilities:

 

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

 

Original issue discount, convertible debt

 $     979,569

 $              -

 $             -

 $   979,569

 

Derivative liability, warrants

          46,375

                 -

               -

        46,375

Total:

 

 $   1,025,944

 $              -

 $             -

 $ 1,025,944

The Company measures the fair market value of the Level 3 components using the Monte Carlo model and projected discounted cash flows, as appropriate. These models are prepared by an independent third party and consider management’s best estimate of the conversion price of the stock, an estimate of the expected time to conversion, an estimate of the stock volatility, and the risk-free rate of return expected for an instrument with a term equal to the duration of the convertible note.


F-82

Note 5 – Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

The derivative liability was valued using the Monte Carlo pricing model with the following inputs at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019:

At December 31, 2019

Risk-free interest rate:

1.86%

Expected dividend yield:

0.00%

Expected stock price volatility:

160.00%

Expected option life in years:

1.83 years

At June 30, 2019

Risk-free interest rate:

1.72% - 2.83%

Expected dividend yield:

0.00%

Expected stock price volatility:

180.00%

Expected option life in years:

2.80 - 3.00 years

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of changes in the fair value of the Company’s convertible debt components classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2019:

Balance at June 30, 2019

 $                1,025,944

Additional convertible securities at inception

                   1,823,000

Settlement of conversion features and warrants

                    (152,374)

Realized

                    (227,903)

Unrealized

                  (1,797,355)

Balance at December 31, 2019

 $                  671,312


F-83

Note 6 - Related Party Transactions

Notes Payable

 

December 31, 2019

 

June 30, 2019

Note payable to a stockholder in which the $200,000 principal plus $10,000 of interest was payable in December 2019. Borrowings under the note increased and the maturity was extended to November 2021. The note bears interest at 6% and is payable in cash or common stock, at the Company's option. If interest is paid in common stock, the conversion price will be the market price at the time of conversion. Principal on the note at maturity is convertible into 400,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock. If principal is paid prior to maturity, the right of conversion is terminated.

   
   
   
   

 $                             400,000

 $                             200,000

 

Fair value of unsecured notes payable to seller of Concepts and Solutions, a related party, bearing interest at 3% per year, payable in annual installments through November 30, 2021. Payments are subject to adjustment based on the achievement of minimum gross revenues and successful completion of certain pre-acquistion withholding tax issues of Concepts and Solutions.

                             1,073,467

                                            -

 


F-84

Note 6 - Related Party Transactions (Continued)

Notes Payable (Continued)

Note payable to a stockholder in which the note principal plus 6% interest is payable in November 2021. Interest is payable in cash or common stock, at the holders option. If interest is paid in common stock, the conversion price will be the market price at the time of conversion. Principal on the note at maturity is convertible into 1,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock. If principal is paid prior to maturity, the right of conversion is terminated.

                             1,000,000

                                            -

 

Note payable to a stockholder in which the note principal plus 6% interest is payable in November 2021. Interest is payable in cash or common stock, at the Company's option. If interest is paid in common stock, the conversion price will be the market price at the time of conversion. Principal on the note at maturity is convertible into 200,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock. If principal is paid prior to maturity, the right of conversion is terminated.

                                200,000

                                            -

 

Total Related Party Notes Payable

                             2,673,467

                                200,000

 

Current Portion of Convertible Notes Payable

                             1,223,467

                                200,000

 

Long-term Portion of Convertible Notes Payable

 $                          1,450,000

 $                                         -

Future maturities of notes payable are as follows:

Period ending December 31,

 

2020

 

 $    1,223,467

2021

 

       1,450,000

  

 $    2,673,467


2008

$

423,563

 

 

 

2009

 

-0-

 

 

 

2010

$

50,000

 

 

 

Total Liabilities-Notes

$

473,563


F-85

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY


Note 6 - Related Party Transactions (Continued)

Leases

The Company received advancesleases property used in operations from officersa related party under terms of an operating lease. The term of the lease expires on December 31, 2021. The monthly lease payment is $1,500 plus maintenance and shareholdersproperty taxes, as defined in the lease agreement. Operating lease expense for this lease totaled $4,500 and $9,000 for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019, respectively.  Rent expense for this lease totaled $17,146 and $20,134 for the three and six months ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

The Company leases vehicles from related parties under financing leases. The Company is paying the lease payments directly to the creditors, rather than the lessor. The leased vehicles are used in operations for deliveries and installations.

Other Agreements

A related party collateralizes the Company’s short-term note with a CD in the amount of $274,900, held at the same bank. The related party will receive a $7,500 collateral fee for this service (see Note 4).

Note 7 - Lease Agreements

Financing Lease Agreements

Financing lease agreements for delivery vehicles (disclosed in Note 4) requiring monthly payments totaling $724 (ranging from $263 to $461), including interest (ranging from 4.5% to 4.75%), over 5-year terms expiring through July 2020. One of the financing leases was paid in full during July 2019 leaving one delivery vehicle financing lease remaining.

In December 2019, the Company entered into a financing lease for a vehicle (disclosed in Note 4) requiring monthly payments of $679, including interest at 8.99% over a 6-year term expiring in December 2025.

Operating Lease Agreements

The Company leases facilities for offices, assembly and warehousing. The Company determines whether a contract is a lease or contains a lease at inception date. Upon commencement, the Company recognizes a right-of-use asset and lease liability based on the net present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. As the Company’s leases typically do not provide an implicit rate, the Company’s lease liabilities are measured on a discounted basis using the Company's incremental borrowing rate. Lease terms used in the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities include only options to extend the lease that are reasonably certain to be exercised. The consolidated balance sheets do not include recognized assets or liabilities for leases that, at the commencement date, have a term of twelve months or less and do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that is reasonably certain to be exercised. The Company recognizes such leases in the  consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

F-86

Note 7 - Lease Agreements (Continued)

We regularly evaluate renewal options and when they are reasonably certain of exercise, we include the renewal period in our lease term.

The Company’s operating lease cost for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019 was $24,074 and 66,794, respectively. Cash paid for operating lease liabilities approximated operating lease cost for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019.

Operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities were as follows:

Right-of-use assets:

Operating right-of-use asset

 $         124,264

Operating lease liabilities:

Current portion

 $           85,764

Long term portion

             38,500

  Total operating lease liabilities

 $         124,264

As of December 31, 2019, operating lease maturities are as follows:

 

Period ending December 31,

 

2020

 $           85,764

 

2021

             38,500

  

 $         124,264

As of December 31, 2019, the weighted average remaining lease term was 1.75 years.


F-87

Note 8 - Equity

During July and August 2019, the Company issued 475,000 common shares for professional consulting services.  These shares were valued at $1,203,300 upon issuance.

During August 2019, the Company issued 347,397 common shares for debt reduction. These shares were valued at $619,103 upon issuance.

During August and September 2019, the Company settled conversion features on convertible notes. These conversions were valued at $149,374 at conversion.  

During September 2019, the Company issued 644,709 common shares to warrant holders in two cashless transactions.

During September 2019, the Company issued 44,511 common shares in lieu of compensation. These shares were valued at $44,511 upon issuance.

During September 2019, the Company issued 80,000 common shares for professional consulting services.  These shares were valued at $80,000 upon issuance.

During September 2019, the Company issued 1,350,000 common shares for the acquisition of Concepts and Solutions. These shares were valued at $1,485,000 upon issuance.

During September 2019, the Company issued 397,864 common shares for debt reduction. These shares were valued at $408,662 upon issuance.

During October 2019, the Company issued 521,557 common shares for professional services. These shares were valued at $403,602 upon issuance.

During October 2019, the Company issued 833,572 common shares for debt reduction. These shares were valued at $478,734 upon issuance.


F-88

Note 8 – Equity (Continued)

During October 2019, the Company issued 583,670 common shares to warrant holders in three cashless transactions.

During October 2019, the Company settled conversion features on convertible notes. These conversions were valued at $3,000 at conversion.

During November 2019, the Company issued 45,000 common shares for professional services. These shares were valued at $19,800 upon issuance.

During November 2019, the Company issued 1,194,157 common shares for debt reduction. These shares were valued at $429,515 upon issuance.

During November 2019, the Company issued 500,000 common shares for debt reduction. These shares were valued at $220,000 upon issuance.

During December 2019, the Company issued 908,355 common shares for professional services. These shares were valued at $256,478 upon issuance.

During December 2019, the Company issued 25,000 common shares for commitment shares on convertible debt. These shares were valued at $7,000 upon issuance.

On November 14, 2019, 1,000,000 preferred shares Series D were authorized by management. The shares are non-voting, and convertible into 20% of all outstanding shares of common stock at the time of conversion. Conversion is mandatory after eighteen months from the issue date of the Series D shares.


F-89

Note 8 – Equity (Continued)

In November 2019, the Company issued 500,000 shares of Class E preferred stock to an investor in exchange for the extinguishment of convertible debt and warrants. These shares were valued at $500,000 upon issuance during the 2007 yearthree months ended December 31, 2019.

See the capital structure section in Note 1 for operating needs. The balancedisclosure of the notes payable to related parties was $358,563equity components included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 9 - Income Taxes

The Company’s effective tax rate differed from the federal statutory income tax rate for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 as of Marchfollows:

Federal statutory rate

21%

State tax, net of federal tax effect

5.75%

Valuation allowance

-27%

Effective tax rate

0%

The Company had no federal or state income tax (benefit) for the three or six months ended December 31, 20082019 or 2018.

The Company’s deferred tax assets and $308,563 and $102,963liabilities as of December 31, 20072019 and 2006, respectively.June 30, 2019, are summarized as follows:


 

December 31, 2019

 

June 30, 2019

Deferred tax assets

 $               3,886,600

 $               2,980,100

Less valuation allowance

                 (3,886,600)

                 (2,980,100)

Deferred tax liabilities

                                -

                                -

 

                                -

                                -

 

Deferred tax assets

                  1,128,600

                     866,300

Less valuation allowance

                 (1,128,600)

                    (866,300)

Deferred tax liabilities

-

                                -

 

                                -

                                -

Net Deferred Tax Assets

 $                             -

 $                             -

F-90

Our officers, directors,

Note 9 - Income Taxes (Continued)

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred taxes is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differenced become deductible. Management considers projected future taxable income and shareholders made the following loanstax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Company’s deferred tax assets are primarily comprised of net operating losses (“NOL”) that give rise to deferred tax assets. The net operating loss carryforwards expire from 2020 to 2039 with some providing an indefinite carryforward benefit. There is no tax benefit for goodwill impairment, which is permanently non-deductible for tax purposes. Additionally, due to the company during 2006, 2007uncertainty of the utilization of net operating loss carry forwards, a valuation allowance equal to the net deferred tax assets has been recorded.

The significant components of net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2019 and first quarterJune 30, 2019, are as follows:

  

December 31, 2019

 

June 30, 2019

Net operating loss carryforwards

 $               4,974,800

 $               3,826,100

Valuation allowance

                 (5,015,200)

                 (3,846,400)

Property and equipment

                      (23,800)

                        (7,100)

Inventory allowance

                         5,400

                         5,400

Allowance for bad debts

                       31,600

                                -

Warranty accrual

                       27,200

                       22,000

  
 

Net Deferred Tax Assets

 $                             -

 $                             -

As of 2008:


Date

 

Affiliated Lender

 

Loan Amount

 

(Repayment)

 

Outstanding Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3/31/2008

 

Alec Stone (A) Stockholder

$

0

$

0

$

67,963

 (unaudited)

 

Isaac Boutwell, Director

$

0

$

0

$

80,600

 

 

Norman L. Frohreich (B)

$

0

$

0

$

100,000

 

 

Richard Davis, Stockholder

$

0

$

0

$

15,000

 

 

Peter Mangin, Stockholder

$

0

$

0

$

25,000

 

 

Gary Grant, Stockholder (C)

$

 

$

(10,000)

$

0

 

 

James Hood, Stockholder

$

0

$

0

$

20,000

 

 

Carl Austin, Stockholder

$

50,000

$

(0)

 

50,000

 

 

Total

$

0

$

(10,000)

$

358,563

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/2007

 

Alec Stone (A) Stockholder

$

60,000

$

0

$

67,963

 

 

Isaac Boutwell, Director

$

55,600

$

0

$

80,600

 

 

Norman L. Frohreich (B)

$

50,000

$

0

$

100,000

 

 

Richard Davis, Stockholder

$

0

$

0

$

15,000

 

 

Peter Mangin, Stockholder

$

0

$

0

$

25,000

 

 

Gary Grant, Stockholder (C)

$

 

$

(10,000)

$

0

 

 

James Hood, Stockholder

$

0

$

0

$

20,000

 

 

Total

$

165,600

$

(10,000)

$

308,563

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/2006

 

Alec Stone, Director (D)

$

7,963

$

(44,537)

$

7,963

 

 

Isaac Boutwell, Stockholder

$

25,000

$

0

$

25,000

 

 

Richard Davis, Stockholder

$

0

$

0

$

15,000

 

 

Peter Mangin, Stockholder (E)

$

0

$

(25,000)

$

25,000

 

 

Gary Grant, Stockholder (F)

$

20,000

$

(10,000)

$

10,000

 

 

James Hood, Stockholder (G)

$

30,000

$

(10,000)

$

20,000

 

 

Total

$

82,963

$

(89,537)

$

102,963


(A) On August 15, 2007 Alec Stone resignedDecember 31, 2019, the Company does not believe that it has taken any tax positions that would require the recording of any additional tax liability nor does it believe that there are any unrealized tax benefits that would either increase or decrease within the next twelve months. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s income tax returns generally remain open for examination for three years from the board of directorsdate filed with each taxing jurisdiction.


F-91

Note 10 - Commitments, Contingencies, and continues to serve the company as a consultant and is a shareholder holding more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the company.Concentrations



F-16



FullCircle Registry, Inc.Contingencies

For Period Ending March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



(B) Norman L. Frohreich became our President and CEO in December 2007.  Loans to the company are held in his company, Norlander Information Services, Inc.  In 2006 Norlander Information Services loaned AMPO II $50,000 to provide working capital to be used under the direction of FullCircle Registry.  In 2007 FullCircle Registry, Inc. assumed the liability for that note.


(C) In 2007 Gary Grant’s outstanding note of $10,000 was converted into shares.


(D) In 2006 Alec Stone, Director, converted $44,537 in notes into company shares.


(E) In 2006 Peter Mangin, stockholder converted $25,000 in notes into company shares.


(F) In 2006 Gary Grant, stockholder converted $10,000 in notes into company shares.


(G) In 2006 James Hood, stockholder, converted $10,000 into company shares.


In September 2005, the Company acquired a 50% interest in AMPO II. At the time of acquisition two officers and directors of the Company, Mr. Boutwell and Mr. Oakley, held small amounts of stock of AMPO II.  Trent Oakley the Company’s CFO resigned from the board at that date and became an officer and director of AMPO II, though remaining the CFO of Full Circle.


Subsequently the CEO, Mr. Boutwell resigned as the CEO of the company in January 2006 and Mr. Oakley accepted the position of CEO. In November 2006 Mr. Oakley resigned the CEO position of AMPO II.


NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES


Our principal executive offices are located at 161 Alpine Drive, Shelbyville, KY 40165.  The facility consists of approximately 1,200 square feet of office space, leased for $750 per month. Our original lease expired on September 15, 2007 and due to high vacancies in the area we have elected to maintain a verbal month-to-month agreement.  We will need to find additional office space once our new plans are funded.


NOTE 7. GOODWILL/ACQUISITIONS


The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No.  141 (SFAS 141), “Business Combinations” and No.142 (SFAS 142), “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, which establishes new standards for the treatment of goodwill and other intangible assets.  SFAS 142 prescribes that amortization of goodwill will ceaseCertain conditions may exist as of the adoption date (January 1, 2002).  Additionally, the consolidated financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company, but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management and its legal counsel assess such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company’s legal counsel evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein. If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material loss contingency is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, would be disclosed.


On September 4, 2019, the Company willrecorded a pre-acquisition liability for approximately $591,000 relative to unpaid payroll tax liabilities and associated penalties and fees of Concepts and Solutions.

Concentrations

Galaxy contracts the manufacturer of its products with overseas suppliers. The Company’s sales could be requiredadversely impacted by a supplier’s inability to performprovide Galaxy with an impairment test on goodwilladequate supply of inventory.

Galaxy has four customers that accounted for approximately 64% and other intangible assets annually,79% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2019 and whenever eventsJune 30, 2019, respectively. Galaxy has two customers that accounted for approximately 81% and circumstances occur that might affect40% of total revenue for the carrying value of such assets.three and six months ended December 31, 2019, respectively. The Company has performed an internal impairment testhad two customers that accounted for approximately 78% and three customers that accounted for approximately 80% of goodwillrevenues for the three and has recorded impairments as described below.  six months ended December 31, 2018, respectively.


F-92

In July

Note 11 - Material Agreements

Consulting Agreement

A consulting agreement was renewed in May 2019 with monthly payment terms of 2002, the Company issued 75,000$15,000 and 450,000 shares of common stock valued at $117,750 to acquire 100%upon execution of the renewal. In addition, it was noted that the Company owed the consultant 210,000 shares under the original consulting agreement due to an anti-dilution clause in the agreement.  The Company issued 210,000 shares for services in July 2019 in satisfaction of the $400,000 accrued liability for the consulting services. The Company paid the consultant $15,000 for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019, respectively, and $102,000 and $213,000 for the three and six months ended December 31, 2018 in fees and expenses for consulting services provided during the periods. The Company issued 450,000 shares under the Company’s Stock Plan in May 2019 (Note 14), and 455,000 shares of Electronic Luminescent Technologies, Inc. (“ELTI”)common stock to the consultant in October 2019 for professional services (Note 8).

Consulting Agreement

The Company entered into a Florida Corporation.  Asconsulting agreement in May 2018 for advisory services such ELTI became a wholly owned subsidiary ofas maintaining ongoing stock market support such as drafting and delivering press releases and handling investor requests. The program will be predicated on accurate, deliberate and direct disclosure and information flow from the Company.  This transaction was accountedCompany and dissemination to the appropriate investor audiences. In exchange for onthese consulting services provided, the purchase method of accounting using generally accepted accounting principles.  Goodwill was not recorded in this transaction and the asset was subsequently exchanged for 1,000,000 shares of GloTech stock. GloTech was merged into Inter-Asia and the stock of Inter-Asia was sold in 2006 for cash to cover expenses.



F-17



FullCircle Registry, Inc.

For Period Ending March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



NOTE 8. INTANGIBLE ASSETS


During September 2005, the company entered an agreement with American Medical Pharmaceutical Outlet II, Inc. (AMPO II), wherein the company would issue 1,500,000advisor received $15,000 at contract inception, 10,000 shares of common stock and up$4,000 monthly through April 2019. The contract expired in May 2019. The Company paid the consultants $0 in fees for the three and six months ended December 31, 2019 and $0 and $23,000 in fees and expenses for consulting services provided during the three and six months ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

Consulting Agreement

The Company entered into a consulting agreement in April 2018 for a period of six months for investor relations services such as blogs and newsletters, introduction to $150,000 overinvestment banks and online CEO quarterly conferences. In exchange for these consulting services provided, the advisor received $25,000 per month for four months and 25,000 shares of common stock. The Company paid the consultants $35,000 for the three and six months ended December 31, 2018. The agreement expired in October 2018.

Manufacturer and Distributorship Agreement

On September 15, 2018, the Company signed an agreement with a company in China for the manufacturing of Galaxy’s SLIM series of interactive panels. The manufacturer agreed to manufacture, and the Company agreed to be the sole distributor of the interactive panels in the United States for a term of two years. The agreement includes a commitment by Galaxy to purchase $2 million of product during the first year beginning September 2018. If the minimum purchase is not met, the manufacturer can require the Company to establish a performance improvement plan, and the manufacturer has the right to terminate the agreement. The payment terms are 20% in advance, 30% after the product is ready to ship, and the remaining 50% 45 days after receipt. The manufacturer provides Galaxy with the product, including a three year manufacturer’s warranty from the date of shipment. The agreement renews automatically in two year increments unless three months notice is given by either party.


F-93

Note 11 - Material Agreements (Continued)

Agency Agreement

Effective December 11, 2018, the Company entered into a 12 month contract with an agent to raise capital. The agent receives a finder’s fee ranging from 4% to 8% relative to the amount of capital raised, plus restricted shares in an amount equal to 4% of capital raised, if successful. The Agreement contains an option to extend the contract term for an additional six months. The Company paid $11,600 in fees during the three and six months ended December 31, 2019. No fees were paid under this agreement during the three and six months ended December 31, 2018. The Company issued 212,990 shares of common stock in December 2019 for these agency services (Note 8).

Financial Advisory Engagement

Effective June 4, 2019, the Company engaged a financial advisor to act as the Company’s exclusive financial advisor, lead managing underwriter and sole book running manager and investment banker in connection with a proposed offering. The engagement period of the agreement is June 4, 2019 to May 31, 2020. The Company paid $0 in fees during the three and six months ended December 31, 2019. No fees were paid under this agreement during the three and six months ended December 31, 2018. The Company issued 250,000 shares to the financial advisor for services in July 2019 (Note 8).

Business Development and Marketing Agreement

Effective June 10, 2019, the Company entered into a three month contract for certain advisory and consulting services. The Company will issue 15,000 shares and pay $20,000 per month under the terms of the agreement. The Company paid $71,000 and $240,300 in fees during the three and six months ended December 31, 2019, respectively. No fees were paid under this agreement during the three and six months ended December 31, 2018. The Company issued 60,000 shares to the consultant for consulting services in July and September 2019. The Company issued 45,000 shares to the consultant for consulting services in November 2019 (Note 8).

Capital Transaction Services Agreement

Effective June 28, 2019, the Company entered into a three month contract for capital raise advisory and consulting services.  The Company pays $3,500 per month under the terms of this agreement, which is payable upon the successful closing of a capital raise. The Company paid $3,500 upon signing of the agreement. The agreement renews automatically unless either party provided notice of cancellation. The Company paid $3,500 in fees during the three and six months ended December 31, 2019. No fees were paid for the three and six months ended December 31, 2018.  


F-94

Note 11 - Material Agreements (Continued)

Consulting Agreement

On May 1, 2019, the Company engaged an advisor to provide consulting services under an Investor Relations and Advisory Agreement. The Company pays $8,000 per month under this agreement in the form of $2,000 cash and a restricted common stock monthly fee of $6,000 in advance of services each month. The number of shares issued is calculated based on the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the first day of the month. The shares do not have registration rights, and the shares may be sold by the advisor, subject to Rule 144. The Company paid $4,000 and $18,000 in fees during the three and six months ended December 31, 2019, respectively. No fees were paid under this agreement during the three or six months ended December 31, 2018. The Company issued 52,508 common shares during December 2019 (Note 8).

Consulting Agreement

On August 1, 2019, the Company engaged an advisor to provide consultation services related to research and development for a one-year period. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company issued 35,000 common shares in advance of the services performed. The shares were valued at $35,000 on the date of issuance.

Employment Agreement

The Company signed a two year employment agreement with the former owner of Concepts and Solutions as a part of the acquisition. The agreement provides an annual salary of $185,000 per year and a 15% bonus. The agreement contains an anti-dilution clause for the maintenance of 8% ownership in Galaxy. The agreement was cancelled in January 2020.

Consulting Agreement

On October 1, 2019, the Company engaged an advisor to provide management consulting, business advisory, shareholder information, and public relations consulting services. The agreement is for one year and will automatically renew unless either party provides notice of cancellation. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will issue the consultant 50,000 shares each quarter for a total of 200,000 shares. The Company paid $29,800 to the advisor during the three and six months ended December 31, 2019. No fees were paid under this agreement during the three or six months ended December 31, 2018. The Company issued 50,000 common shares upon execution of the agreement during the three month period in returnended December 31, 2019 (Note 8).  

Consulting Agreement

On October 1, 2019, the Company engaged an advisor to provide general business consultation and advice. The agreement is for a 50% interest in AMPO II. The company has accounted forone year with the valueoption of the shares and the cash advanced as an investment accounted for under the equity method. The company records it’s interest in the net income or loss of AMPO II through an entry to the statement of operations and an offsetting entry to the value of the investment.  The amount of funds invested in AMPO for 2006 was $93,900.  The total investment in AMPO IIrenewal at the end of the year 2006 was $318,746 compared to $224,846 total amount invested at the endinitial term. The Company issued 642,857 shares of common stock in advance of the year 2005.services performed during the three month period ended December 31, 2019 (Note 8).   


F-95

In 2007

Note 12 - Reverse Acquisition and Subsequent Sale of Entertainment

On June 22, 2018, Galaxy consummated a reverse triangular merger whereby Galaxy merged with and into FLCR’s newly formed subsidiary, Galaxy MS, Inc. which was formed specifically for the transaction. Under the terms of the merger, Galaxy’s shareholders transferred all their outstanding shares of common stock to Galaxy MS, in return for FLCR’s Series C Preferred Shares, which were equivalent to approximately 3,065,000,000 shares of the common stock of FLCR on a pre-reverse stock split basis. This represented approximately 89% of the outstanding common stock of FLCR, with the remaining 11% of common stock was distributed as follows: (a) an ownership interest of seven percent (7%) to the holders of common stock, pro rata; and (b) four percent (4%) of the common stock to the holders of convertible debt, pro rata.

Concurrent with the reverse triangular merger, the Company assumed a note payable to Norlander Information Servicesapplied pushdown accounting. Therefore, the consolidated financial statements after completion of the reverse merger include the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of Galaxy and FLCR from and after the closing date of the reverse merger, with only certain aspects of pre-consummation stockholders’ equity remaining in the amountconsolidated financial statements.

There was no cash consideration paid by Galaxy to FLCR on the date of $50,000, which increased the investment amount in AMPO II.reverse triangular merger. Instead, shares of stock were issued and exchanged, and the Company acquired $1,511,844 of net assets of FLCR. At the closing of the merger, all of FLCR’s convertible promissory notes were converted into FLCR’s common shares. The total investment in AMPO onmerger agreement contains potential future tax advantages of the net operating loss carryforward available to offset future taxable income of the combined Company, up to a maximum of $150,000, over a 5-year period beginning June 22, 2018. There is a valuation allowance reducing this tax benefit to zero at December 31, 2007 was $368,746.  Also during 2007, AMPOII ceased their operations2019 and discontinued their business.  As part of the investment, the Company was transferred the exclusive rights to the AMPOII database of customers.  The Company has recorded this as an intangible asset for the amount the Company had invested in AMPOII, Inc., that will be amortized over a 5 year useful life.  The Company will also apply the guidance in SFAS No. 142,“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,”wherein they will perform an impairment analysis periodically to determine asset value.  At March 31, 2008, the customer database had not been put into service and, therefore has not been amortized.  Amortization will begin in early 2008.June 30, 2019.


NOTE 9. WARRANTSF-96


Note 12 - Reverse Acquisition (Continued)

The following table summarizes the changes in warrants outstanding and the related prices for the sharespreliminary allocation of the Company’s common stock issued to non-employeesfair value of the Company. These warrants were granted in lieuassets and liabilities as of cash compensation for convertible debt.


 

Number of Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2006

18,000,000

$

0.075

Granted

18,000,000

$

0.075

Exercised

-

 

-

Cancelled

-

 

-

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

18,000,000

$

0.075

Exercisable at December 31, 2006

18,000,000

$

0.075

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2007

18,000,000

$

0.075

Granted

18,000,000

$

0.075

Exercised

-

 

-

Cancelled

(18,000,000)

$

0.075

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

-

 

-

Exercisable at December 31, 2007

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

-

 

-

Granted

-

 

-

Exercised

-

 

-

Cancelled

-

 

-

Outstanding at March 31, 2008 (unaudited)

-

 

-

Exercisable at March 31, 2008 (unaudited)

-

 

-


NOTE 10. STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY


During the year ended December 31, 2006,merger date through pushdown accounting. The preliminary allocation to certain assets and/or liabilities may be adjusted by material amounts as the Company issued an aggregate amount 1,686,000 shares of common stock for services at $0.01 (148,000 shares) and $0.035 (1,538,000 shares).  Accordingly, $1,686 and $53,624 was recorded to common stock and additional paid-in-capital, respectively.finalizes fair value estimates.

Assets

Cash

 $           22,205

Property and equipment

         4,209,995

Other

             20,716

Other assets

         1,511,844

Goodwill

            892,312

Total Assets

         6,657,072

Liabilities

Accounts payable

            208,763

Long-term debt

         4,593,851

Short-term debt

            799,534

Accrued interest

             78,948

Other

             83,664

Total Liabilities

         5,764,760

Net Assets

 $         892,312

Consideration

 $           58,092

Fair value of noncontrolling interests

            834,220

 $         892,312

F-97



F-18



FullCircle Registry, Inc.Note 12 - Reverse Acquisition (Continued)

For Period Ending March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



During 2006, note holdersAs a result of the Company converted $276,847pushing down the effects of their principalthe acquisition, certain accounting adjustments are reflected in the consolidated financial statements, such as goodwill recognized of $834,220 and reflected in the balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019. Goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to 7,909,926the acquisition of the fair value of the public company structure and other intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition.

Other assets noted in the table above consist of the differences between the acquired assets and liabilities of FullCircle Entertainment to be distributed to pre-acquisition FLCR shareholders. The Company sold the Entertainment subsidiary on February 6, 2019 to focus on its primary business plan. As a result, the Company did not receive any economic benefit from the related assets in the table above, nor incur any obligations from the corresponding liabilities.

The consideration received for the sale of Entertainment was 38,625 shares of Galaxy common stock at the fair value on the date of the transaction, or $92,700. A gain of $60,688 was recognized as a result of the sale.

The following table presents a summary of Entertainment’s identifiable assets and liabilities at February 6, 2019, the date of the sale:

Assets

Cash

 $           36,290

Property and equipment, net

         4,006,426

Receivables

               4,500

Inventories

               5,610

Other assets

         1,522,714

Total Assets

         5,575,540

Liabilities

Accounts payable

             22,424

Debt

         5,393,623

Accrued expenses

            127,481

Total Liabilities

         5,543,528

Net Assets

             32,012

Noncash consideration for net assets of Entertainment

             92,700

Gain on Sale

 $           60,688

F-98

Note 13 – Acquisition of Concepts and Solutions

On September 4, 2019, Galaxy entered into a stock purchase agreement with Concepts and Solutions. Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement, 100% of the outstanding capital for both Concepts and Solutions was purchased by Galaxy.

Concurrent with this acquisition, the Company applied pushdown accounting; therefore, the consolidated financial statements after completion of the acquisition include the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the combined Company from and after the closing date.

As part of the stock purchase agreement, Galaxy issued 1,350,000 common shares to the seller with a value of $1,485,000.  In addition to the issuance of common shares, the Company entered into three promissory notes with the seller for a total note payable of $3,000,000.  Payments under the notes are subject to adjustment based on the achievement of minimum gross revenues and successful resolution of certain pre-acquisition payroll withholding tax issues of Concepts and Solutions. The Company believes future earnings goals will not be met and valued the note payable at $1,484,473, which includes $584,473 of accrued pre-acquisition withholding tax liabilities. The balance of the note payable is $1,073,467 at December 31, 2019.

F-99

Note 13 – Acquisition of Concepts and Solutions (Continued)

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the fair value of the assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date through pushdown accounting. The preliminary allocation to certain assets and/or liabilities may be adjusted by material amounts as the Company finalizes fair value estimates.

Assets

Cash

 $         201,161

Accounts receivable

         1,165,953

Inventory

             94,360

Property and equipment

             20,904

Other assets

               2,800

Goodwill and other intangibles

         3,760,287

Total Assets

         5,245,465

Liabilities

Accounts payable

         1,225,734

Accrued expenses

            783,540

Short-term debt

             96,941

Deferred revenue

            518,900

Total Liabilities

         2,625,115

Net Assets

 $      2,620,350

Consideration

Fair value of anti-dilution clause in employment agreement (Note 11)

 $         235,350

Note payable to seller

            900,000

Stock

         1,485,000

 $      2,620,350

As a result of the Company pushing down the effects of the acquisition, certain accounting adjustments are reflected in the consolidated financial statements, such as goodwill and other intangible assets recognized of $3,760,287 and reflected in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. Goodwill and other intangible assets  recognized are primarily attributable to the amount of the consideration in excess of the fair value of Concepts and Solutions at the date of purchase.


F-100

Note 14 – Stock Plan

An Employee, Directors, and Consultants Stock Plan for the Year 2019 (“Plan”) was established by the Company. The Plan is intended to attract and retain employees, directors and consultants by aligning the economic interest of such individuals more closely with the Company’s stockholders, by paying fees or salaries in the form of shares of the Company’s common stock. The Plan is effective December 28, 2018, and expired December 31, 2019. Common shares of 1,000,000 are reserved for stock awards under the Plan. There were valued at $0.035 per share.965,000 shares awarded under the Plan as of December 31, 2019.

On December 13, 2019, the Company adopted the Employees, Directors, and Consultants Stock Plan for the Year 2019-A (“2019-A Plan”) to replace the Plan. The 2019-A Plan is effective on December 13, 2019 and expires June 1, 2020. Common shares of 1,000,000 are reserved for stock awards under the 2019-A Plan. There were 642,857 shares issued under the 2019-A Plan as of December 31, 2019.

Note 15 - Segment Reporting

The Company has identified two reportable segments due to the merger that occurred on June 22, 2018: Technology and Entertainment.

The Technology segment sells interactive learning technology hardware and software that allows the presenter and participant to engage in a fully collaborative instructional environment. Galaxy’s products include Galaxy’s own private-label interactive touch screen panel as well as numerous other national and international branded peripheral and communication devices.

The Entertainment segment owns and operates Georgetown 14 Cinemas, a fourteen-theater movie complex located in Indianapolis, Indiana. Entertainment generates revenues from movie ticket sales and concessions. As disclosed in Note 12, the Entertainment segment was sold effective February 6, 2019 to an entity owned by former majority shareholders of FLCR.


F-101

During

Note 15 - Segment Reporting (Continued)

The following table represents a summary of operating information for the yearsix months ended December 31, 2007,2018:

Revenues

Technology

Entertainment

     Technology

$   857,586

$             -

     Entertainment

                                              -

511,044

 

Cost of Sales

     Technology

717,240

-

     Entertainment

-

163,323

 

Gross Profit

                                   140,346

                                   347,721

 

General and Administrative Expenses

     Technology

                                1,940,582

                                              -

     Entertainment

                                              -

                                   425,188

 

Other Income (Expense)

     Technology

                                 (22,840)

                                              -

     Entertainment

                                              -

                                   14,293

 

Net Loss

$ (1,823,076)

$     (63,174)

As the Entertainment segment was sold in February 2019, there was no operating activities relative to this segment for the three or six months ended December 31, 2019.

F-102

Note 16 - Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company issued an aggregate amount 2,500,000 shares ofwill continue as a going concern. As reflected in the Company’s common stock for the conversion of $30,000 in notes payable.  The shares were issued at a value of between $0.01 (2,000,000 shares) and $0.02 (500,000 shares) per share.


During 2007,accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company issued 538,452 shareshad negative working capital of theapproximately $5,800,000, an accumulated deficit of approximately $14,300,000, and cash used in operations of approximately $4,600,000 at December 31, 2019.

The Company’s operational activities have primarily been funded through issuance of common stock for services, rendered in behalfrelated party advances, debt financing, a private placement offering of the Company.  Accordingly, $538 and $16,297 has been charged to common stock and through the deferral of accounts payable and other expenses. The Company intends to raise additional paid-in-capital, respectively.


On August 10, 2007, Alec Stone, Chairmancapital through the sale of the Company’s Board of Directors,equity securities or borrowings from financial institutions and Isaac Boutwell, former CEOpossibly from related and current Board Member, each surrendered 50% of their personal share holdings to the Company’s treasury for no consideration.  In an effort to improve shareholder equity and stockholder confidence, these two directors and significant shareholders have surrendered 14,781,414 shares.  The shares have been returnednonrelated parties who may lend to the Company on reasonable terms. Management believes that its actions to secure additional funding will allow the Company to continue as a going concern. There is no guarantee the Company will be successful in achieving any of these objectives. These sources of working capital are not assured, and have been cancelled.


NOTE 11. UNAUDITED PRESENTATION


consequently do not sufficiently mitigate the risks and uncertainties disclosed above. The information furnished herein for the March 31, 2008 period was taken from the books and recordsability of the Company without audit.  However, such information reflects all normalto continue as a going concern is dependent upon management’s ability to raise capital from the sale of its equity and, recurringultimately, the achievement of operating revenues. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

Note 17 - Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date on which are necessarythe consolidated financial statements were available to properly reflectbe issued.

On January 7, 2020, the resultsCompany issued 357,142 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $50,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 7, 2020, the interim period presented.Company issued 121,212 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $20,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 10, 2020, the Company issued 25,000 common shares to an investor as consideration for a new $225,000 convertible note. The information presentednote bears interest at 8% and matures in not necessarily indicativeOctober 2020.

On January 15, 2020, the Company issued 177,778 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $20,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 16, 2020, the results from operations expectedCompany issued 380,952 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $40,000 of principal on a convertible note.


F-103

Note 17 - Subsequent Events (Continued)

On January 16, 2020, the Company issued 231,111 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $26,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 17, 2020, the Company issued 170,000 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $12,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 21, 2020, the Company issued 100,000 common shares to an employee as compensation.

On January 22, 2020, the Company issued 100,000 common shares to a consultant for professional services.  

On January 29, 2020, the full fiscal year.Company issued 416,667 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $30,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 30, 2020, the Company issued 634,920 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $40,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On February 6, 2020, the Company issued 500,000 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $9,250 of principal on a convertible note.

On February 7, 2020, the Company issued 100,000 common shares to a consultant for professional services.

F-104

================================================================================================

GALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC.

[gaxy02092020forms1002.gif]

4,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK




F-19


PROSPECTUS



, 2020


PART II

ITEMSThrough and including                       , 2020 (25 days after commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

================================================================================================

PARTII - INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS



ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.


 The following table sets forth an itemization of all estimatedWe estimate that expenses all of which we will pay, in connection with the issuance and distribution described in this registration statement (other than brokerage commissions, discounts or other expenses relating to the sale of the securities being registered hereunder:


Natureshares by the selling security holders) will be as set forth below. We will pay all of Expensethe expenses with respect to the distribution, and such amounts, with the exception of the SEC registration fee, are estimates.

 Amount

Accounting fees and expenses

$

5,000

Legal fees and expenses

 

30,000

Transfer agent fees and expenses

 

250

SEC registration fee

 

117

Miscellaneous

 

4,633

Total

$

40,000


SEC Registration Fee

$  39.30

Accounting fees and expenses

$  _____*

Legal fees and expenses

$  _____*

Printing

$  _____*

Miscellaneous

$  _____*

Total

$  _____*


* These costs have been estimated.


ItemITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 Indemnification

Section 78.138 of Officers and Directors.


Thethe Nevada Revised Statutes provideStatute provides that a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in the event an officer or director is made a party or threatened to be made a party to an action (other than an action brought by or in the right of the corporation as discussed below) by reason of his or her official position with the corporation provided the director or officer (1) is not individually liable to the corporation or its stockholders or creditors for theany damages as a result of any act or failure to act in his capacity as a director or officer unless it is proven that (1) his act or failure to act constituted a breach of anyhis fiduciary duties as a director or officer involvingand (2) his breach of those duties involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law.

This provision is intended to afford directors and officers protection against and to limit their potential liability for monetary damages resulting from suits alleging a breach of the duty of care by a director or officer. As a consequence of this provision, stockholders of our company will be unable to recover monetary damages against directors or officers for action taken by them that may constitute negligence or gross negligence in performance of their duties unless such conduct falls within one of the foregoing exceptions. The provision, however, does not alter the applicable standards governing a director’s or officer’s fiduciary duty and does not eliminate or limit the right of our company or any stockholder to obtain an injunction or any other type of non-monetary relief in the event of a breach of fiduciary duty.

The Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and amended and restated bylaws provide for indemnification of directors, officers, employees or agents of the Registrant to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law or (2)(as amended from time to time). Section 78.7502 of the Nevada Revised Statute provides that such indemnification may only be provided if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interestsinterest of the corporationRegistrant and, with respect to any criminal actions,action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believebehave his or her conduct was unlawful. A corporation may

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of the securities being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, itsunder certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and directors against expenses, including amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred inpersons who control us, within the event an officer or d irector is made a party or threatened to be made a party to an action by or in the rightmeaning of the corporation by reason of his or her official position with the corporation, provided the director or officer (1) is not liable for the breach of any fiduciary duties as a director or officer involving intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the laws or (2) acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation. The Nevada Revised Statutes further provides that a corporation generally may not indemnify an officer or director if it is determined by a court that such officer or director is liable to the corporation or responsible for any amounts paid to the corporation as a settlement, unless a court also determines that the officer or director is entitled to indemnification in light of all of the relevant facts and circumstances. The Nevada Revised Statutes require a corporation to indemnify an officer or director to the extent he or she is su ccessful on the merits or otherwise successfully defends the action.Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

II-1

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

The Company’s Bylaws providefollowing information sets forth certain information with respect to all securities that we will indemnify our Directors and Officershave sold during the last three years. We did not pay any commissions in connection with any of these sales.

As part of the common controlled merger in March 2018, 8,249,234 shares were issued to the maximumowners of Galaxy Next Generation in exchange for Preferred Class C shares in an amount equivalent to 89% ownership in the outstanding shares of the merged company.

In addition, 471,473 shares were issued for consulting services as part of the common controlled merger.

In March 2018, the Company offered 1,500,000 shares of common stock to qualified investors at $2 per share in a private placement memorandum (“PPM”). The Company issued 32,226 shares in March 2018 at $2 per share, prior to a 350 for 1 Reverse Stock Split. The Company issued 1,954 shares during the three month period ended June 30, 2018 after the Reverse Stock Split resulting in proceeds of $1,367,500. During the three months ended September 30, 2018, the Company issued 182,255 shares to new investors resulting in proceeds of $637,000.

In April and May 2018, 100 shares were issued to various consultants in exchange for services.

In May 2018, the Company issued 822 shares of common stock at $0.0001 par value to various employees, management, and former members of the Board of Directors as compensation in the regular course of business as well as upon contemplation of the reverse triangular merger.

In May 2018, the Company issued 381,944 shares for warrants in a cashless exercise.

In May and June 2019, the company issued 510,000 shares under a Stock Plan.

II-2

In June 2018, 143 shares were issued to a related party in exchange for a $100,000 reduction of a short term note.

In June 2018, 687,630 shares were issued to FLCR common stockholders which was an amount equivalent to 7% ownership in the outstanding shares of the merged company as part of the reverse triangular merger with FullCircle Registry, Inc.

In June 2018, 392,931 shares were issued to FLCR convertible debt holders which was an amount equivalent to 4% ownership in the outstanding shares of the merged company as part of the reverse triangular merger with FullCircle Registry, Inc.

During the year ended June 2019, the Company issued 588,889 shares to various consultants in exchange for services and to investors for convertible debt and warrants.

During July and August 2019, the Company issued 475,000 common shares for professional consulting services. These shares were valued at $1,203,300 upon issuance.

During August 2019, the Company issued 347,397 common shares for debt reduction. These shares were valued at $619,103 upon issuance.

During August and September 2019, the Company settled conversion features on convertible notes. These conversions were valued at $149,374 at conversion.

During September 2019, the Company issued 644,709 common shares to warrant holders in two cashless transactions.

During September 2019, the Company issued 44,511 common shares in lieu of compensation. These shares were valued at $44,511 upon issuance.

During September 2019, the Company issued 80,000 common shares for professional consulting services. These shares were valued at $80,000 upon issuance.

II-3

On September 27, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $225,000 note was issued at a discount of $13,500 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 75% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 10 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) the lowest closing price during the preceding 10 trading days prior to the issue date of the note. The note matures in June 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 110% and 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance. During September 2019, the Company issued 397,864 common shares for debt reduction. These shares were valued at $408,662 upon issuance.

During September 2019, the Company issued 397,864 common shares for debt reduction. These shares were valued at $408,662 upon issuance.

On October 3, 2019, the Company issued 100,000 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $76,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On October 8, 2019, the Company issued 455,000 common shares to a consultant in lieu of monthly compensation of $15,000 under a two year consulting agreement.

On October 10, 2019, a warrant holder exercised warrants and received 46,170 common shares in a cashless transaction.

On October 14, 2019, the Company issued 55,000 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $15,125 principal and fees on a convertible note.

On October 15, 2019, the Company issued 100,000 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $80,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On October 17, 2019, the Company issued 50,000 common shares to a consultant in lieu of compensation of $30,000.

On October 17, 2019, a warrant holder exercised warrants and received 500,000 common shares in a cashless transaction. The warrants were issued due to an anti-dilution protections.

On October 21, 2019, the Company issued 200,000 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $112,000 in principal on a convertible note.

II-4

On October 21, 2019, the Company issued 75,000 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $83,875 of principal and fees on a convertible note.

On October 22, 2019, the Company issued 16,557 common shares to a consultant in lieu of legal fees of $9,603.

On October 22, 2019, the Company issued 1,350,000 common shares as part of the stock purchase agreement of Concepts and Solutions.

On October 24, 2019, the Company issued 121,429 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $57,072 of principal and interest on a convertible note.

On October 28, 2019, a warrant holder exercised warrants and received 37,500 common shares in a cashless transaction. The warrants were issued due to anti-dilution protections.

On October 30, 2019, the Company issued 75,000 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $33,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On October 31, 2019, the Company issued 107,143 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $40,714 of principal and interest on a convertible note.

During November 2019, the Company issued 45,000 common shares for professional services.

During November 2019, the Company issued 1,194,157 common shares for debt reduction.

During November 2019, the Company issued 500,000 common shares for debt reduction.

On November 7, 2019, the Company borrowed $1,000,000 from a stockholder under terms of a two year convertible note payable. The note is convertible into preferred stock Series D and Series E at maturity on November 7, 2021. The note bears interest at 6%. There are no prepayment penalties related to the note and the Company may issue common shares to repay the note. The proceeds of the note were used to pay off convertible notes and warrants.

II-5

On November 18, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $55,000 note was issued at a discount of $5,000 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of common stock during the 15 trading days prior to the issue date or (b) 70% of the lowest traded price for the common stock during the 15 trading days prior to conversion of the note. The note matures in November 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 115% and 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

On November 18, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $110,000 note was issued at a discount of $10,000 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of common stock during the 15 trading days prior to the issue date or (b) 70% of the lowest traded price for the common stock during the 15 trading days prior to conversion of the note. The note matures in November 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 115% and 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

On November 25, 2019, the Company issued a senior secured convertible debenture in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 (the “Convertible Debenture”) that is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), bears interest at the rate of 8.0% per annum that matures on November 25, 2020 (the “Maturity Date”), which may be extended at the option of the Holder in the event that, and for so long as, an Event of Default (as defined in the Convertible Debenture) will have occurred and be continuing on the Maturity Date. The Convertible Debenture was issued with a 7.0% original issue discount, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of $930,000. As part of the issuance of the Convertible Debenture, the Company issued to the Holder 500,000 shares of Common Stock.

II-6

On November 30, 2019, the Company issued a convertible note in the principal amount of $400,000 to an investment firm. The note bears interest at the rate of 5% per year. The loan principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) 70% of the lowest traded price of the common stock during the 20 trading days immediately preceding the notice of conversion or (b) $3 per share, beginning in May 2019. The note matures in August 2019. The note has prepayment penalties ranging from 110% to 125% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid within 60 to 180 days from issuance.

On December 11, 2019, the Company signed a convertible promissory note with an investor. The $220,430 note was issued at a discount of $15,430 and bears interest at 8% per year. The note principal and interest are convertible into shares of common stock at the lower of (a) $0.46 per share or (b) 75% of the lowest trading price of common stock during the 10 trading days prior to conversion beginning in June 2020. The note matures in December 2020. The note has prepayment penalties between 120% and 130% of the principal and interest outstanding if repaid before 180 days from issuance.

During December 2019, the Company issued 908,355 common shares for professional services. These shares were valued at $256,478 upon issuance.

During December 2019, the Company issued 25,000 common shares for commitment shares on convertible debt. These shares were valued at $7,000 upon issuance.

On January 7, 2020, the Company issued 357,142 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $50,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 7, 2020, the Company issued 121,212 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $20,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 10, 2020, the Company issued 25,000 common shares to an investor as consideration for a new $225,000 convertible note. The note bears interest at 8% and matures in October 2020.

II-7

On January 15, 2020, the Company issued 177,778 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $20,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 16, 2020, the Company issued 380,952 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $40,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 16, 2020, the Company issued 231,111 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $26,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 17, 2020, the Company issued 170,000 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $12,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On January 21, 2020, the Company issued 100,000 common shares to an employee as compensation.

On January 22, 2020, the Company issued 100,000 common shares to a consultant for professional services.  

On January 29, 2020, the Company issued 416,667 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $30,000 of principal on a convertible note.

II-8

On January 30, 2020, the Company issued 634,920 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $40,000 of principal on a convertible note.

On February 6, 2020, the Company issued 500,000 common shares to an investor in satisfaction of $9,250 of principal on a convertible note.

On February 7, 2020, the Company issued 100,000 common shares to a consultant for professional services.

Subsequent to February 7, 2020, the Company issued 8,979,312 shares of common stock in the (10) transactions in satisfaction of $264,493 of convertible debt.

The issuance of shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants or conversion of notes or preferred stock as set forth above, was made without registration, in reliance on the exemptions provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, and in reliance on similar exemptions under applicable state laws, for exchanges of securities with existing security holders.

All other securities described above were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent permitted by Nevada law. We are also permittedan exemption from such registration was required. The recipients of the securities in the transactions described above acquired the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, applyor for insurance on behalf ofsale in connection with, any director, officer, employee or other agent for liability arising out of his actions.


Item 15.  Recent Sale of Unregistered Securities.


distribution thereof. Appropriate legends were affixed to the instruments representing such securities issued in such transactions.

 None.



II-9

II-1




ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES



Item 16.Exhibit No.

ExhibitsDescription

3.1

Amended and FinancialRestated Certificate of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8A-12G, File No. 000-56006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3, 2018)

3.2

Bylaws (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8A-12G, File No. 000-56006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3, 2018)

4.1

Galaxy Next Generation, Inc. Employees, Directors, and Consultants Stock Plan for the Year 2019 (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement SchedulesForm S8, File No. 333-229532, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 6, 2019)

 5.1

Opinion of Parsons Behl & Latimer(2)

10.1

Merger Agreement between Full Circle Registry, Inc. and Galaxy Next Generation, Inc. dated June 6, 2018 (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8K, File No. 000-56006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 7, 2018)

10.2

Share Purchase Agreement dated January 24, 2019 between Galaxy Next Generation, Inc. and CIA LLC. (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8K, File No. 000-56006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2019)

10.3

Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 3, 2019 between Galaxy Next Generation, Inc., Interlock Concepts, Inc., and Ehlert Solutions Group, Inc., its sister company (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8K, File No. 000-56006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2019)

10.4

Secured Convertible Debenture issued by Galaxy Next Generation, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8K, File No. 000-56006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 4, 2019)

10.5

Securities Purchase Agreement, initially dated as of October 28, 2019 and amended and restated as of November 25, 2019, between Galaxy Next Generation, Inc. and YA II PN, LTD. (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8K, File No. 000-56006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 4, 2019)

10.6

Security Agreement dated as of October 29, 2019 between Galaxy Next Generation, Inc. and YA II PN, LTD. (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8K, File No. 000-56006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 4, 2019)

10.7

Registration Rights Agreement initially dated as of October 28, 2019 and amended and restated as of November 25, 2019 between Galaxy Next Generation, Inc. and YA II PN, LTD. (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8K, File No. 000-56006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 4, 2019)

Employment Agreement between the Company and Magen McGahee dated January 1, 2017(3)

 21.1

List of Subsidiaries (3)

 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(1)

23.2

Consent of Parsons Behl & Latimer  ( contained in Exhibit 5.1)(2)

24.1

Power of Attorney (Included on the signature page of the initial registration statement)(3)

(1) Filed herewith

(2) To be filed by amendment

(3) Previously Filed

II-10

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

Exhibit

Number(i)

to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

Location(ii)

Locationto reflect in the prospectus any acts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement (notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of a prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement); and

 

(iii)

3.1

Articlesto include any material information with respect to the plan of Incorporation*

Form 10-SBdistribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement;provided ,however , that subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those subparagraphs is contained in periodic reports filed 2/15/00

3.2

Bylaws*

Form 10-SB filed 2/15/00

5.1

Opinion and Consentwith or furnished to the Commission by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the law officeSecurities Exchange Act of Lynch, Cox, Gilman & Mahan, PSC regarding the legality1934, that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the securities being offered

Attached

14

Code of Ethics*

Form 10-KSB for the period ended 12/31/2004

23.1

Consent of Chisholm, Bierwolf & Nilson LLC

Attached

23.2

Consent of Lynch, Cox, Gilman & Mahan, PSC

Attached at 5.1

99.1

Unaudited Financial Statements for the period ended March 31, 2008*

Form 10-QSB for the period ended 3/31/2008

99.2

Audited Financial Statements for the period ended December 31, 2007*

Form 10-KSB for the period ended 12/31/2007

99.2

Audited Financial Statements for the period ended December 31, 2006*

Form 10-KSB for the period ended 12/31/2007

registration statement.

 * Incorporated by reference. 


Item 17.  Undertakings.


A. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:II-11

 

1.(2)

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)

To remove from registration, by means of a post-effective amendment, any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the Offering.offering.

  

2.(4)

Insofar as indemnificationThat, for liabilities arisingthe purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act may be permittedof 1933 to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdictio n the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.purchaser:



II-2(i) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and




(ii) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.Provided,however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.


(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-12

(6) If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness.  Provided,however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(7) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by a Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of a Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, that Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(8) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing of this Form S-1 Registration Statement andRegistrant has duly caused this amendedAmendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Diego, California on this 27th daythe City of June, 2008.Toccoa, Georgia, March 10, 2020.

FullCircle Registry, Inc.

GALAXY NEXT GENERATION, INC.

By:

/s/ Gary LeCroy

Name:

Gary LeCroy

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

II-13



By:/s/ Norman L. Frohreich

Norman L. Frohreich

President and

Principal Accounting Officer


KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Peter L. Jensen as true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendment (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and to make any and all state securities law or blue sky filings, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this amendedAmendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated:indicated.


Signature/s/ Gary LeCroy

Gary LeCroy

 Title

DateChief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

March 10, 2020

/s/ Magen McGahee

Magen McGahee

Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer

Secretary and Director

(principal financial and accounting officer)

March 10, 2020

 

/s/ Norman L. Frohreich

Director

June 30, 2008 

Norman L. Frohreigh

 

 

/s/ David Allen            *                  

Director

June 30, 2008 March 10, 2020

David Allen Carl R. Austin

 

 

 

/s/ Isaac Boutwell        

Director

June 30, 2008 

Isaac Boutwell

 

 

*By: /s/ Magen McGahee

Attorney-in-Fact

March 10, 2020

Magen McGahee




II-14-

II-3